Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

Form 10-K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File No. 001-07511

STATE STREET CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Massachusetts   04-2456637
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

One Lincoln Street

Boston, Massachusetts

  02111
(Address of principal executive office)   (Zip Code)

617-786-3000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

(Title of Each Class)

 

(Name of each exchange on which registered)

Common Stock, $1 par value   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes   x   No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes   ¨   No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes   x   No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

    Large accelerated filer   x   Accelerated filer   ¨   Non-accelerated filer   ¨   Smaller reporting company   ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).  Yes   ¨   No   x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the per share price ($63.99) at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2008) was approximately $27.55 billion.

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of January 31, 2009 was 431,965,675.

Portions of the following documents are incorporated by reference into Parts of this Report on Form 10-K, to the extent noted in such Parts, as indicated below:

(1) The registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2009 (Part III).

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

STATE STREET CORPORATION

Table of Contents

 

    

Description

   Page Number

PART I

     

Item 1

   Business    1

Item 1A

   Risk Factors    5

Item 1B

   Unresolved Staff Comments    26

Item 2

   Properties    26

Item 3

   Legal Proceedings    26

Item 4

   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    27

Item 4A

   Executive Officers of the Registrant    27

PART II

     

Item 5

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   28

Item 6

   Selected Financial Data    31

Item 7

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   32

Item 7A

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    79

Item 8

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    80

Item 9

  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   141

Item 9A

   Controls and Procedures    141

Item 9B

   Other Information    143

PART III

     

Item 10

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    143

Item 11

   Executive Compensation    143

Item 12

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   143

Item 13

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    145

Item 14

   Principal Accounting Fees and Services    145

PART IV

     

Item 15

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    146
   Signatures    147
   Exhibit Index    148


Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

State Street Corporation is a financial holding company, organized in 1969 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Through its subsidiaries, including its principal banking subsidiary, State Street Bank and Trust Company, State Street Corporation provides a full range of products and services for institutional investors worldwide. All references in this Form 10-K to the parent company are to State Street Corporation. Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this Form 10-K to “State Street,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms mean State Street Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. State Street Bank and Trust Company is referred to as State Street Bank. The parent company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, assisting those subsidiaries by providing financial resources and management. At December 31, 2008, we had consolidated total assets of $173.63 billion, consolidated total deposits of $112.23 billion, consolidated total shareholders’ equity of $12.77 billion and employed 28,475. Our executive offices are located at One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 (telephone (617) 786-3000).

We make available, without charge, on or through our Internet website at www.statestreet.com , all reports we electronically file with, or furnish to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after those documents have been filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. These documents are also accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . We have included the website addresses of State Street and the SEC in this report as inactive textual references only. Except as may be specifically incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K, information on those websites is not part of this Form 10-K.

We have adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines, as well as written charters for the Executive Committee, the Examining and Audit Committee, the Executive Compensation Committee, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of our Board of Directors, and a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, a Standard of Conduct for Directors and a Standard of Conduct for our employees. Each of these documents is posted on our website, and each is available in print to any shareholder who requests it by writing to the Office of the Secretary, State Street Corporation, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.

GENERAL

We conduct our business primarily through our principal banking subsidiary, State Street Bank, which traces its beginnings to the founding of the Union Bank in 1792. State Street Bank’s current charter was authorized by a special act of the Massachusetts Legislature in 1891, and its present name was adopted in 1960. With $12.04 trillion of assets under custody and $1.44 trillion of assets under management at year-end 2008, we are a leading specialist in meeting the needs of institutional investors worldwide. Our customers include mutual funds, collective investment funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations, endowments and investment managers. Including the United States, we operate in 27 countries and more than 100 geographic markets worldwide.

For a discussion of our business activities, refer to the “Lines of Business” section that follows. For information about our management of capital, liquidity, market risk, including interest-rate risk, and other risks inherent in our businesses, refer to Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included under Item 7, and Risk Factors, under Item 1A, of this Form 10-K. Financial information with respect to acquisitions and divestitures, income taxes and non-U.S. activities is included in notes 2, 22 and 25 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

LINES OF BUSINESS

We report two lines of business: Investment Servicing and Investment Management. These two lines of business provide services to support institutional investors, including custody, recordkeeping, daily pricing and administration, shareholder services, foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services, securities finance,

 

1


Table of Contents

 

deposit and short-term investment facilities, loan and lease financing, investment manager and hedge fund manager operations outsourcing, performance, risk and compliance analytics, investment research and investment management, including passive and active U.S. and non-U.S. equity and fixed-income strategies. For additional information about our lines of business, see the “Line of Business Information” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7, and note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K.

COMPETITION

We operate in a highly competitive environment in all areas of our business worldwide. We face competition from other financial services institutions, deposit-taking institutions, investment management firms, insurance companies, mutual funds, broker/dealers, investment banking firms, benefits consultants, leasing companies, and business service and software companies. As we expand globally, we encounter additional sources of competition.

We believe that there are certain key competitive considerations in these markets. These considerations include, for investment servicing, quality of service, economies of scale, technological expertise, quality and scope of sales and marketing, and price; and for investment management, expertise, experience, the availability of related service offerings, and price.

Our competitive success will depend upon our ability to develop and market new and innovative services, to adopt or develop new technologies, to bring new services to market in a timely fashion at competitive prices, to continue and expand our relationships with existing customers and to attract new customers.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

We are registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, which we refer to as the Federal Reserve, as a bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. The Bank Holding Company Act, with certain exceptions, limits the activities in which we and our non-banking subsidiaries may engage, to those that the Federal Reserve considers to be closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks. These limits also apply to non-banking entities of which we own or control more than 5% of a class of voting shares. The Federal Reserve may order a bank holding company to terminate any activity or its ownership or control of a non-banking subsidiary if the Federal Reserve finds that the activity, ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of a banking subsidiary or is inconsistent with sound banking principles or statutory purposes. The Bank Holding Company Act also requires a bank holding company to obtain prior approval of the Federal Reserve before it may acquire substantially all the assets of any bank or ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank.

The parent company operates as a financial holding company, which reduces to some extent the Federal Reserve’s restrictions on our activities. A financial holding company and the companies under its control are permitted to engage in activities considered “financial in nature” as defined by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and Federal Reserve interpretations, and therefore may engage in a broader range of activities than permitted for bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Financial holding companies may engage directly or indirectly in activities considered financial in nature, either de novo or by acquisition, provided the financial holding company gives the Federal Reserve after-the-fact notice of the new activities. Activities defined to be financial in nature include, but are not limited to, the following: providing financial or investment advice; underwriting; dealing in or making markets in securities; merchant banking, subject to significant limitations; and any activities previously found by the Federal Reserve to be closely related to banking. In order to maintain status as a financial holding company, each of a bank holding company’s depository subsidiaries must be well capitalized and well managed, as judged by regulators, and must comply with Community Reinvestment Act obligations. Failure to maintain these standards may ultimately permit the Federal Reserve to take enforcement actions against the company.

 

2


Table of Contents

 

Many aspects of our business are subject to regulation by other U.S. federal and state governmental and regulatory agencies and self-regulatory organizations (including securities exchanges), and by non-U.S. governmental and regulatory agencies and self-regulatory organizations. Aspects of our public disclosure, corporate governance principles and internal control systems are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and regulations and rules of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

Capital Adequacy

Like other bank holding companies, we are subject to Federal Reserve minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratio guidelines. As noted above, our status as a financial holding company also requires that we maintain specified capital ratio levels. State Street Bank is subject to similar risk-based capital and leverage ratio guidelines. As of December 31, 2008, our capital levels on a consolidated basis, and the capital levels of State Street Bank, exceeded the applicable minimum capital requirements and the requirements to qualify as a financial holding company. Failure to meet capital requirements could subject us to a variety of enforcement actions, including the termination of deposit insurance of State Street Bank by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and to certain restrictions on our business that are described further in this “Supervision and Regulation” section.

For additional information about our capital position and capital adequacy, refer to the “Capital” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7, and note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K.

Subsidiaries

The Federal Reserve is the primary federal banking agency responsible for regulating us and our subsidiaries, including State Street Bank, for both our U.S. and non-U.S. operations.

Our bank subsidiaries are subject to supervision and examination by various regulatory authorities. State Street Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC and is subject to applicable federal and state banking laws and to supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve, as well as by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC, and the regulatory authorities of those states and countries in which a branch of State Street Bank is located. Other subsidiary trust companies are subject to supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, other offices of the Federal Reserve System or by the appropriate state banking regulatory authorities of the states in which they are located. Our non-U.S. banking subsidiaries are subject to regulation by the regulatory authorities of the countries in which they are located. As of December 31, 2008, the capital of each of these banking subsidiaries was in excess of the minimum legal capital requirements as set by those authorities.

The parent company and its non-banking subsidiaries are affiliates of State Street Bank under federal banking laws, which impose restrictions on transfers of funds in the form of loans, extensions of credit, investments or asset purchases from State Street Bank to the parent and its non-banking subsidiaries. Transfers of this kind to affiliates by State Street Bank are limited with respect to each affiliate to 10% of State Street Bank’s capital and surplus, as defined, and to 20% in the aggregate for all affiliates, and are subject to collateral requirements. Federal law also provides that certain transactions with affiliates must be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same or at least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions involving other non-affiliated companies or, in the absence of comparable transactions, on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to, or would apply to, non-affiliated companies. State Street Bank is also prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit or lease or sale of property or furnishing of services. The Federal Reserve has jurisdiction to regulate the terms of certain debt issues of bank holding companies. Federal law provides as well for a depositor preference on amounts realized from the liquidation or other resolution of any depository institution insured by the FDIC.

Our investment management division, State Street Global Advisors, or SSgA, which acts as an investment advisor to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, is registered as an investment advisor with the SEC. However, a major portion of our investment management activities are

 

3


Table of Contents

 

conducted by State Street Bank, which is subject to supervision primarily by the Federal Reserve and the SEC with respect to these activities. Our U.S. broker/dealer subsidiary is registered as a broker/dealer with the SEC, is subject to regulation by the SEC (including the SEC’s net capital rule) and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, a self-regulatory organization. Many aspects of our investment management activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit the investment holder, rather than our shareholders. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict us from carrying on our investment management activities in the event that we fail to comply with such laws and regulations, and examination authority. Our business relating to investment management and trusteeship of collective trust funds and separate accounts offered to employee benefit plans is subject to ERISA and is regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor.

Our businesses, including our investment management and securities and futures businesses, are also regulated extensively by non-U.S. governments, securities exchanges, self-regulatory organizations, central banks and regulatory bodies, especially in those jurisdictions in which we maintain an office. For instance, the Financial Services Authority, the London Stock Exchange, and the Euronext.liffe regulate our activities in the United Kingdom; the Deutsche Borse AG and the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority regulate our activities in Germany; and the Financial Services Agency, the Bank of Japan, the Japanese Securities Dealers Association and several Japanese securities and futures exchanges, including the Tokyo Stock Exchange, regulate our activities in Japan. We have established policies, procedures, and systems designed to comply with these requirements. However, as a global financial services institution, we face complexity and costs in our worldwide compliance efforts.

Most of our non-U.S. operations are conducted pursuant to Federal Reserve Regulation K through State Street Bank’s Edge Act corporation subsidiary or through international branches of State Street Bank. An Edge Act corporation is a corporation organized under federal law that conducts foreign business activities. In general, banks may not invest more than 20% of their capital and surplus in their Edge Act corporations (and similar state law corporations), and the investment of any amount in excess of 10% of capital and surplus requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve.

In addition to our non-U.S. operations conducted pursuant to Regulation K, we make new investments abroad directly (through the parent company or through non-banking subsidiaries of the parent company) pursuant to Federal Reserve Regulation Y, or through international bank branch expansion, which are not subject to the 20% investment limitation for Edge Act corporation subsidiaries.

We are subject to the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, which contains anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and requires implementation of regulations applicable to financial services companies, including standards for verifying client identification and monitoring client transactions and detecting and reporting suspicious activities. Anti-money laundering laws outside the U.S. contain similar requirements.

We are also subject to the Massachusetts bank holding company statute. The statute requires prior approval by the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation for our acquisition of more than 5% of the voting shares of any additional bank and for other forms of bank acquisitions.

Support of Subsidiary Banks

Under Federal Reserve guidelines, a bank holding company is required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its banking subsidiaries. Under these guidelines, the parent company is expected to commit resources to State Street Bank and any other banking subsidiary in circumstances in which it might not do so absent such guidelines. In the event of bankruptcy, any commitment by the parent company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a banking subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and will be entitled to a priority payment.

 

4


Table of Contents

 

ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND GOVERNMENT POLICIES

Economic policies of the U.S. government and its agencies influence our operating environment. Monetary policy conducted by the Federal Reserve directly affects the level of interest rates, which may impact overall credit conditions of the economy. Monetary policy is applied by the Federal Reserve through open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in reserve requirements for depository institutions, and changes in the discount rate and availability of borrowing from the Federal Reserve. Government regulation of banks and bank holding companies is intended primarily for the protection of depositors of the banks, rather than for the shareholders of the institutions. We are also impacted by the economic policies of non-U.S. government agencies, such as the European Central Bank.

STATISTICAL DISCLOSURE BY BANK HOLDING COMPANIES

The following information, provided under Items 6, 7 and 8 of this Form 10-K, is incorporated by reference herein:

“Selected Financial Data” table (Item 6)—presents return on average common equity, return on average assets, common dividend payout and equity-to-assets ratios.

“Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential” table (Item 8)—presents average balance sheet amounts, related fully taxable-equivalent interest earned or paid, related average yields and rates paid and changes in fully taxable-equivalent interest revenue and expense for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

Note 3, “Investment Securities,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Item 8) and “Investment Securities” section included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 7)—disclose information regarding book values, market values, maturities and weighted-average yields of securities (by category).

Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Loans and Lease Financing” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Item 8)—discloses our policy for placing loans and leases on non-accrual status.

Note 4, “Loans and Lease Financing,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Item 8) and “Loans and Lease Financing” section included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 7)—disclose distribution of loans, loan maturities and sensitivities of loans to changes in interest rates.

“Loans and Lease Financing” and “Cross-Border Outstandings” sections of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 7)—disclose information regarding cross-border outstandings and other loan concentrations of State Street.

“Credit Risk” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 7) and note 4, “Loans and Lease Financing,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Item 8)—present the allocation of the allowance for loan losses, and a description of factors which influenced management’s judgment in determining amounts of additions or reductions to the allowance, if any, charged or credited to results of operations.

“Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential” table (Item 8)—discloses deposit information.

Note 8, “Short-Term Borrowings,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Item 8)—discloses information regarding short-term borrowings of State Street.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

This Form 10-K contains statements (including statements in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, included in this Form 10-K under Item 7) that are considered “forward-looking statements,” including statements about industry trends, management’s future expectations and

 

5


Table of Contents

 

other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts, are based on assumptions by management, and are often identified by such forward-looking terminology as “expect,” “look,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “seek,” “may,” “will,” “trend,” “target” and “goal,” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Forward-looking statements may include, among other things, statements about State Street’s confidence in its strategies and its expectations about its financial performance, market growth, acquisitions and divestitures, new technologies, services and opportunities and earnings.

Forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties, which change over time, are based on management’s expectations and assumptions at the time the statements are made, and are not guarantees of future results. Management’s expectations and assumptions, and the continued validity of the forward-looking statements, are subject to change due to a broad range of factors affecting the national and global economies, the equity, debt, currency and other financial markets, as well as factors specific to State Street and its subsidiaries, including State Street Bank. Factors that could cause changes in the expectations or assumptions on which forward-looking statements are based include, but are not limited to:

 

   

global financial market disruptions and the current worldwide economic recession, and monetary and other governmental actions designed to address such disruptions and recession in the U.S. and internationally;

 

   

the financial strength of the counterparties with which we or our clients do business and with which we have investment or financial exposure;

 

   

the liquidity of the U.S. and international securities markets, particularly the markets for fixed-income securities, and the liquidity requirements of our customers;

 

   

the credit quality and credit agency ratings of the securities in our investment securities portfolio, a deterioration or downgrade of which could lead to other-than-temporary impairment of the respective securities and the recognition of an impairment loss;

 

   

the maintenance of credit agency ratings for our debt obligations as well as the level of credibility of credit agency ratings;

 

   

the possibility that changes to accounting rules or in market conditions or asset performance (including the financial condition of any guarantor of any assets) may require any off-balance sheet activities, including the unconsolidated asset-backed commercial paper conduits we administer, to be consolidated into our financial statements, requiring the recognition of associated losses;

 

   

the possibility of our customers incurring substantial losses in investment pools where we act as agent, and the possibility of further general reductions in the valuation of assets;

 

   

our ability to attract deposits and other low-cost, short-term funding;

 

   

potential changes to the competitive environment, including changes due to the effects of consolidation, extensive and changing government regulation and perceptions of State Street as a suitable service provider or counterparty;

 

   

the level and volatility of interest rates and the performance and volatility of securities, credit, currency and other markets in the U.S. and internationally;

 

   

our ability to measure the fair value of securities in our investment securities portfolio and in the unconsolidated asset-backed commercial paper conduits we administer;

 

   

the results of litigation and similar disputes and, in particular, the effect of current or potential litigation concerning SSgA’s active fixed-income strategies, and the enactment of legislation and changes in regulation and enforcement that impact us and our customers, as well as the effects of legal and regulatory proceedings;

 

   

adverse publicity or other reputational harm;

 

   

our ability to pursue acquisitions, strategic alliances and divestures, finance future business acquisitions and obtain regulatory approvals and consents for acquisitions;

 

6


Table of Contents

 

   

the performance and demand for the products and services we offer, including the level and timing of withdrawals from our collective investment products;

 

   

our ability to continue to grow revenue, attract highly skilled people, control expenses and attract the capital necessary to achieve our business goals and comply with regulatory requirements;

 

   

our ability to control operating risks, information technology systems risks and outsourcing risks, the possibility of errors in the quantitative models we use to manage our business and the possibility that our controls will fail or be circumvented;

 

   

the potential for new products and services to impose additional costs on us and expose us to increased operational risk, and our ability to protect our intellectual property rights;

 

   

our ability to obtain quality and timely services from third parties with which we contract;

 

   

changes in accounting standards and practices, including changes in the interpretation of existing standards, that impact our consolidated financial statements; and

 

   

changes in tax legislation and in the interpretation of existing tax laws by U.S. and non-U.S. tax authorities that impact the amount of taxes due.

Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed in our forward-looking statements and from our historical financial results due to the factors discussed in this section and elsewhere in this Form 10-K or disclosed in our other SEC filings. Forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our expectations or beliefs as of any date subsequent to the date this Form 10-K is filed with the SEC. State Street undertakes no obligation to revise the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K to reflect events after the date it is filed with the SEC. The factors discussed above are not intended to be a complete summary of all risks and uncertainties that may affect our businesses. We cannot anticipate all potential economic, operational and financial developments that may adversely impact our operations and our financial results.

Forward-looking statements should not be viewed as predictions, and should not be the primary basis upon which investors evaluate State Street. Any investor in State Street should consider all risks and uncertainties disclosed in our SEC filings, including our filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in particular our reports on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and Form 8-K, or registration statements filed under the Securities Act of 1933, all of which are accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or on our website at www.statestreet.com .

The following is a discussion of risk factors applicable to State Street.

Global financial market disruptions during 2007 and 2008 have increased the uncertainty and unpredictability we face in managing our business, and continued or additional disruptions in 2009 could have an adverse effect on our business, our results of operations and our financial condition.

Since mid-2007, global credit and other financial markets have suffered substantial volatility, illiquidity and disruption. In the second half of 2008, these factors resulted in the bankruptcy or acquisition of, or significant government assistance to, a number of major domestic and international financial institutions, some of which were significant counterparties with us. These events, and the potential for increased and continuing disruptions, have significantly diminished overall confidence in the financial markets and in financial institutions, have further exacerbated liquidity and pricing issues within the fixed-income markets, have increased the uncertainty and unpredictability we face in managing our business and have had an adverse effect on our business, our results of operations and our financial condition. The continuation of current disruptions or the occurrence of additional disruptions in the global markets could have an adverse effect on our business, our results of operations and our financial condition.

 

7


Table of Contents

 

The current worldwide economic recession is likely to adversely affect our business and our results of operations.

Our business is affected by global economic conditions, including regional and international rates of economic growth and the impact that such economic conditions have on the financial markets. Recent downturns in the U.S. and global economy have led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, decreased market valuations and liquidity, increased market volatility and a widespread reduction of business activity generally. The resulting economic pressure and lack of confidence in the financial markets may adversely affect our business, our financial condition and our results of operations, as well as the business of our customers. A worsening of economic conditions in the U.S. or globally would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult conditions on us and on the financial services industry in general.

The failure or instability of any of our significant counterparties, many of whom are financial institutions, could expose us to loss.

The financial markets are characterized by extensive interconnections among financial institutions, including banks, broker/dealers, collective investment funds and insurance companies. As a result of these interconnections, we and many of our customers have concentrated counterparty exposure to other financial institutions. This concentration presents significant risks to us and to our customers because the failure or perceived weakness of any of our counterparties (or in some cases of our customers’ counterparties) has the potential to expose us to risk of loss. The current instability of the financial markets has resulted in many financial institutions becoming significantly less creditworthy, and as a result we are exposed to increased counterparty risks, both as principal and in our capacity as agent for our customers. Changes in market perception of the financial strength of particular financial institutions can occur rapidly, is often based upon a variety of factors and is difficult to predict. In addition, as U.S. and non-U.S. governments have addressed the financial crisis in an evolving manner, the criteria for and manner of governmental support of financial institutions and other economically important sectors remain uncertain. If a significant individual counterparty defaults on an obligation to us, we could incur financial losses that materially adversely affect our business, our financial condition and our results of operations.

Although our entire business is subject to these interconnections, several of our lines of business are particularly sensitive to them, including our Treasury operations, currency and other trading, securities lending and investment management. Given the limited number of strong counterparties in the current market, we are not able to mitigate all of our and our customers’ counterparty credit risk. The current consolidation of financial service firms that began in 2008, and which we believe is likely to continue in 2009, and the failures of other financial institutions have increased the concentration of our counterparty risk.

In the normal course of business we assume significant credit and counterparty risk, and even when we hold collateral against this risk, we may incur a loss in the event of a default.

Our focus on large institutional investors and their businesses requires that we assume secured and unsecured credit and counterparty risk, both on-and off-balance sheet, in a variety of forms. We may experience significant intra- and inter-day credit exposure through settlement-related or redemption-related extensions of credit. The degree of the demand for such overdraft credit tends to increase during periods of market turbulence. For example, investors in collective investment vehicles for which we act as custodian may engage in significant redemption activity due to adverse market or economic news that was not anticipated by the fund’s manager. Our relationship with our customers, the nature of the settlement process and our systems may limit our ability to decline to extend short-term credit in such circumstances. For some types of customers, we provide credit to allow them to leverage their portfolios, which increases our potential loss if the customer experiences credit difficulties. From time to time, we may assume concentrated credit risk at the individual obligor, counterparty or guarantor level. In addition, we may from time to time be exposed to concentrated credit risk at the industry or country level, potentially exposing us to a single market or political event or a correlated set of events.

We are also generally not able to net exposures across counterparties that are affiliated entities and may not be able in all circumstances to net exposures across multiple products to the same legal entity. As a consequence,

 

8


Table of Contents

 

we may incur a loss in relation to one entity or product even though our exposure to one of its affiliates or across product types is over-collateralized. Moreover, not all of our counterparty exposure is secured, and when our exposure is secured, the realizable market value of the collateral may be less at the time we exercise rights against that collateral than the value of the secured obligations. This risk may be particularly acute if we are required to sell the collateral into an illiquid or temporarily impaired market. See, for example, “—We are exposed to the risk of losses as a result of certain customer relationships with Lehman Brothers.” In some cases, we have indemnified customers against a shortfall in the value of collateral that secures certain repurchase obligations of third parties to such customers.

In addition, our customers often purchase securities or other financial instruments from a broker/dealer under repurchase arrangements, frequently as a method of reinvesting the cash collateral they receive from lending their securities. Under these arrangements, the broker/dealer is obligated to repurchase these securities or financial instruments from the customer at the same price at some point in the future. The anticipated value of the collateral is intended to exceed the broker/dealer’s repayment obligation. In certain cases, we agree to indemnify our customers from any loss that would arise upon a default by the counterparty if the proceeds from the disposition of the securities or other financial assets is less than the amount of the repayment obligation by the customer’s counterparty. In those instances, we, rather than our customer, are exposed to the risks associated with counterparty default and collateral value.

We are exposed to the risk of losses as a result of certain customer relationships with Lehman Brothers.

We had indemnification obligations with respect to customer repurchase agreements with Lehman. In the case of some of our customers that entered into repurchase agreements with a U.S.-based Lehman affiliate, we indemnified obligations totaling $1 billion and, following the bankruptcy of Lehman, paid this amount to our customers. Upon such payments, we took possession of the collateral, consisting of commercial real estate obligations, that was subject to our customers’ repurchase agreements with Lehman. Based upon our assessment of the likely proceeds to be received from the disposition or maturity of this collateral in light of the then current market environment, during the third quarter of 2008, we established a reserve of $200 million to cover the difference between the estimated fair value of the collateral at the time and the payment we made to our customers. As we do with our investment portfolio, we continue to evaluate the value of the collateral. Upon further evaluation or changes in market conditions, we may incur additional charges if the value of the collateral deteriorates. In addition, upon disposition or maturity of the collateral, the loss incurred may be greater than $200 million.

In addition to the foregoing repurchase agreements, certain customers had entered into repurchase agreements with Lehman’s U.K. affiliate. We have repaid those customers and taken possession of the related collateral; however, we believe that the proceeds from the disposition or maturity of the collateral will be at least equal to the amount we paid to such customers and, consequently, have not established a reserve related to those agreements. It is possible that we will incur losses relating to these agreements in the future.

We appointed Lehman as sub-custodian or prime broker for some of our custody customers and some investment funds managed by SSgA. For custody customers, we made this appointment at their direction. In the case of investment funds managed by SSgA, we appointed Lehman in our capacity as manager of those funds. As of September 15, 2008, the date Lehman was placed in administration, our custody customers had claims against Lehman of approximately $325 million, and our investment funds had claims against Lehman of approximately $312 million, both in connection with Lehman’s role as a sub-custodian or prime broker. Estimating the actual amount or timing of any recovery on our clients’ and funds’ claims against Lehman is currently not possible. While we believe that we acted appropriately in appointing Lehman as a sub-custodian and a prime-broker, some customers have requested that we compensate them for their losses. Any agreement to compensate any of these customers could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

9


Table of Contents

 

If all or a significant portion of the unrealized losses in our portfolio of investment securities were determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, we would recognize a material charge to our earnings and our capital ratios would be adversely impacted.

As of December 31, 2008, there were $5.45 billion of after-tax net unrealized losses associated with our portfolio of investment securities available for sale and held to maturity that were recorded in other comprehensive income in consolidated shareholders’ equity. In addition to these unrealized losses, there were $870 million of after-tax unrealized losses associated with securities held to maturity that were not required under GAAP to be recorded in other comprehensive income. Generally, the fair value of such securities is based upon information supplied by third-party sources. Market values for the securities in our portfolio declined significantly during 2008 as liquidity and pricing generally in the capital markets was disrupted. When the fair value of a security declines, management must assess whether that decline is “other-than-temporary.” See “—We must apply significant judgment to assign fair values to our assets, and we may not be able to obtain these values, or any value, if these assets were sold.” When management reviews whether a decline in fair value is other than temporary, it considers numerous factors, many of which involve significant judgment. As 2008 progressed, rating agencies imposed an increasing number of downgrades and credit watches on the securities in our investment portfolio, which contributed to the decline in market values. Any continued increase in downgrades and credit watches may contribute to a further decline in market values. More generally, market conditions continue to be volatile, and we can provide no assurance that the amount of the unrealized losses will not increase.

To the extent that any portion of the unrealized losses in our portfolio of investment securities is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, we will recognize a charge to our earnings in the quarter during which such determination is made and our capital ratios will be adversely impacted. If any such charge is significant, a rating agency might downgrade our credit rating or put us on credit watch. A downgrade or a significant reduction in our capital ratios might adversely impact our ability to access the capital markets or might increase our cost of capital. Even if we do not determine that the unrealized losses associated with the investment portfolio require an impairment charge, increases in such unrealized losses adversely affect our tangible common equity ratio, which may adversely affect credit rating agency and investor sentiment toward us. Such negative perception also may adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets or might increase our cost of capital.

Our business activities, including the unconsolidated asset-backed commercial paper conduits we administer, expose us to liquidity and interest-rate risk.

In our business activities, we assume liquidity and interest-rate risk in our investment portfolio of longer-and intermediate-term assets, which is funded in large part by our customer deposit base. We may be exposed to liquidity or other risks in managing asset pools for third parties that are funded on a short-term basis, or where the customers participating in these products have a right to the return of cash or assets on limited notice. These business activities include, among others, the unconsolidated asset-backed commercial paper conduits that we administer, as well as securities finance collateral pools and money market and other short-term investment funds.

In the asset-backed commercial paper conduits, for example, pools of medium-and long-term financial instruments, principally mortgage- and other asset-backed securities, are financed through the issuance of short-term commercial paper. The conduits strive to maintain a positive margin between the rate of return on their longer-term assets and the short-term cost of funding. This mismatch in the maturity of the investment pools and funding creates risk if disruptions occur in the liquidity of the short-term debt or asset-backed securities markets, or if the cost of short-term borrowings exceeds the conduits’ rate of return on their investment pools or purchased assets.

In connection with our administration of the asset-backed commercial paper conduits, we provide contractual back-up liquidity to the conduits. If the conduits cannot issue sufficient commercial paper to meet their ongoing liquidity needs, we are required by contract to, among other things, provide liquidity to the conduits by purchasing portfolio assets from them. If required, these portfolio assets are purchased at prices

 

10


Table of Contents

 

determined in accordance with contractual terms of the applicable liquidity asset purchase agreement, which may exceed their fair value. We may also provide liquidity to the conduits by purchasing commercial paper from them or by providing other extensions of credit to the conduits.

Our asset-backed commercial paper conduit program experienced significantly reduced demand for its commercial paper financing beginning in the third quarter of 2007. As the disruption in the credit markets continued through 2008, our liquidity management of the conduits resulted in our purchasing historically high levels of commercial paper from the conduits. During 2008, the amount of commercial paper issued by the conduits held on our consolidated balance sheet increased from approximately $2 million as of December 31, 2007 to approximately $292 million as of March 31, 2008, approximately $212 million as of June 30, 2008, and approximately $7.82 billion as of September 30, 2008 (including $1.63 billion related to the Federal Reserve’s Asset-Backed Commercial Paper Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility, or AMLF). On December 31, 2008, we held $230 million of commercial paper issued by the conduits on our consolidated balance sheet (which did not include $5.70 billion sold by the conduits to the Federal Reserve’s Commercial Paper Funding Facility, or CPFF, as of December 31, 2008). The highest total overnight position (including AMLF) in the conduits’ commercial paper held by State Street during the quarter ended December 31, 2008, was approximately $8.89 billion and during the year ended December 31, 2008, was approximately $9.22 billion. The average total overnight position (including AMLF) for the same periods was approximately $5.43 billion for the quarter ended December 31, 2008, and $2.27 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008. As noted above, as of December 31, 2008, the conduits had utilized the Federal Reserve’s CPFF to issue $5.70 billion of commercial paper. The CPFF is currently scheduled to expire for new issuances on October 30, 2009. We may be required to provide additional back-up liquidity if the conduits are unable to place their commercial paper in the market after the CPFF expires.

Our contractual arrangements with the conduits also require us to purchase conduit portfolio assets under other circumstances, such as a downgrade of the credit rating of securities held by the conduits. Purchase of the assets of the conduits pursuant to the contractual agreements described above could affect the size of our balance sheet and related funding requirements, our capital ratios, and, if the conduit assets include unrealized losses, could require us to recognize those losses. As of December 31, 2008, there were $3.56 billion of after-tax net unrealized losses associated with portfolio holdings of the conduits. Because of our contractual agreements to purchase assets from the conduits under specified conditions, we are also exposed to the credit risks in the conduits’ portfolios.

If for any reason we were to consolidate the unconsolidated asset-backed commercial paper conduits that we administer onto our balance sheet, our funding requirements and capital ratios would be adversely affected and we may record significant unrealized losses.

The unconsolidated asset-backed commercial paper conduits we administer are not recorded in our consolidated financial statements. If circumstances change, we may be required under existing accounting standards to consolidate some or all of the otherwise unconsolidated conduits onto our balance sheet. One factor taken into consideration in evaluating whether we are required to consolidate the conduits under existing accounting standards is whether we or third parties are exposed to the majority of the “expected losses” (as defined in the accounting literature) associated with certain risks in the conduits’ business. Investors not affiliated with us have purchased from the conduits notes commonly referred to as “first-loss notes” that bear loss, up to the principal amount of the notes, before any loss would be allocated to us. We use financial models to determine whether the expected losses from the conduits are greater or less than the principal amount of the first-loss notes. If changes in market conditions require us to update the assumptions in our expected loss model, such that we conclude that we absorb greater than 50% of the expected losses, we may be required to consolidate one or more of the conduits unless the amount of first-loss notes is increased. As of December 31, 2008, these conduits had an aggregate of $67 million of first-loss notes outstanding compared to $32 million at December 31, 2007.

In various circumstances, including if the conduits are not able to issue additional first-loss notes, we may be deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the conduits, and we would be required to consolidate the conduits’ assets and liabilities onto our balance sheet. Moreover, current market conditions have increased the difficulty we

 

11


Table of Contents

 

face in predicting any such future losses. For example, certain assets of the conduits are entitled to the benefit of guarantees from monoline insurance companies. Our loss analysis depends on our ability to judge whether these insurance companies will continue to perform their guarantee obligations. The aggregate amortized cost of securities with underlying guarantees was approximately $2.49 billion at December 31, 2008 and $3.51 billion at December 31, 2007. Certain of these securities, which totaled approximately $730 million at December 31, 2008, are currently drawing on the underlying guarantees in order to make contractual principal and interest payments to the conduits. In these cases, the performance of the underlying security is highly dependent on the performance of the guarantor. During 2008, many of these guarantors experienced ratings downgrades. The credit ratings of the guarantors ranged from “AAA” to “CCC” as of December 31, 2008. None of these securities are in default.

It is also possible that changes to existing accounting standards will be adopted that will require us to consolidate the conduits. The Financial Accounting Standards Board is considering changes to accounting standards related to off-balance sheet vehicles such as the conduits and industry-wide revisions are under discussion that, if adopted in the form currently under consideration, would require us to consolidate, on January 1, 2010, all of the conduits we administer. Alternatively, existing accounting standards may be interpreted differently in the future in a manner that increases the risk of consolidation of the conduits. Consolidation would adversely affect the size of our balance sheet and related funding requirements, adversely affect our capital ratios and require us to recognize the conduits’ unrealized losses in the conduit assets resulting from the difference between the book value and the market value of the conduits’ portfolios. As of December 31, 2008, there were $3.56 billion of after-tax net unrealized losses associated with portfolio holdings of the conduits.

We must apply significant judgment to assign fair values to our assets, and we may not be able to realize these values, or any value, if these assets were sold.

As of December 31, 2008, including the effect of master netting agreements, approximately 39% of our consolidated total assets and approximately 8% of our consolidated total liabilities were carried at fair value on a recurring basis. Current accounting standards require us to categorize these assets and liabilities according to a fair value valuation hierarchy. On the same basis, approximately 33% of our financial assets and approximately 8% of our financial liabilities were categorized in level 2 of the valuation hierarchy (meaning that their fair value was determined by reference to quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities or other observable inputs) or level 3 (meaning that their fair value was determined by reference to inputs that are unobservable in the market and therefore require a greater degree of management judgment). The determination of fair value for financial assets and liabilities categorized in level 2 or 3 involves significant judgment due to the complexity of factors contributing to the valuation, many of which are not readily observable in the market. The current market disruptions make valuation even more difficult and subjective. In addition, we have historically placed a high level of reliance on information obtained from third-party sources to measure fair values. Third-party sources also use assumptions, judgments and estimates in determining securities values, and different third parties use different methodologies or provide different prices for securities.

In addition, the nature of the market participant that is valuing the securities at any given time could impact the valuation of the securities. For example, investment banks, such as the underwriters of our public offerings, may value our securities differently than securities pricing providers. Moreover, depending upon, among other things, the measurement date of the security, the subsequent sale price of the security may be different from its recorded fair value. These differences may be significant, especially if the security is sold during a period of illiquidity or market disruption or as part of a large block of securities under a forced transaction.

Adverse conditions in the economy or financial markets may simultaneously trigger adverse events affecting multiple aspects of our business.

Adverse economic or financial market conditions could simultaneously adversely affect several aspects of our business. For example, conditions in the financial markets that might require us to purchase assets from the conduits pursuant to the liquidity asset purchase agreements or result in the consolidation of the conduits and

 

12


Table of Contents

 

recognition of the conduits’ unrealized losses may at the same time also require us to recognize other-than-temporary impairment in our portfolio of investment securities. If multiple aspects of our business are simultaneously impacted by economic or financial market conditions or other events, the demands on our liquidity may exceed our resources.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, which may not be available to us or may only be available on unfavorable terms.

As a result of continued disruption in the financial markets or other developments having an adverse effect on our capital ratios, we may need to raise additional capital in order to maintain our credit ratings or for other purposes. However, our ability to access the capital markets, if needed, will depend on a number of factors, including the state of the financial markets. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us.

If our custody customers experience high levels of redemption requests from their investors, or if high volumes in the securities markets disrupt normal settlements, we may provide significant and unanticipated overdraft availability, exposing us to risk of loss.

We provide custody and related services for mutual funds and other collective investment vehicles managed by unaffiliated managers. Generally, these affiliated and unaffiliated collective investment pools offer investors liquidity on a daily basis or with notice periods of a month or less. During periods of disruption in the financial markets, failures in the settlement process tend to increase, and investor demand for liquidity from these investment pools can be extremely high relative to normal cash levels maintained by those funds. In such circumstances, we may, but generally are not required to, provide short-term extensions of credit. For example, during the second half of 2008, we funded higher-than-normal levels of overdrafts by unaffiliated mutual funds and other collective investment vehicles, with particular liquidity requirements by money market funds. The provision of such overdraft availability may affect the size of our balance sheet, which, in the absence of additional capital, could adversely affect our capital ratios. In addition, if these overdrafts are substantial relative to the net assets of the investment pool, we may be subject to the risk that the investment pool is unable to liquidate assets to pay down the overdraft or that a decline in the value of the investment pool’s assets may result in the fund not having sufficient assets to satisfy its obligation to repay the overdrafts, exposing us to risk of loss.

Our reputation and business prospects may be damaged if our customers incur substantial losses in investment pools where we act as agent.

Our management of collective investment pools on behalf of customers exposes us to reputational risk. The incurrence by our customers of substantial losses in these pools, particularly in money market funds (where there is a general market expectation that net asset value will not drop below $1.00 per share), in situations where we make distributions in-kind to satisfy redemption requests or in circumstances where one of our investment strategies significantly underperforms the market or our competitors’ products, could result in significant harm to our reputation and significantly and adversely affect the prospects of our associated business units. Because we often implement investment and operational decisions and actions over multiple investment pools to achieve scale, we face increased risk that losses, even small losses, may have a significant effect in the aggregate.

In some very limited circumstances, and consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, we may compensate investment pools for all or a portion of the pool’s losses even though we are not statutorily or contractually obligated to do so. For example, during the first and fourth quarters of 2008, we elected to provide support to stable value accounts managed by SSgA. These accounts, offered to retirement plans, allow participants to purchase and redeem units at a constant net asset value regardless of volatility in the underlying value of the assets held by the account. The accounts enter into contractual arrangements with third-party financial institutions that agree to make up any shortfall in the account if all the units are redeemed at the constant net asset value. These financial institutions have the right, under certain circumstances, to terminate this guarantee with respect to future investments in the account. During 2008, the liquidity and pricing issues in the fixed-income markets adversely impacted the market value of the securities in these accounts to the point that the third-party guarantors considered terminating their financial guarantees with the accounts.

 

13


Table of Contents

 

During the first quarter of 2008, although we were not statutorily or contractually obligated to do so, we contributed $160 million to these accounts. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2008, although we were not statutorily or contractually obligated to do so, we elected to purchase approximately $2.49 billion of debt securities from these accounts that had been identified as presenting increased risk in the current market environment, and to contribute an aggregate of $450 million to the accounts, to improve the ratio of the market value of the accounts’ portfolio holdings to the book value of the accounts. This election resulted in a fourth quarter 2008 charge of $450 million. Any future decision by us to provide financial support to our investment pools would potentially result in the recognition of significant losses and could in certain situations require us to consolidate the investment pools onto our balance sheet. A failure or inability to provide such support could damage our reputation among current and prospective customers. Any termination by a third-party guarantor of its guarantee could, if we were unable to replace the guarantee, adversely affect our business or result in litigation.

We may be exposed to customer claims, financial loss, reputational damage and regulatory scrutiny as a result of transacting purchases and redemptions relating to the unregistered cash collateral pools underlying our securities lending program at a net asset value of $1.00 per unit rather than a lower net asset value based upon market value of the underlying portfolios.

A portion of the cash collateral received by customers under our securities lending program is invested in cash collateral pools that we manage. Interests in these cash collateral pools are held by unaffiliated customers and by registered and unregistered investment funds that we manage. Our cash collateral pools that are money market funds registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 are required to maintain, and have maintained, a constant net asset value of $1.00 per unit. The remainder of our cash collateral pools are bank collective investment funds that are not required to be registered under the Investment Company Act. These unregistered cash collateral pools seek, but are not required, to maintain, and transact purchases and redemptions at, a constant net asset value of $1.00 per unit. At December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the aggregate net asset value of these unregistered cash collateral pools (based on a constant net asset value of $1.00) was approximately $122 billion and $194 billion, respectively.

Throughout 2008 and currently, these unregistered cash collateral pools have continued to transact purchases and redemptions at a constant net asset value of $1.00 per unit even though the market value of the unregistered cash collateral pools’ portfolio holdings, determined using pricing from third-party pricing sources, has been below $1.00 per unit. At December 31, 2008, the net asset value based upon market value of our unregistered cash collateral pools ranged from $0.908 to $1.00, with the weighted-average net asset value on such date being $0.939. A substantial portion of the decline in the market value of these assets occurred in the fourth quarter of 2008. We believe that our practice of continuing to transact at $1.00 per unit at the unregistered cash collateral pools, notwithstanding the underlying portfolios having a market value of less than $1.00 per unit, is consistent with the practices of other securities lending agents and in compliance with the terms of our unregistered cash collateral pools. We have continued this practice for a number of reasons, including that none of the securities in the cash collateral pools is currently in default or considered to be impaired, and that there are restrictions on withdrawals from the collective investment funds. Moreover, the cash collateral pools have adequate sources of liquidity, from normal lending activity under the securities lending program, as a cash collateral pool without the need to sell securities the values of which have been adversely impacted by the lack of liquidity in the fixed-income markets. If we continue to transact purchases and redemptions from the unregistered cash collateral pools based upon a constant $1.00 per unit net asset value and the liquid assets of these pools turn out to be insufficient to support redemption activity at such value or the pools suffer material defaults on their underlying portfolio holdings, investors in the unregistered cash collateral pools may seek to hold us responsible for any shortfall due to prior redemptions at a value above the market value of the underlying portfolio or as a result of any such portfolio defaults.

Moreover, a broad range of unregistered collective investment pools that SSgA manages, referred to as lending funds, participate in our securities lending program and as a result hold interests in the unregistered cash collateral pools discussed above. As a participant in these unregistered cash collateral pools, these lending funds may have the same claims as other clients discussed above. If it was determined that the historical or prospective

 

14


Table of Contents

 

transaction valuation of these units for subscription or redemption purposes at $1.00 was not appropriate, or if investors in the lending funds determine for their own purposes that the units in the unregistered cash collateral pools held by the lending funds should be valued at a price of less than $1.00, the net asset value of the lending funds may also be adversely affected and the lending fund investors may claim that they overpaid for their investment and seek to hold us responsible for their related investment loss. If we continue to transact purchases and redemptions of units of the unregistered cash collateral pools at a net asset value that reflects a valuation of $1.00 per unit, such potential exposure would likely increase over time. Since the percentage of a lending fund’s assets on loan varies based on the fund’s investment focus and with changes in market demand, the impact of this issue on the net asset value of the lending fund will vary significantly, but in some cases may be material. In such circumstances, our reputation as an asset manager and the marketability of these lending funds may be adversely affected and participants in our lending funds may seek to be compensated for any loss they incurred or allege to have incurred resulting from either a change in the reported net asset value of the collective investment pool or previous redemption and subscription activity in the collateral pools at the constant net asset value of $1.00 per unit.

Any claims asserted by investors in the unregistered cash collateral pools or our lending funds may be substantial, may entail litigation and may result in regulatory scrutiny of our securities lending program.

Our plan to reduce operating costs and support long-term growth may not achieve its intended objectives.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded charges of $306 million in connection with a restructuring plan. The plan is intended to reduce our future operating costs, including through global workforce reductions that are expected to be substantially completed by the end of the first quarter of 2009, in order to support our long-term growth while aligning the organization to meet the challenges and opportunities presented by the current market environment. Risks associated with implementing our restructuring plan and other workforce management issues may impair our ability to achieve anticipated operating cost reductions or may otherwise harm our business. We may also experience delays in implementing the plan. To the extent we make changes to the plan, we may incur additional charges, adjust our accrual or re-evaluate the plan.

If we are unable to continuously attract deposits and other short-term funding, our consolidated financial condition, including our capital ratios, our results of operations and our business prospects could be harmed.

Liquidity management is critical to the management of our consolidated balance sheet and to our ability to service our customer base. We generally use our sources of funds to:

 

   

extend credit to our customers in connection with our custody business;

 

   

meet demands for return of funds on deposit by customers; and

 

   

manage the pool of intermediate-and longer-term assets that comprise our investment portfolio.

Because the demand for credit by our customers is difficult to forecast and control, and may be at its peak at times of disruption in the securities markets, and because the average maturity of our investment portfolio is significantly longer than the contractual maturity of our deposit base, we need to continuously attract, and are dependent upon, access to various sources of short-term funding.

In managing our liquidity, our primary source of short-term funding is customer deposits, which are predominantly transaction-based deposits by institutional investors. Our ability to continue to attract these deposits, and other short-term funding sources such as certificates of deposit and commercial paper, is subject to variability based upon a number of factors, including volume and volatility in the global securities markets, the relative interest rates that we are prepared to pay for these liabilities and the perception of safety of those deposits or short-term obligations relative to alternative short-term investments available to our customers, including in the capital markets. For example, the disruption in the global fixed-income securities markets, which began in the third quarter of 2007 and continued throughout 2008, had a substantially greater impact upon liquidity and valuations in those markets than has historically been experienced. In addition, liquidity in the inter-bank market, as well as the markets for commercial paper, certificates of deposit and other short-term instruments, significantly contracted during 2008.

 

15


Table of Contents

 

The availability and cost of credit in short-term markets is highly dependent upon the markets’ perception of our liquidity and creditworthiness. Our efforts to monitor and manage liquidity risk may not be successful or sufficient to deal with dramatic or unanticipated changes in the global securities markets or other event-driven reductions in liquidity. In such events, our cost of funds may increase, thereby reducing our net interest revenue, or we may need to dispose of a portion of our investment portfolio, which, depending upon market conditions, could result in our realizing a loss or experiencing other adverse consequences, including adverse accounting consequences.

If we are unable to successfully invest customer deposits our business may be adversely affected.

During the recent market disruptions, we experienced substantial inflows of liquid assets, particularly customer deposits, as short-term deposits with us became more attractive relative to other short-term investment options. However, the contraction in the number of counterparties for which we had a favorable credit assessment made it difficult to invest, even on an overnight basis, all of our available liquidity, which adversely impacted the rate of return that we earned on these assets. As a result of this contraction of counterparties during the recent market disruptions, we have frequently placed deposits with government central banks, resulting in a minimal rate of return. If we continue to face difficulty investing these assets, our ability to attract customer deposits may be harmed, which would in turn harm our business and our results of operations.

Any downgrades in our credit ratings could adversely affect our borrowing costs, capital costs and liquidity and cause reputational harm.

Various independent rating agencies publish credit ratings for our debt obligations based on their evaluation of a number of factors, some of which relate to our performance and other corporate developments, including financings, acquisitions and joint ventures, and some of which relate to general industry conditions. We anticipate that the rating agencies will review our ratings regularly based on our results of operations and developments in our business. We cannot assure you that we will continue to maintain our current ratings. The current market environment and exposure to other financial institution counterparties increases the risk that we may not maintain our current ratings. Downgrades in our credit ratings may adversely affect our borrowing costs, our capital costs and our ability to raise capital and, in turn, our liquidity. A failure to maintain an acceptable credit rating may also preclude us from being competitive in certain products, may be negatively perceived by our customers or counterparties or may have other adverse reputational effects.

An actual or perceived reduction in our financial strength may cause others to reduce or cease doing business with us.

Our counterparties, as well as our customers, rely upon our financial strength and stability and evaluate the risks of doing business with us. If we experience diminished financial strength or stability, actual or perceived, including due to market or regulatory developments, our announced or rumored business developments or results of operations, a decline in our stock price or a reduced credit rating, our counterparties may become less willing to enter into transactions, secured or unsecured, with us, our customers may reduce or place limits upon the level of services we provide them or seek other service providers and our prospective customers may select other service providers. The risk that we may be perceived as less creditworthy relative to other market participants is increased in the current market environment, where the consolidation of financial institutions, including major global financial institutions, is resulting in a smaller number of much larger counterparties and competitors. If our counterparties perceive us to be a less viable counterparty, our ability to enter into financial transactions on terms acceptable to us or our customers, on our or our customers’ behalf, will be materially compromised. If our customers reduce their deposits with us or select other service providers for all or a portion of the services we provide them, our net interest revenue and fee revenue will decrease accordingly.

Our businesses may be negatively affected by adverse publicity or other reputational harm.

Our relationship with many of our customers is predicated upon our reputation as a fiduciary and a service provider that adheres to the highest standards of ethics, service quality and regulatory compliance. Adverse publicity, regulatory actions, litigation, operational failures, the failure to meet customer expectations and other issues could materially and adversely affect our reputation, our ability to attract and retain customers or our

 

16


Table of Contents

 

sources of funding. Preserving and enhancing our reputation also depends on maintaining systems and procedures that address known risks and regulatory requirements, as well as our ability to identify and mitigate additional risks that arise due to changes in our businesses and the marketplaces in which we operate, the regulatory environment and customer expectations. If any of these developments has a material effect on our reputation, our business will suffer.

Governmental responses to recent market disruptions may be inadequate and may have unintended consequences.

In response to recent market disruptions, legislators and financial regulators have taken a number of steps to stabilize the financial markets. These steps included the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, the provision of other direct and indirect assistance to distressed financial institutions, assistance by the banking authorities in arranging acquisitions of weakened banks and broker/dealers, implementation of programs by the Federal Reserve to provide liquidity to the commercial paper markets and temporary prohibitions on short sales of certain financial institution securities. Additional legislative and regulatory measures are under consideration, including, for example, measures with respect to modifications of residential mortgages. The overall effects of these and other legislative and regulatory efforts on the financial markets are uncertain, and may not have the intended stabilization effects. In addition to these actions in the U.S., other governments have taken regulatory and other steps to support financial institutions, to guarantee deposits and to seek to stabilize the financial markets. Should these or other legislative or regulatory initiatives fail to stabilize the financial markets, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, while these measures have been taken to support the markets, they may have unintended consequences on the global financial system or our businesses, including reducing competition, increasing the general level of uncertainty in the markets or favoring or disfavoring certain lines of business, institutions or depositors. We may need to modify our strategies, businesses or operations, and we may incur increased capital requirements and constraints or additional costs in order to satisfy new regulatory requirements or to compete in a changed business environment.

Our participation in the U.S. Treasury’s TARP capital purchase program restricts our ability to increase dividends on our common stock, undertake stock repurchase programs and compensate our employees.

In October 2008, the U.S. Treasury invested $2 billion in State Street pursuant to the TARP capital purchase program. The terms of the TARP capital purchase program require us to pay cumulative preferred dividends to Treasury and restrict our ability to increase dividends on our common stock, redeem Treasury’s investment without receiving high-quality replacement capital, undertake common stock repurchase programs and compensate our employees. In February 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, among other things, retroactively imposed additional compensation and governance restrictions on participants in the program. Additional restrictions may be imposed by Treasury or Congress on us at a later date, and these restrictions may also apply to us retroactively. These restrictions may have a material adverse affect on our operations, revenue and financial condition, on our ability to pay dividends or on our ability to attract talented executives and other employees.

Government-imposed limitations on short sales and investor decisions to reduce short selling may harm our securities finance revenues.

Government-imposed prohibitions and restrictions on short sales of securities, designed to address perceived market abuses, negatively impacted the value of securities on loan during 2008. Although many of these restrictions have expired, continued reductions in the overall volume of short sales likely would decrease our securities finance revenue. In addition, media and regulatory focus on short selling, and losses incurred in securities finance programs sponsored by other financial institutions, have caused some institutional investors to reduce or eliminate their securities finance programs. Continued investor avoidance of short sales or renewed regulatory prohibitions on short sales would affect our business model and the demand for our services, and both our revenue from securities finance operations and the liquidity and market value of the collateral pools in which our customers invest may be adversely affected.

 

17


Table of Contents

 

Because our fee income is based in part on the value of assets under custody or management, our business could be adversely affected by further declines in asset values.

The significant declines in equity and other financial markets globally during 2008 have adversely affected and are likely to continue to adversely affect our fee revenue, which is based in part upon the value of assets under custody, administration or management. Further deterioration or a continuation of recent market conditions is likely to lead to a continued decline in the value of assets under custody, administration or management, which would reduce our asset-based fee revenue and may adversely affect other transaction-based revenue, such as securities finance revenue, and the volume of transactions that we execute for our customers. Many of the costs of providing our services are relatively fixed. Therefore, any such decline in revenue would have a disproportionate effect on our earnings.

The illiquidity and volatility of global fixed-income and equity markets has affected our ability to effectively and profitably manage our investment pools and may make our products less attractive to customers.

We manage assets on behalf of customers in several forms, including in collective investment pools, including money market funds, securities finance collateral pools, cash collateral and other cash products and short-term investment funds. In addition to the impact on the market value of customer portfolios, the illiquidity and volatility of both the global fixed-income and equity markets have negatively affected our ability to manage customer inflows and outflows from our pooled investment vehicles. Within our asset management business, we manage investment pools, such as mutual funds and collective investment funds, that generally offer our customers the ability to withdraw their investments on short notice, generally daily or monthly. This feature requires that we manage those pools in a manner that takes into account both maximizing the long-term return on the investment pool and retaining sufficient liquidity to meet reasonably anticipated liquidity requirements of our customers.

During the 2008 market disruptions, the liquidity in many asset classes, particularly short-and long-term fixed-income securities, declined dramatically, and providing liquidity to meet all customer demands in these investment pools without adversely impacting the return to non-withdrawing customers became more difficult. For customers that invest directly or indirectly in certain of the collateral pools and seek to terminate participation in lending programs, we have required, in accordance with the applicable customer arrangements, that these withdrawals from the collateral pools take the form of partial in-kind distributions of securities. Although we are entitled to make distributions in-kind, customers have in some cases sought, and may in the future seek, reimbursement for any loss that they incur in connection with the disposition of such securities. If these higher than normal demands for liquidity from our customers continue or increase, it could become more difficult to manage the liquidity requirements of our collective investment pools and, as a result, we may elect (or in some situations be required) to support the liquidity of these pools. If the liquidity in the fixed-income markets were to deteriorate further or remain disrupted for a prolonged period, our relationship with our customers may be adversely affected, levels of redemption activity could increase and our results of operations and business prospects could be adversely impacted.

In addition, if a money market fund that we manage were to have unexpected liquidity demands from investors in the fund that exceeded available liquidity, the fund could be required to sell assets to meet those redemption requirements, and it may then be difficult to sell the assets held by the fund at a reasonable price, if at all.

Alternatively, although we have no such arrangements currently in place, we have in the past, and may in the future, guaranteed liquidity to investors desiring to make withdrawals from a fund, and a significant amount of such guarantees could adversely affect our own liquidity and financial condition. Because of the size of the investment pools that we manage, we may not have the financial ability or regulatory authority to support the liquidity demands of our customers. The extreme volatility in the equity markets has led to potential for the return on passive and quantitative products deviating from their target return. The temporary closures of securities exchanges in certain markets, such as occurred in Brazil and Russia in the second half of 2008, or artificial floors such as the one implemented in Pakistan, create a risk that customer redemptions in pooled investment vehicles may result in significant tracking error and underperformance relative to stated benchmarks. Any failure of the pools to meet redemption requests or to underperform relative to similar products offered by our competitors could harm our business and our reputation.

 

18


Table of Contents

 

We are subject to intense competition in all aspects of our business, which could negatively affect our ability to maintain or increase our profitability.

The markets in which we operate across all facets of our business are both highly competitive and global. We have experienced, and anticipate that we will continue to experience, pricing pressure in many of our core businesses. Many of our businesses compete with other domestic and international banks and financial services companies, such as custody banks, investment advisors, broker-dealers, outsourcing companies and data processing companies. Ongoing consolidation within the financial services industry could pose challenges in the markets we serve, including potentially increased downward pricing pressure across our businesses. Many of our competitors, including our competitors in core services, have substantially greater capital resources than we do. In some of our businesses, we are service providers to significant competitors. These competitors are in some instances significant customers, and the retention of these customers involves additional risks, such as the avoidance of actual or perceived conflicts of interest and the maintenance of high levels of service quality. The ability of a competitor to offer comparable or improved products or services at a lower price would likely negatively affect our ability to maintain or increase our profitability. Many of our core services are subject to contracts that have relatively short terms or may be terminated by our customer after a short notice period. In addition, pricing pressures as a result of the activities of competitors, customer pricing reviews, and rebids, as well as the introduction of new products, may result in a reduction in the prices we can charge for our products and services.

If we fail to attract new customers and cross-sell additional products and services to our existing customers, our prospects for growth may be harmed.

Our strategy for growth depends upon both attracting new customers and cross-selling additional products and services to our existing customer base. To the extent that we are not able to achieve these goals, we may not be able to meet our financial goals. In addition, our proactive cross-selling of multiple products and services to our customers can exacerbate the negative financial effects associated with the risk of loss of any one customer.

Development of new products and services may impose additional costs on us and may expose us to increased operational risk.

Our financial performance depends, in part, on our ability to develop and market new and innovative services and to adopt or develop new technologies that differentiate our products or provide cost efficiencies, while avoiding increased related expenses. The introduction of new products and services can entail significant time and resources. Substantial risks and uncertainties are associated with the introduction of new products and services, including technical and control requirements that may need to be developed and implemented, rapid technological change in the industry, our ability to access technical and other information from our customers and the significant and ongoing investments required to bring new products and services to market in a timely manner at competitive prices. Regulatory and internal control requirements, capital requirements, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences may also determine if such initiatives can be brought to market in a manner that is timely and attractive to our customers. Failure to manage successfully these risks in the development and implementation of new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, as well as our results of operations and financial condition.

It may be difficult and costly to protect our intellectual property rights, and we may not be able to ensure their protection.

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology effectively, which may allow competitors to duplicate our technology and products and may adversely affect our ability to compete with them. To the extent that we are not able to protect our intellectual property effectively through patents or other means, employees with knowledge of our intellectual property may leave and seek to exploit our intellectual property for their own or others’ advantage. In addition, we may infringe upon claims of third-party patents, and we may face intellectual property challenges from other parties. We may not be successful in defending against any such challenges or in obtaining licenses to avoid or resolve any intellectual property disputes. The intellectual property of an acquired business, such as that of Currenex, Inc., acquired in 2007, may be an

 

19


Table of Contents

 

important component of the value that we agree to pay for such a business. However, such acquisitions are subject to the risks that the acquired business may not own the intellectual property that we believe we are acquiring, that the intellectual property is dependent upon licenses from third parties, that the acquired business infringes upon the intellectual property rights of others, or that the technology does not have the acceptance in the marketplace that we anticipated.

We may be unable to increase the portion of our management fee revenue that is generated from enhanced index and actively managed products, and the investment performance of these products may result in a reduction in the fees that we earn.

Over the past several years, we have sought to increase the portion of our management fee revenue generated from enhanced index and actively managed products, with respect to which we generally receive fees at higher rates compared to passive products. We may not be able to continue to increase this segment of our business at a rate that is consistent with our business and financial goals. The amount of assets we are able to attract and retain in active strategies depends on the performance of such products relative to competitive products in the institutional marketplace. For example, our active fixed-income business continues to be adversely impacted by underperformance in certain fixed-income strategies that occurred in 2007. In addition, with respect to certain of our enhanced index and actively managed products, we have entered into performance fee arrangements, where the management fee revenue we earn is based on the performance of managed funds against specified benchmarks. The reliance on performance fees increases the potential volatility of our management fee revenue. If investment performance in our asset management business fails to meet either benchmarks or the performance of our competitors, we could experience a decline in assets under management and a reduction in the fees that we earn, irrespective of economic or market conditions.

Our business is subject to risks from foreign exchange movements.

The degree of volatility in foreign exchange rates can affect our foreign exchange trading revenue. In general, increased currency volatility may increase our market risk, and our foreign exchange revenue, all other things being equal, is likely to decrease during times of decreased currency volatility. In addition, as our business grows globally, our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates could affect our levels of revenue, expense and earnings, as well as the value of our investment in our non-U.S. operations.

Our revenues and profits are sensitive to changes in interest rates.

Our financial performance could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates as they impact our asset and liability management activities. The levels of interest rates in global markets, changes in the relationship between short- and long-term interest rates, the direction and speed of interest-rate changes, and the asset and liability spreads relative to the currency and geographic mix of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, affect our net interest revenue. Our ability to anticipate these changes or to hedge the related exposures on and off our consolidated balance sheet can significantly influence the success of our asset and liability management activities and the resulting level of our net interest revenue. The impact of changes in interest rates will depend on the relative durations of assets and liabilities in accordance with their relevant currencies. In general, sustained lower interest rates, a flat or inverted yield curve and narrow interest-rate spreads have a constraining effect on our net interest revenue.

Acquisitions, strategic alliances and divestiture pose risks for our business.

Acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies, development of strategic alliances and divestiture of portions of our business, in addition to fostering organic growth opportunities, are an active part of our overall business strategy to remain competitive. The integration of acquisitions presents risks that differ from the risks associated with our ongoing operations. Our financial results would be significantly harmed by an inability to achieve the cost savings and other benefits that we anticipated in valuing an acquired business. We may not be able to effectively assimilate services, technologies, key personnel or businesses of acquired companies into our business or service offerings, alliances may not be successful, and we may not achieve related revenue growth or cost savings. We also face the risk of being unable to retain the customer bases of

 

20


Table of Contents

 

acquired companies or unable to cross-sell our products and services to its customers. Acquisitions of investment servicing businesses entail information technology systems conversions, which involve operational risks and may result in customer dissatisfaction and defection. Customers of asset servicing businesses that we have acquired may be competitors of our non-custody businesses. The loss of some of these customers or a significant reduction in revenues generated from them, for competitive or other reasons, would adversely affect the benefits that we expect to achieve from these acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to successfully manage the divestiture of identified businesses on satisfactory terms, if at all, which would reduce any anticipated benefits to earnings.

With any acquisition, the integration of the operations and resources of the businesses could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of our and the acquired company’s ongoing businesses, or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Integration efforts may also divert management attention and resources. The acquisition and combination of a business with our operations may also expose us to risks from unknown or contingent liabilities with respect to which we may have no recourse against the seller. Acquisition transactions are often competitive auctions in which we have limited time and access to information to evaluate the risks inherent in the business being acquired, and no or limited recourse against the seller if undisclosed liabilities are discovered after we enter into a definitive agreement.

We may not achieve the benefits we sought in an acquisition, or, if achieved, those benefits may be achieved later than we anticipated. Failure to achieve anticipated benefits from an acquisition could result in increased costs and lower revenues than expected of the combined company. In addition, if the financial performance associated with an acquisition falls short of expectations, impairment charges associated with the goodwill or other intangible assets recorded as part of the acquisition may result.

Unavailability of financing may make future business acquisitions or dispositions difficult.

Our ability to make acquisitions in order to achieve greater economies of scale or to expand our product offering is dependent upon our financial resources and our ability to access the capital markets. In addition, our ability to dispose of businesses that no longer fit our business model may be difficult if attractive financing is not available to prospective buyers. Due to company-specific issues or lack of liquidity in the capital markets, our ability to continue to expand through acquisitions or to dispose of businesses that no longer are strategic to us may be adversely affected.

We face significant regulatory hurdles when planning business acquisitions.

In connection with most acquisitions, before the acquisition can be completed, we must obtain various regulatory approvals or consents, which may include approvals of the Federal Reserve, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and other domestic and foreign regulatory authorities. These regulatory authorities may impose conditions on the completion of the acquisition or require changes to its terms. Any such conditions, or any associated regulatory delays, could limit the benefits of the transaction.

Competition for our employees is intense, and we may not be able to attract and retain the highly skilled people we need to support our business.

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities in which we engage can be intense, and we may not be able to hire people or retain them, particularly in light of compensation restrictions applicable to us, as a participant in the TARP capital purchase program, under the Emergency Economic Recovery Act of 2008, as amended by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business because of their skills, their knowledge of our markets, their years of industry experience and, in some cases, the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. Similarly, the loss of key employees, either individually or as a group, can adversely impact customer perception of our ability to continue to manage certain types of investment management mandates. In some of our businesses, we have experienced significant employee turnover, which increases costs, requires additional training and increases the potential for operational errors.

 

21


Table of Contents

 

Long-term fixed-price contracts expose us to pricing and performance risk.

We enter into long-term fixed-price contracts to provide middle office or investment manager and hedge fund manager operations outsourcing services to customers, including services related but not limited to certain trading activities, cash reporting, settlement and reconciliation activities, collateral management and information technology development. The long-term contracts for these relationships require considerable up-front investment by us, including technology and conversion costs, and carry the risk that pricing for the products and services we provide might not prove adequate to generate expected operating margins over the term of the contracts. Profitability of these contracts is largely a function of our ability to accurately calculate pricing for our services and our ability to control our costs and maintain the relationship with the customer for an adequate period of time to recover our up-front investment. Our estimate of the profitability of these arrangements can be adversely impacted by declines in the assets under the customers’ management, whether due to general declines in the securities markets or customer specific issues. In addition, the profitability of these arrangements may be based on our ability to cross sell additional services to these customers, and we may be unable to do so.

In addition, performance risk exists in each contract, given our dependence on successful conversion and implementation onto our own operating platforms of the service activities provided. Our failure to meet specified service levels may also adversely affect our revenue from such arrangements, or permit early termination of the contracts by the customer. If the current decline in overall market securities valuations persists or our customers are unable to grow their businesses, these relationships may not be successful. These relationships have been an area of rapid growth in our business, and if the demand for these types of services were to decline, we could see a slowdown in the growth rate of our revenue.

We face significant risks developing and implementing our future business plans and strategies.

In order to maintain and grow our business, we must continuously make strategic decisions about our future business plans, including plans for entering or exiting business lines or geographic markets, plans for acquiring or disposing of businesses and plans to build new systems and other infrastructure. Our business, our results of operations and our financial position may be adversely affected by incorrect business and strategic decisions or improper implementation of our decisions. If the business decisions that we make prove erroneous, we may fail to be responsive to industry changes or customer demands. Moreover, the implementation of our decisions may involve significant capital outlays, often far in advance of when we expect to derive any related revenues, and therefore it may be difficult to alter or abandon plans without incurring significant loss.

We are exposed to operational risk, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Operational risk is inherent in all of our activities. Our customers have a broad array of complex and specialized servicing, confidentiality and fiduciary requirements. We face the risk that the policies, procedures and systems we have established to comply with our operational requirements will fail, be inadequate or become outdated. We also face the potential for loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, employee supervisory or monitoring mechanisms or other systems or controls, which could materially affect our future results of operations. Operational errors that result in us sending funds to a failing or bankrupt entity may be irreversible, and may subject us to losses. We may also be subject to disruptions from external events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, which could cause delays or disruptions to operational functions, including information processing and financial market settlement functions. In addition, our customers, vendors and counterparties could suffer from such events. Should these events affect us, or the customers, vendors or counterparties with which we conduct business, our results of operations could be negatively affected. When we record balance sheet reserves for probable loss contingencies from operational losses, we may be unable to accurately estimate our exposure, and any reserves we establish to cover operational losses may not be sufficient to cover our actual financial exposure, which may have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

 

We depend on information technology, and any failures of our information technology systems could result in significant costs and reputational damage.

Our businesses depend on information technology infrastructure to record and process a large volume of increasingly complex transactions, in many currencies, on a daily basis, across numerous and diverse markets. Any interruptions, delays or breakdowns of this infrastructure could result in significant costs and reputational damage.

Cost shifting to foreign jurisdictions may expose us to increased operational risk and reputational harm and may not result in expected cost savings.

We actively strive to achieve cost savings by shifting certain business processes to lower-cost geographic locations, including by forming joint ventures and by establishing operations in lower cost areas, such as Poland, India and China, and outsourcing to vendors in various jurisdictions. This effort exposes us to the risk that we may not maintain service quality, control or effective management within these business operations. The increased elements of risk that arise from conducting certain operating processes in some jurisdictions could lead to an increase in reputational risk. During periods of transition, greater operational risk and customer concern exist regarding the continuity of a high level of service delivery. The extent and pace at which we are able to move functions to lower-cost locations may also be impacted by regulatory and customer acceptance issues. Such relocation of functions also entails costs, such as technology and real estate expenses, that may offset or exceed the expected financial benefits of the lower-cost locations.

Any theft, loss or other misappropriation of the confidential information we possess could have an adverse impact on our business and could subject us to regulatory actions, litigation and other adverse effects.

Our businesses and relationships with customers are dependent upon our ability to maintain the confidentiality of our and our customers’ trade secrets and confidential information (including customer transactional data and personal data about our employees, our customers and our customers’ customers). Unauthorized access to such information may occur, resulting in theft, loss or other misappropriation. Any theft, loss or other misappropriation of confidential information could have a material adverse impact on our competitive positions, our relationships with our customers and our reputation and could subject us to regulatory inquiries and enforcement, civil litigation and possible financial liability or costs.

Our businesses may be adversely affected by litigation.

From time to time, our customers may make claims and take legal action relating to our performance of fiduciary or contractual responsibilities. We may also face employment lawsuits or other legal claims. In any such claims or actions, demands for substantial monetary damages may be asserted against us and may result in financial liability or an adverse effect on our reputation among investors or on customer demand for our products and services. We may be unable to accurately estimate our exposure to litigation risk when we record balance sheet reserves for probable loss contingencies. As a result, any reserves we establish to cover any settlements or judgments may not be sufficient to cover our actual financial exposure, which may have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In the ordinary course of our business, we are also subject to various regulatory, governmental and law enforcement inquiries, investigations and subpoenas. These may be directed generally to participants in the businesses in which we are involved or may be specifically directed at us. In regulatory enforcement matters, claims for disgorgement, the imposition of penalties and the imposition of other remedial sanctions are possible.

In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal actions and regulatory matters, we cannot provide assurance as to the outcome of any pending matter or, if determined adversely to us, the costs associated with any such matter, particularly where the claimant seeks very large or indeterminate damages or where the matter presents novel legal theories, involves a large number of parties or is at a preliminary stage. The resolution of certain pending legal actions or regulatory matters, if unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations for the quarter in which such actions or matters are resolved.

 

23


Table of Contents

 

We face litigation risks in connection with SSgA’s active fixed-income strategies.

In connection with certain of SSgA’s active fixed-income strategies, during the fourth quarter of 2007, we established a reserve of approximately $625 million to address legal exposure and related costs in connection with such strategies. Among other things, the portfolio managers for certain actively managed fixed-income strategies materially increased the exposure of these strategies to securities collateralized by sub-prime mortgages and shifted the weighting of these portfolios to more highly rated sub-prime instruments. During the third quarter of 2007, as the liquidity and valuations of these securities, including the more highly rated instruments, came under increased pressure, the performance of these strategies was adversely, and in some cases significantly, affected. The underperformance, which was greater than that typically associated with fixed-income funds, also caused a number of our customers to question whether the execution of these strategies was consistent with their investment intent. This questioning has resulted in several civil suits, including putative class action claims, applicable both to funds registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and to those that are exempt from such registration. These lawsuits allege, among other things, that we failed to comply with applicable investment limitations, disclosure obligations and our requisite standard of care in managing these active funds, including those where we act as a fiduciary under ERISA. We have also received, and are in the process of responding to, inquiries or subpoenas from federal and state regulatory authorities regarding SSgA’s active fixed-income strategies. Given our desire to fully respond to customer concerns, in the fourth quarter of 2007, State Street undertook a further review of all the actively managed fixed-income strategies at SSgA that were exposed to sub-prime investments. Based on our review and ongoing discussions with customers who were invested in these strategies, we established a reserve to address our estimated legal exposure.

The reserve was established based upon our best judgment as to legal exposures and related costs associated with certain actively managed fixed-income investment strategies. As of December 31, 2008, we had made settlement and related payments totaling approximately $417 million. The amount of the original reserve was based on certain assumptions. While we believe the reserve represents a reasonable estimate of our legal exposure and other costs associated with these issues, we do not believe that it is feasible to predict or determine the amount of such exposure with certainty. As such, it is possible that we have overestimated or underestimated our exposure. If the amount of our actual exposure is materially different from our reserve, there would be a material impact on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

We face extensive and changing government regulation, which may increase our costs and expose us to risks related to compliance.

Most of our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by multiple regulatory bodies, and many of the customers to which we provide services are themselves subject to a broad range of regulatory requirements. These regulations may affect the manner and terms of delivery of our services. As a financial institution with substantial international operations, we are subject to extensive regulatory and supervisory oversight, both in the U.S. and outside the U.S. in connection with our global operations. The regulations affect, among other things, the scope of our activities and customer services, our capital structure and our ability to fund the operations of our subsidiaries, our lending practices, our dividend policy and the manner in which we market our services. Evolving regulations, such as the Basel II and other global regulatory capital frameworks, short-selling regulations and anti-money laundering regulations, may impose significant compliance costs on us. The disruption of the financial markets in 2008 and resulting governmental support of, and loss of confidence in, financial institutions is likely to result in demand for increased and more extensive regulation of our business both in the U.S and internationally. Different countries may respond to the market and economic environment in different and potentially conflicting manner, which could have the impact of increasing the cost of compliance for us. New or modified regulations and related regulatory guidance may have unforeseen or unintended adverse effects on the financial services industry.

If we do not comply with governmental regulations, we may be subject to fines, penalties, lawsuits or material restrictions on our businesses in the jurisdiction where the violation occurred, which may adversely affect our business operations and, in turn, our financial results. Similarly, many of our customers are subject to significant regulatory requirements, and retain our services in order for us to assist them in complying with those legal requirements. Changes in these regulations can significantly affect the services that we are asked to provide, as well as our costs. In addition, adverse publicity and damage to our reputation arising from the failure or

 

24


Table of Contents

 

perceived failure to comply with legal, regulatory or contractual requirements could affect our ability to attract and retain customers. If we cause customers to fail to comply with these regulatory requirements, we may be liable to them for losses and expenses that they incur. In recent years, regulatory oversight and enforcement have increased substantially, imposing additional costs and increasing the potential risks associated with our operations. If this regulatory trend continues, it could adversely affect our operations and, in turn, our financial results.

Changes in accounting standards may be difficult to predict and may adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

New accounting standards, or changes in the interpretation of existing accounting standards, by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or the SEC, can potentially affect our consolidated financial condition and results of operations. These changes are difficult to predict, and can materially impact how we record and report our consolidated financial condition and results of operations and other financial information. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the revised treatment of certain transactions or activities, and, in some cases, the restatement of prior period financial statements.

Changes in tax laws or regulations, and challenges to our tax positions with respect to historical transactions, may adversely affect our net income, effective tax rate and our overall results of operations and financial condition.

Our businesses can be affected by new tax legislation or the interpretation of existing tax laws worldwide. Changes in tax laws may affect our business directly or indirectly through their impact on the financial markets. In the normal course of business, we are subject to reviews by U.S. and non-U.S. tax authorities. These reviews may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxes due and the allocation of taxable income among tax jurisdictions. These adjustments could affect the attainment of our financial goals.

Prior to 2004, we entered into certain leveraged leases, known as sale-in, lease-out, or SILO, transactions. The Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, challenged our tax deductions arising from those transactions. During the second quarter of 2008, while we were engaged in settlement discussions with them, the IRS won a court victory in a SILO case involving other taxpayers. Shortly after that decision, the IRS suspended all SILO settlement discussions and, on August 5, 2008, issued a standard SILO settlement offer to most taxpayers that had such transactions. After reviewing the settlement offer carefully, we have decided not to accept it but to continue to pursue our appeal rights within the IRS.

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, Accounting for Leases , we originally recorded income and deferred tax liabilities with respect to our SILO transactions based on projected pre-tax and tax cash flows. In consideration of the terms of the settlement offer and the context in which it was issued, we revised our projections of the timing and amount of the tax cash flows and reflected those revisions in our leveraged lease accounting. During the third quarter of 2008 we substantially increased our reserve for tax-related interest expense that may be incurred upon resolution of this matter.

If we were to further revise our projection of the timing or amount of the tax cash flows from the leases, existing accounting standards would require us to again recalculate the rate of return and the recognition of income from the leases from inception. In addition to the recalculation, it is possible that we would increase our reserve for tax-related interest expense, which would be recorded as an increase to income tax expense.

The quantitative models we use to manage our business may contain errors that result in imprecise risk assessments, inaccurate valuations or poor business decisions.

We use quantitative models to help manage many different aspects of our business. As an input to our overall assessment of capital adequacy, we use models to measure the amount of credit risk, market risk, operational risk and business risk we face. During the preparation of our financial statements, we sometimes use models to value positions for which reliable market prices are not available. We also use models to support many different types of business decisions including trading activities, hedging, asset and liability management and whether to change business strategy. In all of these uses, errors in the underlying model could result in unanticipated and adverse consequences. Because of our widespread usage of models, potential errors in models pose an ongoing risk to us.

 

25


Table of Contents

 

Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented, and our risk management policies and procedures may be inadequate.

We may fail to identify and manage risks related to a variety of aspects of our business, including, but not limited to, operational risk, interest-rate risk, trading risk, fiduciary risk, legal and compliance risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. We have adopted various controls, procedures, policies and systems to monitor and manage risk. We cannot provide assurance that those controls, procedures, policies and systems are adequate to identify and manage the risks inherent in our various businesses. In addition, our businesses and the markets in which we operate are continuously evolving. We may fail to fully understand the implications of changes in our business or the financial markets and fail to adequately or timely enhance our risk framework to address those changes. If our risk framework is ineffective, either because it fails to keep pace with changes in the financial markets or our business or for other reasons, we could incur losses.

We may fail to accurately quantify the magnitude of the risks we face, which could subject us to losses.

We may fail to accurately quantify the magnitude of the risks we face. Our measurement methodologies rely upon many assumptions and historical analyses and correlations. These assumptions may be incorrect, and the historical correlations we rely on may not continue to be relevant. Consequently, the measurements that we make for regulatory and economic capital may not adequately capture or express the true risk profiles of our businesses. Additionally, as businesses and markets evolve, our measurements may not accurately reflect those changes. While our risk measures may indicate sufficient capitalization, we may in fact have inadequate capital to conduct our businesses.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We occupy a total of approximately 8.7 million square feet of office space and related facilities around the world, of which approximately 7.8 million square feet are leased. Of the total leased space, approximately 3.9 million square feet are located in eastern Massachusetts. An additional 1.6 million square feet are located elsewhere throughout the U.S. and in Canada. We lease approximately 1.7 million square feet in the U.K. and Europe, and approximately 600,000 square feet in the Asia/Pacific region.

Our headquarters is located at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts, a 36-story office building. Various divisions of our lines of business occupy space in this building. We lease the entire 1,025,000 square feet of this building, as well as the entire 366,000-square-foot parking garage at One Lincoln Street, under 20-year non-cancelable capital leases. A portion of the lease payments is offset by subleases for 153,000 square feet of the building. We occupy three buildings located in Quincy, Massachusetts, one of which we own and the others we lease. The buildings, containing a total of approximately 1,057,000 square feet, function as State Street Bank’s principal operations facilities.

We believe that our owned and leased facilities are suitable and adequate for our business needs. Additional information about our occupancy costs, including our commitments under non-cancelable leases, is in note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in various regulatory, governmental and law enforcement inquiries and subpoenas, as well as legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of business. For a discussion of proceedings, litigation exposure and related costs and other similar matters associated with SSgA’s active fixed-income strategies, including the establishment of a reserve of approximately $625 million as of December 31, 2007 and activity in this reserve during 2008, refer to “Risk Factors— We face litigation risks in connection with SSgA’s active fixed-income strategies ” included under Item 1A; the “Expenses” and “Line of Business Information” sections of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included under Item 7; and note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K. In the opinion of management, after discussion with counsel and based on the information currently available, these

 

26


Table of Contents

 

regulatory, governmental and law enforcement inquiries and subpoenas and legal proceedings, including the above-mentioned matters associated with SSgA’s active fixed-income strategies, can be defended or resolved without a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations in future periods.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITIES HOLDERS

None.

 

ITEM 4A. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The following table sets forth certain information with regard to each of our executive officers as of February 27, 2009.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Ronald E. Logue

   63    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Joseph L. Hooley

   51    President and Chief Operating Officer

Joseph C. Antonellis

   54    Vice Chairman

Jeffrey N. Carp

   52    Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

James J. Malerba

   54    Executive Vice President and Corporate Controller

Maureen J. Miskovic

   51    Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer

David C. O’Leary

   62    Executive Vice President

James S. Phalen

   58    Executive Vice President

David C. Phelan

   51    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary

Scott F. Powers

   49    President and Chief Executive Officer of State Street Global Advisors

David W. Puth

   52    Executive Vice President

Edward J. Resch

   56    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

All executive officers are appointed by the Board of Directors. All officers hold office at the discretion of the Board. There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers.

Mr. Logue joined State Street in 1990 and has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since 2004. Mr. Logue joined State Street as Senior Vice President and head of investment servicing for U.S. mutual funds and was elected Vice Chairman in 1999. Mr. Logue served as President from 2001 to April 2008 and as Chief Operating Officer from 2000 to April 2008.

Mr. Hooley joined State Street in 1986 and has served as President and Chief Operating Officer since April 2008. From 2002 to April 2008, Mr. Hooley served as Executive Vice President and head of Investor Services and, in 2006, was appointed Vice Chairman and Global Head of Investment Servicing and Investment Research and Trading.

Mr. Antonellis joined State Street in 1991. In 2003, he was named head of Information Technology and Global Securities Services. In 2006, he was appointed Vice Chairman with additional responsibility as head of Investor Services in North America and Global Investment Manager Outsourcing Services.

Mr. Carp joined State Street in 2006 as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer. In 2006, he was also appointed Secretary. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Carp served as executive vice president and general counsel of Massachusetts Financial Services, an investment management and research company. From 1989 until 2004, Mr. Carp was a senior partner at the law firm of Hale and Dorr LLP, where he was an attorney since 1982.

Mr. Malerba joined State Street in 2004 as Deputy Corporate Controller. In 2006, he was appointed Corporate Controller. Prior to joining State Street, he served as Deputy Controller at FleetBoston Financial Corporation from 2000 and continued in that role after the merger with Bank of America Corporation in 2004.

Ms. Miskovic became a State Street executive officer in 2008 and serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer responsible for leading State Street’s risk management function globally. Before being appointed to this role, Ms. Miskovic served on State Street’s Board of Directors from 2006 until April 2008, and was Chairman of Eurasia Group, a global political risk advisory and consulting firm based in New York, from 2005 until November 2007, also serving as Chief Operating Officer of Eurasia from 2003 until 2005.

 

27


Table of Contents

 

Mr. O’Leary joined State Street in 2005 as Executive Vice President and head of Global Human Resources. In 2004, he served as a senior advisor to Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, a global financial services company, after serving as Managing Director from 1990 to 2003 and Global Head of Human Resources from 1988 to 2003.

Mr. James Phalen joined State Street in 1992. As of 2003, he served as Executive Vice President of State Street and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CitiStreet, a global benefits provider and retirement plan record keeper. In February 2005, he was appointed head of Investor Services in North America. In 2006, he was appointed head of international operations for Investment Servicing and Investment Research and Trading, based in Europe. From January 2008 until May 2008, he served on an interim basis as President and Chief Executive Officer of State Street Global Advisors.

Mr. David Phelan joined State Street in 2006 as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary. From 1995 until 2006, he was a senior partner at the law firm of Hale and Dorr LLP (and, following a merger, of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP), where he was an attorney since 1993.

Mr. Powers joined State Street in May 2008 as President and Chief Executive Officer of State Street Global Advisors. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Powers served as Chief Executive Officer of Old Mutual US, the U.S. operating unit of London-based Old Mutual plc, an international savings and wealth management company, from September 2001 through April 2008.

Mr. Puth joined State Street in August 2008 as Executive Vice President and head of State Street’s Securities Finance, Global Markets and Investment Research businesses. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Puth was the President of the Eriska Group, a risk management advisory firm that he founded in 2007. Prior to that time, Mr. Puth was with JPMorgan Chase and heritage corporations from 1988 where he was a Managing Director and a member of the bank’s Executive Committee.

Mr. Resch joined State Street in 2002 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He also served as Treasurer from 2006 until January 2008.

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol STT. There were 4,241 shareholders of record at December 31, 2008. Information concerning the market prices of, and dividends on, our common stock during the past two years is included in this Form 10-K under Item 8, under the caption “Quarterly Summarized Financial Information.”

In January 2008, under an existing authorization by our Board of Directors, we repurchased 552,000 shares of our common stock in connection with a $1 billion accelerated share repurchase program that concluded on January 18, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 13,245,000 shares remained available for future purchase under the Board authorization. We generally employ third-party broker/dealers to acquire shares on the open market in connection with our common stock purchase program.

As a result of our participation in the U.S. Treasury’s capital purchase program, we are not currently permitted to repurchase our common stock without Treasury’s consent. Additional information about this restriction is provided in the “Capital” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and in note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

Additional information about our common stock and other equity securities is provided in the “Capital—Regulatory Capital” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and in note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

 

28


Table of Contents

 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

As a bank holding company, the parent company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its principal banking subsidiary, State Street Bank, and its non-banking subsidiaries. The right of the parent company to participate as a shareholder in any distribution of assets of State Street Bank upon its liquidation, reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims by creditors of State Street Bank, including obligations for federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements and deposit liabilities. Payment of dividends by State Street Bank is subject to the provisions of Massachusetts banking law, which provide that dividends may be paid out of net profits provided (i) capital stock and surplus remain unimpaired, (ii) dividend and retirement fund requirements of any preferred stock have been met, (iii) surplus equals or exceeds capital stock, and (iv) losses and bad debts, as defined, in excess of reserves specifically established for such losses and bad debts, have been deducted from net profits.

Under the Federal Reserve Act and Massachusetts state law, regulatory approval of the Federal Reserve and the Massachusetts Division of Banks would be required if dividends declared by State Street Bank in any year exceeded the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. Information about dividends from our subsidiary banks is provided in note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8. Future dividend payments of State Street Bank and other non-banking subsidiaries cannot be determined at this time.

As a result of our participation in the U.S. Treasury’s capital purchase program, we are not currently permitted, without Treasury’s consent, to increase the quarterly dividend per share on our common stock above $0.24 per share. Additional information about this restriction is provided in the “Capital” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and in note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this Form 10-K under Item 8. In February 2009, in light of the impact of the continued disruption in the global capital markets experienced since the middle of 2007, and as part of a plan to strengthen our tangible common equity, we announced a temporary reduction of the quarterly dividend on our common stock to $0.01 per share.

 

29


Table of Contents

 

SHAREHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE PRESENTATION

The graph presented below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on State Street’s common stock to the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Financial Index for the five fiscal years which commenced January 1, 2004 and ended December 31, 2008. The cumulative total shareholder return assumes the investment of $100 in State Street common stock and in each index on December 31, 2003, and also assumes reinvestment of dividends. The S&P Financial Index is a publicly available measure of 81 of the Standard & Poor’s 500 companies, representing 29 diversified financial services companies, 16 banking companies, 21 insurance companies and 15 real estate companies.

Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Shareholder Return

LOGO

     2003    2004    2005    2006    2007    2008

State Street Corporation

   $ 100    $ 96    $ 109    $ 135    $ 164    $ 81

S&P 500 Index

     100      111      116      135      142      90

S&P Financial Index

     100      111      118      141      115      51

 

30


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts or where otherwise noted)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Total fee revenue

   $ 7,747     $ 6,633     $ 5,186     $ 4,553     $ 4,050  

Net interest revenue

     2,650       1,730       1,110       907       859  

Provision for loan losses

                             (18 )

Gains (Losses) related to investment securities, net

     (54 )     (27 )     15       (3 )     24  

Gain on sale of CitiStreet interest, net of exit and other associated costs

     350                          

Gain on sale of Private Asset Management business, net of exit and other associated costs

                       16        
                                        

Total revenue

     10,693       8,336       6,311       5,473       4,951  

Expenses:

          

Expenses from operations

     6,780       5,768       4,540       4,041       3,676  

Provision for legal exposure, net(1)

           467                    

Provision for investment account infusion

     450                          

Restructuring charges

     306                         21  

Provision for indemnification exposure

     200                          

Merger, integration and divestiture costs

     115       198                   62  
                                        

Total expenses

     7,851       6,433       4,540       4,041       3,759  
                                        

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

     2,842       1,903       1,771       1,432       1,192  

Income tax expense from continuing operations

     1,031       642       675       487       394  
                                        

Income from continuing operations

     1,811       1,261       1,096       945       798  

Income (Loss) from discontinued operations

                 10       (107 )      
                                        

Net income

   $ 1,811     $ 1,261     $ 1,106     $ 838     $ 798  
                                        

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 1,789     $ 1,261     $ 1,106     $ 838     $ 798  
                                        

PER COMMON SHARE:

          

Basic earnings:

          

Continuing operations

   $ 4.33     $ 3.50     $ 3.31     $ 2.86     $ 2.38  

Net income

     4.33       3.50       3.34       2.53       2.38  

Diluted earnings:

          

Continuing operations

     4.30       3.45       3.26       2.82       2.35  

Net income

     4.30       3.45       3.29       2.50       2.35  

Cash dividends declared

     .95       .88       .80       .72       .64  

Closing market price (at year end)

     39.33       81.20       67.44       55.44       49.12  

AT YEAR END:

          

Investment securities

   $ 76,017     $ 74,559     $ 64,992     $   59,870     $   37,571  

Total assets

     173,631       142,543       107,353       97,968       94,040  

Deposits

     112,225       95,789       65,646       59,646       55,129  

Long-term debt

     4,419       3,636       2,616       2,659       2,458  

Total shareholders’ equity

     12,774       11,299       7,252       6,367       6,159  

Assets under custody (in billions)

     12,041       15,299       11,854       10,121       9,497  

Assets under management (in billions)

     1,444       1,979       1,749       1,441       1,354  

Number of employees

     28,475       27,110       21,700       20,965       19,668  

RATIOS:

          

Continuing operations:

          

Return on common shareholders’ equity

     14.8 %     13.4 %     16.2 %     15.3 %     13.3 %

Return on average assets

     1.11       1.02       1.03       .95       .84  

Common dividend payout

     22.4       25.2       24.2       25.3       26.9  

Net income:

          

Return on common shareholders’ equity

     14.8       13.4       16.4       13.6       13.3  

Return on average assets

     1.11       1.02       1.04       .84       .84  

Common dividend payout

     22.4       25.2       24.0       28.5       26.9  

Average common equity to average total assets

     7.5       7.6       6.3       6.2       6.3  

Net interest margin, fully taxable-equivalent basis

     2.08       1.71       1.25       1.08       1.08  

Tier 1 risk-based capital

     20.3       11.2       13.7       11.7       13.3  

Total risk-based capital

     21.6       12.7       15.9       14.0       14.7  

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     7.8       5.3       5.8       5.6       5.5  

Tangible common equity to adjusted tangible assets

     4.6       3.9       5.1       4.8       4.5  

 

(1) Amount was composed of a provision for legal exposure of $600 million, a reduction of salaries and benefits expense of $141 million, and other expenses of $8 million; refer to the “Expenses” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

 

31


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

State Street Corporation is a financial holding company organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. All references in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis to the parent company are to State Street Corporation. Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis to “State Street,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms mean State Street Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. State Street Bank and Trust Company is referred to as State Street Bank. At December 31, 2008, we had total assets of $173.63 billion, total deposits of $112.23 billion, total shareholders’ equity of $12.77 billion and employed 28,475. With $12.04 trillion of assets under custody and $1.44 trillion of assets under management at year-end 2008, we are a leading specialist in meeting the needs of institutional investors worldwide.

We report two lines of business: Investment Servicing and Investment Management. These lines of business provide a full range of products and services for our customers, which include mutual funds, collective investment funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations, endowments and investment managers. Investment Servicing provides services to support institutional investors, such as custody, product- and participant-level accounting, daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; recordkeeping; shareholder services, including mutual fund and collective investment fund shareholder accounting; foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services; securities finance; deposit and short-term investment facilities; loans and lease financing; investment manager and hedge fund manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics. Investment Management provides a broad array of services for managing financial assets, such as investment research services and investment management, including passive and active U.S. and non-U.S. equity and fixed-income strategies. For additional information about our lines of business, see the “Line of Business Information” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis and note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8. Certain previously reported amounts presented have been reclassified to conform to current period classifications. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., referred to as GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in the application of certain accounting policies that materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. Accounting policies that require management to make assumptions that are difficult, subjective or complex about matters that are uncertain and may change in subsequent periods are discussed in more depth in the “Significant Accounting Estimates” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

Certain financial information provided in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis has been prepared on both a GAAP basis and an “operating” basis. Management measures and compares certain financial information on an operating basis, as it believes that this presentation supports meaningful comparisons from period to period and the analysis of comparable financial trends with respect to State Street’s normal ongoing business operations. Management believes that operating-basis financial information, which reports revenue from non-taxable sources on a fully taxable-equivalent basis and excludes the impact of revenue and expenses outside of the normal course of our business, facilitates an investor’s understanding and analysis of State Street’s underlying financial performance and trends in addition to financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP.

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis contains statements that are considered “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of U.S. federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations about revenue and market growth, acquisitions and divestitures, new technologies, services and opportunities, earnings and other factors. These forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially. We undertake no obligation to revise the forward-looking statements contained in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis to reflect events after the

 

32


Table of Contents

 

date we file this Form 10-K with the SEC. Additional information about forward-looking statements and related risks and uncertainties is included in the Risk Factors section of this Form 10-K under Item 1A.

OVERVIEW OF FINANCIAL RESULTS

 

Years ended December 31,    2008(1)     2007(2)     2006  
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)                   

Total fee revenue

   $ 7,747     $ 6,633     $ 5,186  

Net interest revenue

     2,650       1,730       1,110  

Provision for loan losses

                  

Gains (Losses) related to investment securities, net

     (54 )     (27 )     15  

Gain on CitiStreet interest, net of exit and other associated costs

     350              
                        

Total revenue

     10,693       8,336       6,311  

Expenses:

      

Expenses from operations

     6,780       5,768       4,540  

Provision for legal exposure, net(3)

           467        

Provision for investment account infusion

     450              

Restructuring charges

     306              

Provision for indemnification exposure

     200              

Merger and integration costs

     115       198        
                        

Total expenses

     7,851       6,433       4,540  
                        

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

     2,842       1,903       1,771  

Income tax expense from continuing operations

     1,031       642       675  
                        

Income from continuing operations

     1,811       1,261       1,096  

Income from discontinued operations

                 10  
                        

Net income

   $ 1,811     $ 1,261     $ 1,106  
                        

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 1,789     $ 1,261     $ 1,106  
                        

Earnings per common share from continuing operations:

      

Basic

   $ 4.33     $ 3.50     $ 3.31  

Diluted

     4.30       3.45       3.26  

Earnings per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 4.33     $ 3.50     $ 3.34  

Diluted

     4.30       3.45       3.29  

Average common shares outstanding (in thousands):

      

Basic

     413,182       360,675       331,350  

Diluted

     416,100       365,488       335,732  

Return on common shareholders’ equity from continuing operations

     14.8 %     13.4 %     16.2 %

Return on common shareholders’ equity

     14.8       13.4       16.4  

 

(1) Financial results for the year ended December 31, 2008 include results of the acquired Investors Financial business.

 

(2) Financial results for the year ended December 31, 2007 include results of the acquired Investors Financial business for the third and fourth quarters of 2007.

 

(3) Amount was composed of a provision for legal exposure of $600 million, a reduction of salaries and benefits expense of $141 million, and other expenses of $8 million; refer to the “Expenses” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

Financial Highlights

For 2008, we recorded net income of $1.79 billion, or $4.30 per diluted share, compared to $1.26 billion, or $3.45 per diluted share, for 2007. Total revenue increased 28% from 2007, and return on common equity was 14.8% compared to 13.4% for 2007.

Total revenue for 2008 grew 28% from 2007. Total fee revenue, which grew 17%, reflected growth in servicing fees and trading services revenue, up 11% and 27%, respectively, compared to 2007, and securities finance revenue, up 81%. Generally, servicing fees benefited from the inclusion of the acquired Investors

 

33


Table of Contents

 

Financial business for the full year and net new business, partly offset by declines in equity market valuations. Management fees declined 10% from 2007, primarily as a result of declines in equity market valuations and lower performance fees. Trading services revenue grew primarily as a result of higher levels of volatility and the contribution of the acquired Investors Financial business (with respect to foreign exchange revenue), and the inclusion of revenue from the acquired Currenex business (with respect to brokerage and other fees), both for a full year. Securities finance revenue benefited primarily from wider credit spreads across all lending programs, as well as revenue contributed by the acquired Investors Financial business. Processing fees and other revenue were flat with 2007 levels. The growth in total revenue also reflected a $350 million gain from the sale of our joint venture interest in CitiStreet in July 2008.

Net interest revenue increased 53% compared to 2007, or 54% on a fully taxable-equivalent basis ($2,754 million compared to $1,788 million, reflecting tax-equivalent adjustments of $104 million and $58 million, respectively), with a related increase in net interest margin of 37 basis points. These increases were primarily due to the impact of Federal Reserve reductions in interest rates during 2008 and increases in customer deposits.

Total expenses of $7.85 billion increased 22% from 2007, partly reflective of the aggregate $1.07 billion of the following items: merger and integration costs associated with the Investors Financial acquisition ($115 million); the charge associated with the cash infusion into the SSgA investment management accounts ($450 million); the restructuring charges associated with the reduction in workforce and other cost initiatives ($306 million); and the provision for estimated net exposure on an indemnification obligation associated with collateralized repurchase agreements ($200 million). This compares to the aggregate $665 million of the following items: merger and integration costs associated with Investors Financial ($198 million), and a net charge related to certain active fixed-income strategies managed by State Street Global Advisors, or SSgA ($467 million) recorded in 2007. Expenses from operations of $6.78 billion ($7.85 billion net of $1.07 billion) increased 17.5% compared to 2007 expenses from operations of $5.77 billion ($6.43 billion net of $665 million). The increase resulted from the inclusion of expenses of the acquired Investors Financial business for full-year 2008 compared to six months in 2007, increases in salaries and benefits expenses, higher levels of professional fees and securities processing costs, and new fees and assessments paid to banking regulators.

For 2008, our non-U.S. revenue was approximately 35% of our total revenue, compared to 41% for 2007 and 43% for 2006. The decrease compared to 2007 was primarily the result of the inclusion of revenue from the acquired Investors Financial business for the full year, compared to six months for 2007, as well as higher levels of domestic revenue growth.

Results for 2008 included the following significant items outside of the ordinary course of our business.

 

   

During the third and fourth quarters of 2008, we participated in the Federal Reserve’s AMLF, and earned $68 million of pre-tax net interest revenue related to this program (see the “Net Interest Revenue” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for additional information);

 

   

During the third quarter of 2008, the IRS issued a standard settlement offer to taxpayers that have entered into SILO leveraged leases. We did not accept the offer and continue to pursue our appeal rights within the IRS. In consideration of the terms of the offer and the context in which it was issued, we revised our projection of the timing and amount of tax cash flows from the leases and recalculated the recognition of lease-related revenue over the leases’ terms from their inception. This recalculation resulted in a cumulative reduction of net interest revenue of $98 million and the accrual of income tax expense of $39 million during 2008 (see the “Net Interest Revenue” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for additional information);

 

   

We completed the sale of our 50% joint venture interest in CitiStreet in July 2008, and recognized a $350 million pre-tax gain, which was net of exit and other costs associated with the sale (see the “Consolidated Results of Operations—Total Revenue” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for additional information);

 

   

In October 2008, in connection with SSgA investment management products that rely upon contractual arrangements with wrap providers, we provided support to these accounts by purchasing approximately $2.49 billion of asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities from them at then current market prices and

 

34


Table of Contents

 

 

making an aggregate cash infusion into the accounts of approximately $450 million. As a result of these actions, we recorded a charge of $450 million in our consolidated statement of income (see the “Expenses” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for additional information);

 

   

During the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded restructuring charges of $306 million associated with a reduction in our global workforce and other cost initiatives (see the “Expenses” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for additional information);

 

   

During the third quarter of 2008, we recorded a $200 million provision to recognize our estimated net exposure related to an indemnification obligation associated with collateralized repurchase agreements with an affiliate of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (see the “Expenses” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for additional information); and

 

   

We recorded $115 million of merger and integration costs associated with our July 2007 acquisition of Investors Financial (see the “Expenses” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for additional information).

In February 2009, in light of the impact of the continued disruption in the global capital markets experienced since the middle of 2007, which is described in more detail in the following section, we announced a series of actions to strengthen our tangible common equity, or TCE, ratio. We define the TCE ratio as the relationship of our consolidated common shareholders’ equity to our consolidated total assets, with both amounts reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets net of related deferred taxes.

For 2009, our plan to improve our TCE ratio includes temporarily reducing our quarterly dividend on our common stock to $0.01 per share, the reinvestment of investment securities paying down and maturing during 2009 into interest-bearing deposits with U.S. and non-U.S. central banks, and a resulting reduction in the size of our consolidated balance sheet. We expect that these actions will produce growth in organic capital but will reduce our net interest margin for 2009 by approximately 13% to 18% compared to 2008.

IMPACT OF SECURITIES MARKETS DISRUPTION AND GOVERNMENT ACTIONS

Over the past eighteen months, the global financial markets have experienced significant disruption, including substantial volatility, limited trading activity in some markets and a widespread lack of liquidity. These events, and the potential for increased and continuing disruption, have significantly diminished overall confidence in the financial markets and in financial institutions, and have further worsened liquidity and pricing issues within the fixed-income securities markets. In the second half of 2008, these conditions resulted in the bankruptcy or acquisition of, or significant government assistance to, a number of major domestic and international financial institutions. Overall, this disruption increased the uncertainty and unpredictability we face in our business and affected our results of operations and our financial condition.

The significant declines in equity and other financial markets globally during 2008 adversely affected our servicing and management fee revenues, which are based, in part, on the value of assets under custody or management. Our trading services revenue benefitted from market volatility and the resulting increases in the volumes of transactions that we execute for our customers. Our securities finance revenue was favorably affected by wider spreads, although this business experienced a decline in lending due to the reduction or suspension of participation by some institutional investors in our securities lending program.

During the third and fourth quarters of 2008, in response to the above-described market conditions, federal government and bank regulatory agencies, particularly the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC, working in cooperation with foreign governments and other central banks, instituted a variety of programs designed to restore confidence in the financial markets, strengthen financial institutions and encourage the flow of credit and liquidity in support of the U.S. economy. The programs in which State Street had significant participation or involvement are described below.

Asset-Backed Commercial Paper Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility

This facility, referred to as the AMLF, was instituted by the Federal Reserve in September 2008. It is designed to restore liquidity in the asset-backed commercial paper markets and assist money market mutual funds in meeting

 

35


Table of Contents

 

investor redemption requests. The Federal Reserve extends non-recourse loans to eligible banking organizations to finance their purchase of high-quality asset-backed commercial paper from eligible money market funds or other eligible entities. The facility, originally intended to expire on January 30, 2009, was extended to October 30, 2009.

We began our participation in the AMLF in September 2008, and were one of the first institutions to be fully operational for mutual fund customers desiring to utilize the facility. For 2008, we earned net interest revenue associated with this facility of approximately $68 million. Additional information about the impact of our participation in the AMLF on our consolidated financial statements is provided in the “Consolidated Results of Operations—Net Interest Revenue” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis and in note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

Mortgage-Backed Securities Purchase Program

The program, announced by the U.S. Treasury in September 2008, is designed to broaden access to mortgage funding for current and prospective homeowners, as well as to promote market stability through the Treasury’s purchase of new mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The program is intended to expire on December 31, 2009. In October 2008, SSgA was one of two asset managers appointed as an agent to manage assets purchased under the program.

Temporary Guarantee Program for Money Market Funds

The U.S. Treasury instituted the Temporary Guarantee Program for Money Market Funds in September 2008. The program is designed to address temporary dislocations in credit markets. The program temporarily guarantees the share price of any publicly-offered, eligible money market mutual fund that applies for and pays a fee to participate in the program. The program provides coverage to shareholders up to amounts that they held in participating money market funds as of the close of business on September 19, 2008. The program, originally intended to expire on December 29, 2008, has been extended through April 30, 2009. Three of SSgA’s money market funds are participating in the program.

Commercial Paper Funding Facility

The facility, referred to as the CPFF, was instituted by the Federal Reserve and became operational in October 2008. The facility is designed to complement the Federal Reserve’s existing credit facilities to help provide liquidity to term funding markets. It provides a liquidity back-stop to U.S. issuers of commercial paper through a special purpose vehicle that purchases three-month unsecured and asset-backed commercial paper directly from eligible issuers. State Street was appointed CPFF custodian and administrator in October 2008. During the fourth quarter of 2008, we paid a registration fee of approximately $23 million to the Federal Reserve to participate in the facility. The State Street-administered asset-backed commercial paper conduits, as of December 31, 2008, had sold $5.70 billion of commercial paper to the CPFF. The CPFF, originally intended to expire on April 30, 2009, was extended to October 30, 2009.

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program

The program was announced by the FDIC in October 2008, and final rules were issued in November and December 2008. The program is designed to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in the U.S. banking system (1) by guaranteeing newly issued senior unsecured debt of banks, thrifts and certain holding companies, and (2) by providing unlimited insurance protection for non-interest bearing deposit transactions accounts at FDIC-insured institutions through December 31, 2009. The program provides a 100% guarantee for unsecured senior debt issued through June 30, 2009 by banks, thrifts, bank holding companies, financial holding companies and thrift holding companies. The guarantee will exist for three years. In December 2008, we paid aggregate fees of approximately $5 million to participate in both features of this program. Additional information about the FDIC’s guarantee of certain of our senior unsecured debt is provided in the “Liquidity” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis included in this Form 10-K under Item 7.

 

36


Table of Contents

 

Money Market Investor Funding Facility

This program, instituted by the Federal Reserve, became operational in November 2008. The program is designed to provide liquidity to eligible U.S. money market investors. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York will provide up to $600 billion of senior secured funding to a series of private-sector special purpose vehicles to finance the purchase of eligible assets from eligible investors. The special purpose vehicles will commence a wind-down process on October 30, 2009 unless the Federal Reserve further extends the facility. State Street facilitated the implementation and extension of this program, working with the Federal Reserve and the program administrator.

TARP Capital Purchase Program

State Street was selected by Treasury as one of the nine financial institutions to participate in the launch of this program, in connection with actions taken by the U.S. government designed to protect the U.S. economy, strengthen public confidence in financial institutions and foster the strong functioning of credit markets. In October 2008, State Street agreed to, and received, a $2 billion investment (based on a percentage of its consolidated risk-weighted assets) through the issuance of 20,000 shares of its Series B preferred stock and a related warrant to purchase approximately 5.6 million shares of its common stock to Treasury. Information about the impact of our participation in the capital purchase program on our consolidated financial statements is provided in the “Capital” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis and in note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

 

37


Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section discusses our consolidated results of operations for 2008 compared to 2007, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this Form 10-K under Item 8. A comparison of consolidated results of operations for 2007 with those for 2006 is provided in the “Comparison of 2007 and 2006—Overview of Consolidated Results of Operations” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

TOTAL REVENUE

 

Years ended December 31,   2008     2007     2006   Change
2007-2008
 
(Dollars in millions)                      

Fee revenue:

       

Servicing fees

  $ 3,745     $ 3,388     $ 2,723   11 %

Management fees

    1,028       1,141       943   (10 )

Trading services

    1,467       1,152       862   27  

Securities finance

    1,230       681       386   81  

Processing fees and other

    277       271       272   2  
                       

Total fee revenue

    7,747       6,633       5,186   17  

Net interest revenue:

       

Interest revenue

    4,879       5,212       4,324   (6 )

Interest expense

    2,229       3,482       3,214   (36 )
                       

Net interest revenue

    2,650       1,730       1,110   53  

Provision for loan losses

                 
                       

Net interest revenue after provision for loan losses

    2,650       1,730       1,110   53  

Gains (Losses) related to investment securities, net

    (54 )     (27 )     15  

Gain on sale of CitiStreet interest, net of exit and other associated costs

    350              
                       

Total revenue

  $ 10,693     $ 8,336     $ 6,311   28  
                       

Our broad range of services generates fee revenue and net interest revenue. Fee revenue generated by investment servicing and investment management is augmented by securities finance, trading services and other processing fee revenue. We earn net interest revenue from customers’ deposits and short-term investment activities, by providing deposit services and short-term investment vehicles, such as repurchase agreements and commercial paper, to meet customers’ needs for high-grade liquid investments, and investing these sources of funds and additional borrowings in assets yielding a higher rate.

Fee Revenue

Servicing and management fees collectively comprised approximately 62% of our total fee revenue for 2008 and 68% for 2007. These fees are a function of several factors, including the mix and volume of assets under custody and assets under management, securities positions held and the volume of portfolio transactions, and the types of products and services used by customers, and are affected by changes in worldwide equity and fixed-income valuations.

Generally, servicing fees are affected, in part, by changes in daily average valuations of assets under custody, while management fees are affected by changes in month-end valuations of assets under management. Additional factors, such as the level of transaction volumes, changes in service level, balance credits, customer minimum balances, pricing concessions and other factors, may have a significant effect on servicing fee revenue. Generally, management fee revenue is more sensitive to market valuations than servicing fee revenue. Management fees also include performance fees, which amounted to approximately 2% of management fees for 2008 compared to 6% for 2007. Performance fees are generated when the performance of certain managed funds exceeds benchmarks specified in the management agreements, and we experience more volatility with performance fees than with more traditional management fees.

In light of the above, we estimate, assuming all other factors remain constant, that a 10% increase or decrease in worldwide equity values would result in a corresponding change in our total revenue of

 

38


Table of Contents

 

approximately 2%. If fixed-income security values were to increase or decrease by 10%, we would anticipate a corresponding change of approximately 1% in our total revenue. We would expect the above-described relationships to exist in normalized financial markets. These relationships were not experienced in 2008 in light of the significant disruption in the global financial markets. Those disrupted conditions adversely affected our servicing and management fee revenues for 2008, which are based, in part, on the value of assets under custody or management as described earlier in this section. However, during 2008, in general, our trading services revenue benefited from volatility in the markets and from related increases in customer transaction volume; our securities finance revenue benefited from wider spreads, in spite of a decline in securities lending volumes caused by reduced or suspended participation by some institutional investors in the program; and our net interest revenue grew as a result of Federal Reserve rate reductions and significant increases in customer deposits. Collectively, these positive trends offset a portion of the market-related impact on certain of our revenue. In addition, the acquired Investors Financial business contributed a full year of revenue in 2008 compared to six months in 2007.

The following table presents selected equity market indices. Daily averages and the averages of month-end indices demonstrate worldwide equity market valuation changes that affect servicing and management fee revenue, respectively. Year-end indices impact the value of assets under custody and management at those dates. The index names listed in the table and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis are service marks of their respective owners.

INDEX

 

     Daily Averages of Indices     Average of Month-End Indices     Year-End Indices  
     2008    2007    Change     2008    2007    Change     2008    2007    Change  

S&P 500 ®

   1,220    1,477    (17 )%   1,215    1,478    (18 )%   903    1,468    (38 )%

NASDAQ ®

   2,162    2,578    (16 )   2,149    2,588    (17 )   1,577    2,652    (41 )

MSCI EAFE ®

   1,792    2,212    (19 )   1,777    2,230    (20 )   1,237    2,253    (45 )

FEE REVENUE

 

Years ended December 31,    2008    2007    2006    Change
2007-2008
 
(Dollars in millions)                      

Servicing fees

   $ 3,745    $ 3,388    $ 2,723    11 %

Management fees(1)

     1,028      1,141      943    (10 )

Trading services

     1,467      1,152      862    27  

Securities finance

     1,230      681      386    81  

Processing fees and other

     277      271      272    2  
                       

Total fee revenue

   $ 7,747    $ 6,633    $ 5,186    17  
                       

 

(1) Includes performance fees of $21 million, $72 million and $79 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Servicing Fees

Servicing fees include fee revenue from U.S. mutual funds, collective investment funds worldwide, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations, endowments, and other investment pools. Products and services include custody; product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; recordkeeping; investment manager and hedge fund manager operations outsourcing services; master trust and master custody; and performance, risk and compliance analytics.

The growth in servicing fees from 2007 primarily resulted from the inclusion of an additional $232 million of servicing fee revenue from the acquired Investors Financial business, an increase of $87 million from the impact of net new business from existing and new customers and higher transaction volumes. Net new business is defined as new business net of lost business. The aggregate increase in servicing fees was partially offset by declines in daily average equity market valuations and pricing concessions. During 2008, the portion of assets under custody composed of equities, which generally earn higher fees, declined to 42% of total assets under

 

39


Table of Contents

 

custody compared to 57% in 2007, reflecting the impact of declines in equity market valuations. For 2008 and 2007, servicing fees generated from customers outside the U.S. were approximately 41% of total servicing fees.

We are the largest provider of mutual fund custody and accounting services in the United States. We distinguish ourselves from other mutual fund service providers by offering customers a broad array of integrated products and services, including accounting, daily pricing and fund administration. We calculate more than 38% of the U.S. mutual fund prices provided to NASDAQ that appear daily in The Wall Street Journal and other publications with an accuracy rate of 99.9%.

We have a leading position for servicing U.S. tax-exempt assets for corporate and public pension funds. We provide trust and valuation services for more than 5,000 daily-priced portfolios, making us a leader for both monthly and daily valuation services.

We are a leading service provider outside of the U.S. as well. In Germany, we provide Depotbank services for approximately 15% of retail and institutional fund assets. In the United Kingdom, we provide custody services for 15% of pension fund assets and provide administration services to more than 27% of mutual fund assets. We service approximately 21% of the hedge fund market and more than $500 billion of offshore assets, primarily domiciled in Ireland, Luxembourg and Toronto. We have more than $800 billion in assets under administration in the Asia/Pacific region, and are the largest non-domestic trust bank in Japan.

At year-end 2008, our total assets under custody were $12.04 trillion, compared to $15.30 trillion a year earlier. The majority of the decrease compared to 2007 was the result of declines in market valuations. The value of assets under custody is a broad measure of the relative size of various markets served. Changes in the value of assets under custody do not necessarily result in proportional changes in revenue. Assets under custody consisted of the following at December 31:

ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY

 

As of December 31,    2008    2007    2006    2005    2004    2007-2008
Annual
Growth
Rate
    2004-2008
Compound
Annual
Growth
Rate
 
(Dollars in billions)                                      

Mutual funds

   $ 3,896    $ 4,803    $ 3,738    $ 3,442    $ 3,088    (19 )%   6 %

Collective funds

     2,173      3,199      1,665      1,001      911    (32 )   24  

Pension products

     2,784      3,960      3,713      3,358      3,254    (30 )   (4 )

Insurance and other products

     3,188      3,337      2,738      2,320      2,244    (4 )   9  
                                       

Total

   $ 12,041    $ 15,299    $ 11,854    $ 10,121    $ 9,497    (21 )   6  
                                       

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT MIX OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY

 

As of December 31,    2008    2007    2006
(In billions)               

Equities

   $ 5,003    $ 8,653    $ 5,821

Fixed-income

     5,014      4,087      4,035

Short-term and other investments

     2,024      2,559      1,998
                    

Total

   $ 12,041    $ 15,299    $ 11,854
                    

GEOGRAPHIC MIX OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY(1)

 

As of December 31,    2008    2007    2006
(In billions)               

United States

   $ 9,506    $ 11,792    $ 8,962

Other Americas

     498      698      607

Europe/Middle East/Africa

     1,524      2,163      1,815

Asia/Pacific

     513      646      470
                    

Total

   $ 12,041    $ 15,299    $ 11,854
                    

 

(1) Geographic mix is based on the location where the assets are serviced.

 

40


Table of Contents

 

Management Fees

We provide a broad range of investment management strategies, specialized investment management advisory services and other financial services for corporations, public funds, and other sophisticated investors. These services are offered through SSgA. Based upon assets under management, SSgA is the largest manager of institutional assets worldwide, the largest manager of assets for tax-exempt organizations (primarily pension plans) in the United States, and the third largest investment manager overall in the world. SSgA offers a broad array of investment management strategies, including passive and active, such as enhanced indexing and hedge fund strategies, using quantitative and fundamental methods for both U.S. and global equities and fixed income securities. SSgA also offers exchange traded funds, or ETFs, such as the SPDR ® Dividend ETFs.

The 10% decrease in management fees from 2007 primarily resulted from declines in average month-end equity market valuations and lower performance fees. Average month-end equity market valuations, individually presented in the above “INDEX” table, were down an average of 18% compared to 2007. The decrease in performance fees from $72 million in 2007 to $21 million in 2008 was generally the result of reduced levels of assets under management subject to performance fees, and somewhat lower relative performance measured against specified benchmarks during 2008. Management fees generated from customers outside the United States were approximately 40% of total management fees for 2008, down slightly from 41% for 2007.

At year-end 2008, assets under management were $1.44 trillion, compared to $1.98 trillion at year-end 2007. While certain management fees are directly determined by the value of assets under management and the investment strategy employed, management fees reflect other factors as well, including our relationship pricing for customers who use multiple services, and the benchmarks specified in the respective management agreements related to performance fees. Accordingly, no direct correlation necessarily exists between the value of assets under management, market indices and management fee revenue.

The overall decrease in assets under management at December 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2007 resulted from declines in market valuations and from a net loss of business, with declines in market valuations representing the substantial majority of the decrease. During 2008, we experienced an aggregate net loss of business of approximately $55 billion, compared to net new business of approximately $116 billion during 2007. Our levels of assets under management were affected by a number of factors, including investor issues related to SSgA’s active fixed-income strategies and the relative under-performance of certain of our passive equity products. The net loss of business of $55 billion for 2008 did not reflect new business awarded to us during 2008 that had not been installed prior to December 31, 2008. This new business will be reflected in assets under management in future periods after installation.

Assets under management consisted of the following at December 31:

ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT

 

As of December 31,    2008    2007    2006    2005    2004    2007-2008
Annual
Growth
Rate
    2004-2008
Compound
Annual
Growth
Rate
 
(Dollars in billions)                                      

Equities:

                   

Passive

   $ 576    $ 803    $ 691    $ 625    $ 600    (28 )%   (1 )%

Active and other

     91      206      181      147      122    (56 )   (7 )

Company stock/ESOP

     39      79      85      76      77    (51 )   (16 )
                                       

Total equities

     706      1,088      957      848      799    (35 )   (3 )

Fixed-income:

                   

Passive

     238      218      180      128      106    9     22  

Active

     32      41      34      28      35    (22 )   (2 )

Cash and money market

     468      632      578      437      414    (26 )   3  
                                       

Total fixed-income and cash/money market

     738      891      792      593      555    (17 )   7  
                                       

Total

   $ 1,444    $ 1,979    $ 1,749    $ 1,441    $ 1,354    (27 )   2  
                                       

 

41


Table of Contents

 

GEOGRAPHIC MIX OF ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT(1)

 

As of December 31,    2008    2007    2006
(In billions)               

United States

   $ 1,020    $ 1,353    $ 1,202

Other Americas

     24      36      30

Europe/Middle East/Africa

     272      427      384

Asia/Pacific

     128      163      133
                    

Total

   $ 1,444    $ 1,979    $ 1,749
                    

 

(1) Geographic mix is based on the location where the assets are managed.

The following table presents a roll-forward of assets under management for the three years ended December 31:

ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT

 

Years Ended December 31,    2008     2007    2006
(In billions)                

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,979     $ 1,749    $ 1,441

Net new business

     (55 )     116      86

Market appreciation (depreciation)

     (480 )     114      222
                     

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,444     $ 1,979    $ 1,749
                     

Trading Services

Trading services revenue includes revenue from foreign exchange trading and brokerage and other trading services. We offer a complete range of foreign exchange services under an account model that focuses on the global requirements of our customers for our proprietary research and to execute trades in any time zone. Foreign exchange trading revenue is influenced by three principal factors: the volume and type of customer foreign exchange transactions; currency volatility; and the management of currency market risks.

For 2008, foreign exchange trading revenue totaled $1.08 billion for 2008, a 35% increase from 2007 revenue of $802 million, and benefited from the continued disruption in the global securities markets. The increase was mainly driven by a 92% increase in currency volatility, but also included an increase of $45 million of foreign exchange revenue attributable to the inclusion of a full year of revenue of the acquired Investors Financial business compared to two quarters for 2007. Aggregate customer volumes were relatively flat compared to 2007.

We also offer a range of brokerage and other trading products tailored specifically to meet the needs of the global pension community, including transition management, commission recapture and self-directed brokerage. These products are differentiated by our position as an agent of the institutional investor. Brokerage and other trading fees of $385 million were up 10% compared to 2007 revenue of $350 million. The increase was attributable to higher electronic trading revenues from both the acquired Currenex business and from our Global Link product, as well as an increase in brokerage revenue, principally transition management and equity trading. This increase was partially offset by a decline in trading profits.

Securities Finance

Securities finance provides liquidity to the financial markets and an effective means for customers to earn revenue on their existing portfolios. By acting as a lending agent and coordinating loans between lenders and borrowers, we lend securities and provide liquidity to customers around the world. Borrowers provide collateral in the form of cash or securities to State Street in return for loaned securities. For cash collateral, we pay a usage fee to the provider of the cash collateral, and invest the cash collateral in certain investment vehicles or managed accounts. The spread between the yield on the investment vehicle and the usage fee paid to the provider of the collateral is split between the lender of the securities and State Street as agent. For non-cash collateral, the borrower pays a fee for the loaned securities, and the fee is split between the lender of the securities and State Street.

Securities finance revenue is principally a function of the volume of securities on loan and the interest-rate spreads earned on the underlying collateral. For 2008, securities finance revenue increased 81% from a year earlier, primarily as a result of wider credit spreads across all lending programs, partially offset by a decrease in

 

42


Table of Contents

 

lending volumes. Spreads benefited from the Federal Reserve’s aggregate 400-basis-point reduction in the federal funds rate during 2008, as well as continued disruption of the global fixed-income securities markets.

Beginning in the third quarter of 2008, a number of institutional investors suspended or limited their participation in our securities lending program, resulting in lower lending volumes. The decreased lending volumes are expected to continue as long as this suspended or limited participation continues. During 2008, we experienced significant withdrawal activity from the underlying collateral pools, primarily to allow the lending programs to meet mark-to-market changes in collateral agreements caused by declines in the values of securities on loan or the return of borrowed securities, with a net reduction of the value of securities on loan from June 30, 2008 to December 31, 2008 of approximately 41%. We were able to manage these outflows of cash collateral, as well as the impact of the disruptions in the credit markets, in a manner that substantially reduced the risk of loss to our customers. However, we imposed limitations on withdrawals from our lending programs in order to manage the liquidity in the cash collateral pools, and the net asset value of our cash collateral pools, determined using market valuations, has fallen below $1.00 per unit. We cannot determine how long these limitations will remain in place, nor can we determine how long market illiquidity will continue to affect the valuation of the collateral pools. The continuation of either trend could materially affect the longer-term prospects for our securities lending business. We continue to distinguish our securities lending program from those of our competitors due to the absence to date of realized credit losses with respect to our program.

Processing Fees and Other

Processing fees and other revenue includes diverse types of fees and other revenue, including fees from our structured products business, fees from software licensing and maintenance, equity income from joint venture investments, gains and losses on sales of leased equipment and other assets, and amortization of investments in tax-advantaged financings. Processing fees and other revenue were relatively flat compared to 2007, with the benefit of two additional quarters of revenue from the acquired Investors Financial business for 2008 compared to 2007, offset by lower levels of equity income from joint venture investments.

NET INTEREST REVENUE

 

Years ended December 31,   2008     2007     2006  
    Average
Balance
  Interest
Revenue/
Expense
  Rate     Average
Balance
  Interest
Revenue/
Expense
  Rate     Average
Balance
  Interest
Revenue/
Expense
  Rate  

(Dollars in millions; fully taxable-equivalent basis)

                 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

  $ 12,895   $ 339   2.63 %   $ 14,402   $ 756   5.25 %   $ 12,820   $ 663   5.17 %

Investment securities

    72,227     3,163   4.38       70,990     3,649   5.14       61,579     2,956   4.80  

Investment securities purchased under AMLF(1)

    9,193     367   4.00                          

Loans and leases(2)

    11,884     276   2.32       10,753     394   3.67       7,670     288   3.75  

Other

    26,426     838   3.17       8,405     471   5.60       10,596     462   4.36  
                                         

Total interest-earning assets

  $ 132,625   $ 4,983   3.75     $ 104,550   $ 5,270   5.04     $ 92,665   $ 4,369   4.72  
                                         

Deposits

  $ 79,507   $ 1,326   1.67 %   $ 68,220   $ 2,298   3.37 %   $ 55,635   $ 1,891   3.40 %

Short-term borrowings under AMLF(1)

    9,170     299   3.26                          

Other short-term borrowings

    21,283     375   1.76       22,024     959   4.36       25,699     1,145   4.46  

Long-term debt

    4,106     229   5.59       3,402     225   6.62       2,621     178   6.77  
                                         

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  $ 114,066   $ 2,229   1.95     $ 93,646   $ 3,482   3.72     $ 83,955   $ 3,214   3.83  
                                         

Interest-rate spread

      1.80 %       1.32 %       0.89 %

Net interest revenue - fully taxable-equivalent basis(3)

    $ 2,754       $ 1,788       $ 1,155  
                             

Net interest margin - fully taxable-equivalent basis

      2.08 %       1.71 %       1.25 %

Net interest revenue—GAAP basis

    $ 2,650       $ 1,730       $ 1,110  

 

43


Table of Contents

 

 

(1) Amounts represent averages of asset-backed commercial paper purchases from eligible unaffiliated money market mutual funds under the Federal Reserve’s AMLF, and associated borrowings. Additional information about the AMLF is provided in note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

 

(2) Interest revenue for loans and leases for the year ended December 31, 2008 reflects a cumulative reduction of $98 million recorded in connection with our SILO lease transactions. Additional information about our SILO lease transactions is provided in note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

 

(3) Amounts include fully taxable-equivalent adjustments of $104 million for 2008, $58 million for 2007 and $45 million for 2006.

Net interest revenue is defined as the total of interest revenue earned on interest-earning assets less interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest-earning assets, which consist of investment securities, loans and leases and other liquid assets, are financed primarily by customer deposits and short-term borrowings. Net interest margin represents the relationship between net interest revenue and average interest-earning assets. Changes in the components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are discussed in more detail below. Additional detail about the components of interest revenue and interest expense is in note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

For 2008, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, net interest revenue increased 54% (53% on a GAAP basis) compared to 2007, and net interest margin increased to 2.08% from 1.71%. This growth was generally the result of widening spreads on fixed-rate investment securities and tax-exempt investment securities, as well as added interest-earning assets and related net interest revenue from the acquired Investors Financial business. Average transaction deposit volumes, particularly non-U.S. deposits, increased 18% for 2008 compared to 2007, primarily the result of customers’ accumulation of cash balances during the third and fourth quarters of 2008 to build liquidity.

Average federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements decreased 10% or $1.51 billion, from $14.40 billion in 2007 to $12.90 billion for 2008. The decrease was mainly due to a re-allocation of liquidity to U.S. Treasury securities.

Our average investment securities portfolio increased from approximately $70.99 billion for 2007 to approximately $72.23 billion for 2008, primarily due to the acquisition of the investment securities of Investors Financial offset by limited re-investment and net run-off in the aggregate portfolio, as liquidity was increased in response to the dislocation in the financial markets, and by lower market valuations in the available-for-sale portfolio. On average, for 2008, the investment portfolio included a lower percentage of collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage- and asset-backed securities compared to a year earlier, and a higher percentage of U.S. Treasury securities. We continued to invest conservatively in “AA” and “AAA” rated securities. Securities rated “AA” and “AAA” comprised approximately 89% of the investment securities portfolio, with approximately 78% “AAA” rated, at December 31, 2008.

Loans and leases averaged $11.88 billion for 2008, up 11% from $10.75 billion for 2007. The increase was related to higher levels of customer overdraft activity, particularly U.S. overdrafts. Approximately 67% of the loan and lease portfolio was composed of U.S. and non-U.S. short-duration advances that provide liquidity to customers in support of their transaction flows, which averaged approximately $8.00 billion for 2008, up from $7.53 billion in 2007.

Average other interest-earning assets increased $18.02 billion, or 214%, to $26.43 billion in 2008 compared to 2007. The increase was primarily due to an increase in interest-bearing deposits with banks. An average of $6.4 billion was held at the Federal Reserve Bank, which resulted from our investment of excess cash in short-term money market instruments as the financial markets disruption escalated in the second half of 2008.

Our average interest-bearing deposits increased $11.29 billion, or 17%, from $68.22 billion in 2007 to $79.51 billion for 2008. The increase was mainly attributable to the acquisition of Investors Financial and an increase in non-U.S. transaction accounts. The growth in deposits was a significant contributor to the overall increase in average interest-earning assets.

 

44


Table of Contents

 

Average other short-term borrowings decreased $741 million, or 3%, to $21.28 billion for 2008, primarily due to higher customer deposits. Average long-term debt increased $704 million, or 21%, to $4.1 billion for 2008 due to a debt issuance in mid-2007 and an additional debt issuance in the first quarter of 2008 to enhance our regulatory capital position. Additional information about our long-term debt is provided in note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

Several factors could affect future levels of net interest revenue and margin, including the mix of customer liabilities, actions of the various central banks, changes in U.S. and non-U.S. interest rates, and the shapes of the various yield curves around the world. In addition, we expect that our actions announced in February 2009 with respect to our plan to improve our tangible common equity, described earlier under “Financial Highlights,” and which include the reinvestment of investment securities paying down and maturing during 2009 into interest-bearing deposits and a resulting reduction in the size of our consolidated balance sheet, will reduce net interest revenue and margin for 2009.

Gains (Losses) Related to Investment Securities, Net

We recorded net gains of $68 million from sales of available-for-sale securities for 2008, compared to a net gain of $7 million in 2007. In addition, we recorded other-than-temporary impairment of $122 million in 2008, compared to $34 million in 2007, which resulted from our impairment analysis process. Management regularly reviews the investment securities portfolio to determine whether it expects any loss of principal or interest, in light of current market and economic conditions, consideration of pertinent information and related expectations. As a result of this process, management identified securities that it believed were other-than-temporarily impaired. Additional information about available-for-sale securities, and the gross gains and losses that compose the net sale gains, is in the “Financial Condition” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis and in note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

Gain on Sale of CitiStreet Interest, Net of Exit and Other Associated Costs

On July 1, 2008, we completed the sale of our 50% joint venture interest in CitiStreet, a benefits servicing business that provides retirement plan recordkeeping and administrative services and at that date had approximately $220 billion in assets under administration on behalf of corporate and government entities, employee unions and other customers. The premium received in connection with the sale was $407 million, and we recorded a resulting pre-tax gain of $350 million in our consolidated statement of income during the third quarter of 2008, net of exit and other associated costs incurred in connection with the sale. These costs totaled $57 million, and consisted of incentive compensation of $30 million, professional fees of $10 million, and other related costs of $17 million.

EXPENSES

 

Years Ended December 31,    2008    2007    2006    Change
2007-2008
 

(Dollars in millions)

           

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 3,842    $ 3,256    $ 2,652    18 %

Information systems and communications

     633      546      501    16  

Transaction processing services

     644      619      496    4  

Occupancy

     465      408      373    14  

Other:

           

Provision for legal exposure

          600        

Provision for investment account infusion

     450             

Restructuring charges

     306             

Merger and integration costs

     115      198         (42 )

Professional services

     360      236      157    53  

Amortization of other intangible assets

     144      92      43    57  

Customer indemnification obligation

     200             

Securities processing

     187      79      37    137  

Regulator fees and assessments

     45      3      2   

Other

     460      396      279    16  
                       

Total other

     2,267      1,604      518    41  
                       

Total expenses

   $ 7,851    $ 6,433    $ 4,540    22  
                       

Number of employees at year-end

     28,475      27,110      21,700   

 

45


Table of Contents

 

The increase in salaries and employee benefits for 2008 compared to 2007 was driven primarily by an increase of approximately $172 million of salaries and benefits expense of the acquired Investors Financial business, the impact of higher staffing levels to support new business, higher average salaries and benefits expense and increased contract services spending. These increases were partly offset by a decline in incentive compensation.

The increase in information systems and communications expense for 2008 included an additional $40 million in expenses from the acquired Investors Financial business compared to 2007, as well as an increase in spending on telecommunications hardware and software.

Transaction processing services expenses are volume-related, and include equity trading services and fees related to securities settlement, sub-custodian services and external contract services. The increase over 2007 resulted primarily from higher transaction volumes and external contract services, primarily in Europe.

Occupancy expense increased from 2007, primarily due to additional leased space acquired to support growth in the hedge funds servicing and investment manager operations outsourcing businesses, as well as higher occupancy costs in support of growth in Europe, including our new facility in the U.K.

During the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded a net pre-tax charge of $467 million in connection with the establishment of a reserve to address litigation exposure and other costs associated with certain active fixed-income strategies managed by SSgA and customer concerns as to whether the execution of these strategies was consistent with customers’ investment intent. The net charge had the following components: a provision for legal exposure of $625 million offset by $25 million of insurance coverage (net provision of $600 million); a $156 million reduction of salaries and benefits expense related to reduced incentive compensation primarily associated with SSgA, offset by $15 million of severance costs; and $8 million of other expenses related to professional fees. Information with respect to activity in the balance sheet reserve during 2008 is provided in note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, we elected to provide support to certain investment accounts managed by SSgA through the purchase of asset- and mortgage-backed securities and a cash infusion, which resulted in a charge of $450 million. These accounts, offered to retirement plans, allow participants to purchase and redeem units at a constant net asset value regardless of volatility in the underlying value of the assets held by the account. The accounts enter into contractual arrangements with independent third-party financial institutions that agree to make up any shortfall in the account if all the units are redeemed at the constant net asset value. The financial institutions have the right, under certain circumstances, to terminate this guarantee with respect to future investments in the account.

During 2008, the liquidity and pricing issues in the fixed-income markets adversely affected the market value of the securities in these accounts to the point that the third-party guarantors considered terminating their financial guarantees with the accounts. Although we were not statutorily or contractually obligated to do so, we elected to purchase approximately $2.49 billion of asset- and mortgage-backed securities from these accounts that had been identified as presenting increased risk in the current market environment and to contribute an aggregate of $450 million to the accounts to improve the ratio of the market value of the accounts’ portfolio holdings to the book value of the accounts. We have no ongoing commitment or intent to provide support to these accounts. The asset- and mortgage-backed securities are carried in investment securities available for sale in our consolidated statement of condition.

In December 2008, we announced a plan to reduce our operating costs and support our long-term growth while aligning the organization to meet the challenges and opportunities presented by the current market environment. As a primary component of this plan, we initiated a reduction of approximately 7% of our global workforce, which reduction we expect to be substantially completed by the end of the first quarter of 2009. In connection with this plan, during the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded aggregate restructuring charges of $306 million. We expect that this plan will result in an annualized reduction of our expenses from operations of between $375 million and $400 million. Additional information with respect to the charges, and activity during 2008 in the related balance sheet reserve, is provided in note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

 

46


Table of Contents

 

During 2008, in connection with the Investors Financial acquisition, we recorded merger and integration costs of $115 million compared to $198 million for 2007. These costs consisted only of direct and incremental costs to integrate the acquired Investors Financial business into our operations, and did not include ongoing expenses of the combined organization. The costs were primarily related to employee retention and system and customer integration.

During the third quarter of 2008, we recorded a $200 million reserve to provide for our estimated net exposure on an indemnification obligation associated with collateralized repurchase agreements with an affiliate of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., or Lehman Brothers. In September and October 2008, Lehman Brothers and certain of its affiliates filed for bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings. While we had no unsecured financial exposure to Lehman Brothers or its affiliates, we indemnified certain customers in connection with these and other collateralized repurchase agreements with Lehman Brothers entities. In the then current market environment, the market value of the underlying collateral had declined. To the extent that these declines resulted in collateral value falling below the indemnification obligation, we recorded a reserve. The reserve was based on the cost of satisfying the indemnification obligation net of the fair value of the collateral. We purchased the collateral, composed of commercial real estate loans, during the fourth quarter of 2008 as described in the “Loans and Lease Financing” section of this Managements’ Discussion and Analysis.

We had other customer indemnification obligations under a collateralized repurchase agreement with another Lehman Brothers entity. In these cases, the fair value of the collateral at the time we committed to take possession of it was equal to or greater than the associated indemnification obligation and therefore no related reserve was recorded. We will continue to evaluate these assets and collateral and determine whether to dispose of them or hold them to maturity. The market value of these assets and collateral will continue to fluctuate and ultimately may be less than the value of our indemnification obligations.

The increase in aggregate other expenses (professional services, securities processing, amortization of other intangible assets, regulator fees and assessments and other) from $806 million for 2007 to $1.196 billion for 2008 resulted from a 53% increase in professional services spending, primarily legal and consulting costs, amortization of other intangible assets for the full year in connection with the acquisitions of Investors Financial and Currenex, higher securities processing costs and higher regulatory fees and assessments, the latter mainly fees and assessments paid in connection with our participation in certain federal government and banking regulatory agency programs described earlier in the “Impact of Securities Markets Disruption and Government Actions” section.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense totaled $1.031 billion for 2008, compared to $642 million from continuing operations a year ago. Our overall effective tax rate for 2008 was 36.2%, compared to 33.7% for 2007. The increase in income tax expense was generally the result of a higher level of pre-tax earnings for 2008, partly offset by a net income tax benefit related to the aggregate pre-tax impact of the significant transactions outside of the ordinary course of our business described earlier under “Financial Highlights.”

Information about income tax contingencies related to our leveraged lease portfolio is provided in note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

LINE OF BUSINESS INFORMATION

We report two lines of business: Investment Servicing and Investment Management. Given our services and management organization, the results of operations for these lines of business are not necessarily comparable with those of other companies, including companies in the financial services industry. Information about revenue, expense and capital allocation methodologies is in note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

 

47


Table of Contents

 

The following is a summary of our line of business results. The amounts in the “Divestitures” columns represent the operating results of our joint venture interest in CitiStreet prior to the sale in July 2008. The amounts presented in the “Other” column for 2008 represent the net interest revenue associated with our participation in the AMLF; the gain on the sale of our joint venture interest in CitiStreet; the restructuring charges recorded primarily in connection with our plan to reduce our expenses from operations; the provision related to our estimated net exposure for customer indemnification associated with collateralized repurchase agreements; and the merger and integration costs recorded in connection with our acquisition of Investors Financial. The 2007 amount represents the merger and acquisition costs recorded in connection with the acquisition of Investors Financial. The amounts in the “Divestitures” and “Other” columns were not allocated to State Street’s business lines.

 

    Investment
Servicing
    Investment
Management
    Divestitures   Other   Total
Years ended
December 31,
  2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006     2008     2007   2006   2008     2007     2006   2008     2007     2006
(Dollars in millions,
except where
otherwise noted)
                                                                                 

Fee revenue:

                             

Servicing fees

  $ 3,745     $ 3,388     $ 2,723                       $ 3,745     $ 3,388     $ 2,723

Management fees

                    $ 1,028     $ 1,141     $ 943                   1,028       1,141       943

Trading services

    1,467       1,152       862                                     1,467       1,152       862

Securities finance

    900       518       292       330       163       94                   1,230       681       386

Processing fees and other

    200       196       208       85       73       56     $ (8 )   $ 2   $ 8           277       271       272
                                                                                               

Total fee revenue

    6,312       5,254       4,085       1,443       1,377       1,093       (8 )     2     8           7,747       6,633       5,186

Net interest revenue

    2,472       1,573       986       104       135       104       6       22     20   $ 68           2,650       1,730       1,110

Provision for loan losses

                                                                           
                                                                                                     

Net interest revenue after provision for loan losses

    2,472       1,573       986       104       135       104       6       22     20     68           2,650       1,730       1,110

Gains (Losses) related to investment securities, net

    (54 )     (27 )     15                                                 (54 )     (27 )     15

Gain on sale of CitiStreet interest, net of exit and other associated costs

                                                      350           350            
                                                                                                     

Total revenue

    8,730       6,800       5,086       1,547       1,512       1,197       (2 )     24     28     418           10,693       8,336       6,311

Expenses from operations

    5,642       4,787       3,742       1,133       974       791       5       7     7               6,780       5,768       4,540

Provision for legal exposure, net

          (47 )                 514                                           467      

Provision for investment account infusion

                      450                                           450            

Restructuring charges

                                                      306           306            

Customer indemnification obligation

                                                      200           200            

Merger and integration costs

                                                      115     $ 198         115       198      
                                                                                                           

Total expenses

    5,642       4,740       3,742       1,583       1,488       791       5       7     7     621       198         7,851       6,433       4,540
                                                                                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  $ 3,088     $ 2,060     $ 1,344     $ (36 )   $ 24     $ 406     $ (7 )   $ 17   $ 21   $ (203 )   $ (198 )     $ 2,842     $ 1,903     $ 1,771
                                                                                                           

Pre-tax margin

    35 %     30 %     26 %     (2 )%     2 %     34 %                  

Average assets (in billions)

  $ 157.9     $ 120.0     $ 103.4     $ 3.3     $ 3.0     $ 2.5     $ 0.5     $ 0.5   $ 0.5         $ 161.7     $ 123.5     $ 106.4

 

48


Table of Contents

 

Investment Servicing

Total revenue for 2008 increased 28% primarily due to increases in servicing fees, trading services and securities finance revenue, as well as a 57% increase in net interest revenue.

Servicing fees increased primarily due to the contribution of fees from the acquired Investors Financial business, increases from net new business from existing and new customers and higher customer transaction volumes. The increase in trading services revenue reflected an increase in foreign exchange trading revenue, as we benefited from the continued disruption in the global securities markets and the resulting increase in currency volatility, as well as increases in electronic trading revenues from the acquired Currenex business and from our Global Link product. Securities finance revenue increased as a result of wider credit spreads across all lending programs, as well as the impact of the acquired Investors Financial business, offset by a decrease in lending volumes.

Servicing fees, trading services revenue and gains (losses) related to investment securities, net for our Investment Servicing business line are identical to the respective consolidated results. Refer to the “Servicing Fees,” “Trading Services” and “Gains (Losses) Related to Investment Securities, Net” captions in the “Total Revenue” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for a more in-depth discussion. A discussion of processing fees and other revenue is provided under the caption “Processing Fees and Other” in the “Total Revenue” section.

Net interest revenue increased 57% from 2007 due to wider spreads on fixed- and floating-rate investment securities and tax-exempt investment securities, as well as added interest-earning assets and related net interest revenue from the acquired Investors Financial business. A portion of net interest revenue is recorded in the Investment Management business line based on the volume of customer liabilities attributable to that business.

Expenses from operations increased from 2007, primarily attributable to increased salaries and benefits costs, which reflected the expenses of the acquired Investors Financial business, as well as increase in staffing levels to support business growth, and higher levels of professional services spending. Information systems and communications expenses increased due to additional expenses from the acquired Investors Financial business, as well as higher spending on telecommunications and higher software amortization costs. Other expenses increased due to higher levels of professional services spending, increased amortization of other intangible assets that resulted from the Investors Financial acquisition and regulatory fees and assessments associated with our participation in certain government programs.

Investment Management

Total revenue for 2008 increased 2% from 2007, reflecting a 102% increase in securities finance revenue, partly offset by a 10% decline in management fees and a 23% decline in net interest revenue. Management fees for the Investment Management business line are identical to the respective consolidated results. Refer to the “Management Fees” caption in the “Total Revenue” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for a more in-depth discussion. Increase in securities finance revenue benefited primarily from wider credit spreads.

Expenses from operations of $1.13 billion increased 16% from 2007, primarily due to the cost of increases in staffing levels to support growth in business, higher occupancy costs and related increases in information systems and communications expenses.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, we elected to provide support to certain investment accounts managed by SSgA through the purchase of asset- and mortgage-backed securities and a cash infusion, which resulted in a charge of $450 million. These accounts, offered to retirement plans, enter into contractual arrangements with third-party financial institutions that agree to make up any shortfall in the account if all the units are redeemed at the constant net asset value. The financial institutions have the right, under certain circumstances, to terminate this guarantee with respect to future investments in the account. During 2008, the liquidity and pricing issues in the fixed-income markets adversely impacted the market value of the securities in these accounts to the point that the third-party guarantors considered terminating their financial guarantees with the accounts. Although we were not statutorily or contractually obligated to do so, we elected to purchase approximately $2.49 billion of

 

49


Table of Contents

 

securities from these accounts that had been identified as presenting increased risk in the current market environment and to contribute an aggregate of $450 million to the accounts to improve the ratio of the market value of the accounts’ portfolio holdings to the book value of the accounts. More information about these charges are included in the “Consolidated Results of Operations—Expenses” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

In 2007, the net pre-tax charge of $514 million ($467 million excluding related reduction of incentive compensation of $47 million allocated to Investment Servicing) was recorded in connection with the establishment of a reserve to address legal exposure and other costs associated with the under-performance of certain active fixed-income strategies managed by SSgA and customer concerns as to whether the execution of these strategies was consistent with the customers’ investment intent. The net charge had the following components: a provision for legal exposure of $625 million offset by $25 million of insurance coverage; a $109 million reduction of salaries and benefits expense related to reduced incentive compensation offset by $15 million of severance costs; and $8 million of other expenses related to professional fees. More information about the consolidated net pre-tax charge of $467 million is included in the “Consolidated Results of Operations—Expenses” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

The pre-tax margin for Investment Management, which is the percentage of the business line’s pre-tax income to its total revenue, was (2)% for 2008 compared to 2% for 2007 and 34% for 2006. The significant decreases in margin were the result of the impact of the charges described above. Without the charges, Investment Management’s pre-tax income for 2008 and 2007 would have been $414 million ($(36) million plus $450 million) and $538 million ($24 million plus $514 million), and its pre-tax margin would have been 27% for 2008 and 36% for 2007.

 

50


Table of Contents

 

COMPARISON OF 2007 AND 2006

OVERVIEW OF CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Years ended December 31,    2007     2006     %
Change
 

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

      

Total fee revenue

   $ 6,633     $ 5,186     28 %

Net interest revenue

     1,730       1,110     56  

Gains (Losses) related to investment securities, net

     (27 )     15    
                  

Total revenue

     8,336       6,311     32  

Total expenses

     6,433       4,540     42  
                  

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

     1,903       1,771     7  

Income tax expense from continuing operations

     642       675     (5 )
                  

Income from continuing operations

     1,261       1,096     15  

Income from discontinued operations

           10      
                  

Net income

   $ 1,261     $ 1,106     14  
                  

Earnings per common share from continuing operations:

      

Basic

   $ 3.50     $ 3.31     6  

Diluted

     3.45       3.26     6  

Earnings per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 3.50     $ 3.34    

Diluted

     3.45       3.29    

Return on common shareholders’ equity from continuing operations

     13.4 %     16.2 %  

Return on common shareholders’ equity

     13.4 %     16.4 %  

The income from discontinued operations in 2006 of $10 million, or $.03 per share, resulted from the finalization of legal, selling and other costs recorded in connection with our previously disclosed divestiture of Bel Air Investment Advisers LLC.

TOTAL REVENUE

 

Years ended December 31,    2007     2006    %
Change
 

(Dollars in millions)

       

Fee revenue:

       

Servicing fees

   $ 3,388     $ 2,723    24 %

Management fees

     1,141       943    21  

Trading services

     1,152       862    34  

Securities finance

     681       386    76  

Processing fees and other

     271       272     
                 

Total fee revenue

     6,633       5,186    28  

Net interest revenue:

       

Interest revenue

     5,212       4,324    21  

Interest expense

     3,482       3,214    8  
                 

Net interest revenue

     1,730       1,110    56  

Gains (Losses) related to investment securities, net

     (27 )     15   
                 

Total revenue

   $ 8,336     $ 6,311    32  
                 

 

51


Table of Contents

 

The increase in total revenue for 2007 compared to 2006 primarily reflected growth in fee revenue, which mainly reflected growth in servicing and management fees, with almost 60% of the overall growth in fee revenue generated from these two services.

The increase in servicing fees was the result of the inclusion of servicing fee revenue from the acquired Investors Financial business, the impact of net new business from existing and new customers, higher average equity market valuations and higher customer transaction volumes. Approximately 41% of our servicing fees were derived from non-U.S. customers in 2007, down from 44% in 2006. The decrease in the non-U.S. proportion reflected the contribution of servicing fees from the acquired Investors Financial business, which are generated predominately in the U.S. Assets under custody increased to $15.30 trillion at December 31, 2007, up 29% from $11.85 trillion a year earlier, with the majority of the increase the result of the addition of assets under custody of the acquired Investors Financial business.

The increase in management fees from 2006 primarily resulted from the impact of net new business on 2007 revenue and higher equity market valuations. Approximately 41% of management fees were derived from customers outside the U.S. in 2007, up from 32% for 2006. Assets under management increased to $1.98 trillion at December 31, 2007, up $230 billion from $1.75 trillion a year earlier.

The growth in trading services revenue, which includes foreign exchange trading and brokerage and other trading revenue, reflected an increase in foreign exchange trading revenue of $191 million, primarily due to increased customer volumes, but also the result of the inclusion of $43 million of foreign exchange revenue from the acquired Investors Financial business. Brokerage and other fees increased from $251 million in 2006, up 39% to $350 million in 2007 due to the contribution of revenue from the acquired Currenex business and an increase in revenue from transition management.

The increase in securities finance revenue reflected the effect of increased loan volumes resulting from both new customer demands and increased demand from existing customers. Spreads also increased, primarily in the domestic and non-U.S. equity portfolios and the corporate bond and fixed-income portfolios. Spreads benefited from reductions in federal funds rates during 2007.

The increase in net interest revenue was the result of several favorable trends. Transaction deposit volume increased, particularly with respect to non-U.S. deposits. Volume increases resulted from net new business in non-U.S. assets under custody, and spreads increased because deposit rates lagged rate increases by foreign central banks during 2007. The acquired Investors Financial business added interest-earning assets and related net interest revenue. Finally, as fixed-rate investment securities matured, they were replaced by higher yielding investments.

EXPENSES

 

Years ended December 31,    2007    2006    % Change  

(Dollars in millions)

        

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 3,256    $ 2,652    23 %

Information systems and communications

     546      501    9  

Transaction processing services

     619      496    25  

Occupancy

     408      373    9  

Provision for legal exposure

     600        

Merger and integration costs

     198        

Professional services

     236      157    50  

Amortization of other intangible assets

     92      43    114  

Other

     478      318    50  
                

Total expenses

   $ 6,433    $ 4,540    42  
                

The increase in salaries and employee benefits was driven primarily by the inclusion of salaries and benefits expense of the acquired Investors Financial and Currenex businesses, higher incentive compensation costs due to improved performance, which were offset by the reduction of incentive compensation recorded as part of the net

 

52


Table of Contents

 

pre-tax charge related to SSgA and the impact of higher staffing levels associated with the growth of our Investment Servicing business, particularly in Europe, and in our Investment Management business, as well as in information technology and risk management.

Information systems and communications expense increased due to the addition of expenses of the acquired Investors Financial business as well as increased spending internationally to support growth.

Transaction processing services expenses, which in large part are volume-related, include equity trading services and fees related to securities settlement, sub-custodian fees and external contract services. The increase resulted from the addition of approximately $39 million of expenses from the acquired Investors Financial business, specifically sub-custody costs, as well as higher transaction volumes, and external contract services, primarily in Europe.

Occupancy expense increased primarily due to additional leased space acquired as part of the Investors Financial acquisition, as well as higher occupancy costs in support of growth in Europe.

During the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded a net pre-tax charge of $467 million in connection with the establishment of a reserve to address litigation exposure and other costs associated with certain active fixed-income strategies managed by SSgA and customer concerns as to whether the execution of these strategies was consistent with customers’ investment intent.

In connection with the Investors Financial acquisition, we recorded merger and integration costs of $198 million in the second half of 2007. These costs consisted only of direct and incremental costs to integrate the acquired Investors Financial business into our operations, and did not include ongoing expenses of the combined organization.

The increase in other expenses was primarily due to the acquired Investors Financial business, increases in professional services, securities processing costs, higher sales promotion costs and increased amortization of intangibles that resulted from the acquisition of the Investors Financial and Currenex businesses.

Income Taxes

The decrease in income tax expense from continuing operations for 2007 compared to 2006 resulted from the absence of the impact of federal tax legislation that increased income tax expense for 2006. The overall effective tax rate for 2007 was 33.7% compared to 38.1% for 2006.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are described in note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

The majority of these accounting policies do not involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates in their application, or the variability of the estimates is not material to the consolidated financial statements. However, certain of these accounting policies, by their nature, require management to make judgments, involving significant estimates and assumptions, about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. These estimates and assumptions are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements, and changes in this information over time could materially affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses reported in subsequent financial statements.

Based on the sensitivity of reported financial statement amounts to the underlying policies, estimates and assumptions, the relatively more significant accounting policies applied by State Street have been identified by management as accounting for fair value measurements; accounting for special purpose entities; and accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets. These policies require the most subjective or complex judgments, and related estimates and assumptions could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available. An understanding of the judgments, estimates and assumptions underlying these accounting policies is essential in order to understand our reported consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

 

53


Table of Contents

 

The following is a brief discussion of the above-mentioned significant accounting policies. Management of State Street has discussed these significant accounting estimates with the Examining and Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

Fair Value Measurements

We carry certain of our financial assets and liabilities at fair value in our consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis, including trading account assets, investment securities available for sale and various types of derivative instruments.

As discussed in further detail below, changes in the fair value of these financial assets and liabilities are recorded either as components of our consolidated statement of income, or as components of other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity in our consolidated statement of condition. In addition to those financial assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value in our consolidated financial statements, we disclose the fair value in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of certain other of our financial assets and liabilities that are carried at amortized cost in our consolidated statement of condition. We estimate the fair value of all of these financial assets and liabilities using the definition of fair value described below.

At December 31, 2008, approximately $66.92 billion of our assets and approximately $12.36 billion of our liabilities were carried at fair value, compared to $75.43 billion and $4.57 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2007. The amounts at December 31, 2008 represented approximately 39% of our consolidated total assets and approximately 8% of our consolidated total liabilities, compared to 53% and 3%, respectively, at December 31, 2007. The decrease in the relative percentages as of December 31, 2008, compared to December 31, 2007, resulted primarily from a significant increase in our consolidated total assets, which increase was mostly due to the impact of higher levels of customer deposits and the purchase of asset-backed commercial paper under the previously-discussed AMLF during 2008, neither of which is carried at fair value.

As described in more detail in note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, effective January 1, 2008. The standard does not require the measurement of our financial assets and liabilities at fair value, but provides a consistent definition of fair value and establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with GAAP. Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . We have not elected the fair value option for any of our financial assets or financial liabilities since our adoption of the standard, although we may do so in the future.

SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an “exit price”) in the principal or most advantageous market for an asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. When we measure fair value for our financial assets and liabilities, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact, and we consider assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. When possible, we look to active and observable markets to measure the fair value of identical, or similar, financial assets or liabilities. When identical financial assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, we look to market-observable data for similar assets and liabilities. In some instances, certain assets and liabilities are not actively traded in observable markets, and as a result we use alternative valuation techniques to measure their fair value.

In accordance with the standard, we categorize the financial assets and liabilities that we carry at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition based upon the standard’s three-level valuation hierarchy. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1) and the lowest priority to valuation methods using significant unobservable inputs (level 3). We categorized approximately 15% of our financial assets carried at fair value in level 1, 70% in level 2 and 15% in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, including the effect of master netting agreements. We categorized approximately 93% of our financial liabilities carried at fair value in level 2, with the remaining 7% in level 3, including the effect of master netting agreements.

 

54


Table of Contents

 

The fair value of the investment securities categorized in level 1 was composed of U.S. Treasury securities, specifically Treasury bills, which have a maturity of one year or less. Fair value was measured by management using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical securities.

The fair value of the investment securities categorized in level 2 was measured by management primarily using information obtained from independent third parties. Information obtained from third parties is subject to review by management as part of a continuous validation process. Management has developed a process to review information provided by third parties, including an understanding of underlying assumptions and the level of market participant information used to support those assumptions. In addition, management compares significant assumptions used by third parties to available market information. Such information may include known trades or, to the extent that trading activity is limited, comparisons to market research information pertaining to credit expectations, execution prices and the timing of cash flows.

The fair value of the derivative instruments categorized in level 2 predominantly represented foreign exchange contracts used in our trading activities, for which fair value was measured by management using discounted cash flow techniques with inputs consisting of observable spot and forward points, as well as observable interest rate curves. With respect to derivative instruments, we evaluated the impact on valuation of the credit risk of our counterparties and our own credit. We considered factors such as the likelihood of default by us and our counterparties, our net exposures and remaining maturities in determining the appropriate measurements of fair value. Valuation adjustments associated with these factors were not significant for 2008.

While the substantial majority of our financial assets categorized in level 3 were composed of asset-backed securities available for sale, primarily securities collateralized by student loans, level 3 also included trading account assets, composed of corporate debt securities, and foreign exchange options. The categorization of asset-backed securities in level 3 as of December 31, 2008 was significantly influenced by current conditions, including reduced levels of liquidity, in the fixed-income securities markets. Little or no market activity for these securities occurred during the fourth quarter of 2008, and as a result of the lack of price transparency, we measured their fair value using unobservable pricing inputs, such as spread indices and non-binding quotes received directly from third parties. These inputs were subject to management’s review and were determined to be appropriate based on individual facts and circumstances. Generally, we obtain non-binding quotes from market specialists for each individual security as necessary. Given the unique nature of each underlying security structure, it is not practical or useful to obtain multiple quotes for individual securities.

The aggregate fair value of our financial assets and liabilities categorized in level 3 as of December 31, 2008, compared to January 1, 2008, increased approximately 48%. The change resulted primarily from purchases of corporate debt securities and transfers in of investment securities available for sale, principally student loan-backed securities, partly offset by unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities recorded in other comprehensive income and the reclassification of certain classes of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations to level 2.

Special Purpose Entities

In the normal course of business, we utilize three types of special purpose entities, referred to as SPEs. One type of SPE is utilized in connection with our involvement as collateral manager with respect to managed investment vehicles, and is not recorded in our consolidated financial statements. A second type of SPE is utilized in connection with our tax-exempt investment program, and is recorded in our consolidated financial statements, since we treat the underlying transactions as secured borrowings, not as sales. Additional information about the activities of these SPEs is provided in notes 11 and 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8. Additional information about the third type of SPE, used in connection with our commercial paper program, is provided below.

In our role as a financial intermediary, we administer four third-party asset-backed commercial paper conduits, which are structured as bankruptcy-remote, limited liability companies, and which are not included in our consolidated financial statements. These conduits purchase a variety of financial assets from third-party financial institutions, and fund these purchases by issuing commercial paper. The financial assets purchased by

 

55


Table of Contents

 

the conduits are not originated by us, and we do not hold any equity ownership interest in the conduits. Detailed information about the conduits and their business activities is provided in note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

During the first quarter of 2008, pursuant to the contractual terms of our liquidity asset purchase agreements with the four unconsolidated asset-backed commercial paper conduits that we administer, we were required to purchase $850 million of conduit assets. The purchase was the result of various factors, including the continued illiquidity in the commercial paper markets. The securities were purchased at prices determined in accordance with existing contractual terms in the liquidity asset purchase agreements, and which exceeded their fair value. Accordingly, during the first quarter of 2008, the securities were written down to fair value through a $12 million reduction of processing fees and other revenue in our consolidated statement of income, and are carried at fair value in securities available for sale in our consolidated statement of condition. None of our liquidity asset purchase agreements with the conduits was drawn upon during the remainder of 2008, and no draw-downs on the standby letters of credit occurred during 2008.

We sometimes purchase commercial paper from the conduits to support their liquidity. As the disruption in the financial markets continued through 2008, our support of the conduits’ liquidity resulted in our purchasing historically high levels of commercial paper from them. On December 31, 2008 and 2007, we held $230 million and $2 million, respectively, of commercial paper issued by the conduits in trading account assets in our consolidated balance sheet. The amount held at December 31, 2008 did not include $5.70 billion sold by the conduits to the Federal Reserve’s CPFF. The highest total overnight position (including AMLF) in the conduits’ commercial paper held by us during the year ended December 31, 2008, was approximately $9.22 billion. The average total overnight position (including AMLF) for the same period was approximately $2.27 billion. As of February 25, 2009, we held $5.97 billion of the conduits’ commercial paper and $7.70 billion had been sold by the conduits to the Federal Reserve’s CPFF. The CPFF is currently scheduled to expire for new issuances on October 30, 2009. The weighted-average maturity of the conduits’ commercial paper in the aggregate was approximately 25 days as of December 31, 2008, compared to approximately 20 days as of December 31, 2007.

Our accounting for the conduits’ activities, and our conclusion that we are not required to include each or all of the conduits’ assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements, is based on our application of the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), which governs our accounting for the conduits and which is discussed in more detail in note 12. Expected losses, which we estimate using a financial model as described below, form the basis for our application of the provisions of FIN 46(R). Expected losses, as defined by FIN 46(R), are not economic losses. Instead, expected losses are calculated by comparing projected possible cash flows, which are probability-weighted, with expected cash flows for the risk(s) the entity was designed to create and distribute; they represent the variability in potential cash flows of the entity’s designated risks. We believe that credit risk is the predominant risk that is designed to be created and distributed by these entities. The conduits also have a modest amount of basis risk. Basis risk arises when commercial paper funding costs change at a different rate than the comparable floating-rate asset benchmark rates (generally LIBOR). This risk is managed through the use of derivative instruments, principally basis swaps, which mitigate this variability for each conduit.

Any credit losses of the conduits would be absorbed by (1) investors in the subordinated debt, commonly referred to as “first-loss notes,” issued by the conduits; (2) State Street or other providers of liquidity or credit enhancement; and (3) the holders of the conduits’ commercial paper, in that order of priority. The investors in the first-loss notes, which are independent third parties, would absorb the first dollar of any credit loss on the conduits’ assets. If credit losses exceeded the first-loss notes, we would absorb credit losses through our credit facilities provided to the conduits. The commercial paper holders would absorb credit losses after the first-loss notes and State Street’s and other providers’ credit facilities have been exhausted. We have developed a financial model to estimate and allocate each conduit’s expected losses. This model has determined that, as of December 31, 2008, the amount of first-loss notes of each conduit held by the third-party investors causes them to absorb a majority of each conduit’s expected losses, as defined by FIN 46(R), and, accordingly, the investors in the first-loss notes are considered to be the primary beneficiary of the conduits. The aggregate amount of first-loss notes issued by the conduits totaled approximately $67 million as of December 31, 2008.

 

56


Table of Contents

 

In order to estimate expected losses as required by FIN 46(R), we estimate possible defaults of the conduits’ assets. These expected losses are allocated to the conduits’ variable interest holders based on the order in which actual losses would be absorbed, as described above. We use the model to estimate expected losses based on hundreds of thousands of probability-weighted loss scenarios. These simulations incorporate published credit rating agency data to estimate expected losses due to credit risk. Primary assumptions incorporated into the financial model relative to credit risk variability, such as default probabilities and loss severities, are directly linked to the conduits’ underlying assets. These default probabilities and loss severity assumptions vary by asset class and ratings of individual conduit assets. Accordingly, the model’s calculation of expected losses is significantly affected by the credit ratings and asset mix of each conduit’s assets. These statistics are periodically reviewed by management. If downgrades and asset mix change significantly, or if defaults occur on the conduits’ underlying assets, we may conclude that the current level of first-loss notes is insufficient to absorb a majority of the conduits’ expected losses.

We perform stress tests and sensitivity analyses on each conduit individually, to model potential scenarios that could cause the amount of first-loss notes to be insufficient to absorb the majority of the conduits’ expected losses. As part of these analyses, we have identified certain conduit assets that could be more susceptible to credit downgrade because of their underlying credit characteristics. Our scenario testing specifically addresses asset classes that have experienced significant price erosion and/or have little observed market activity. Examples of scenarios that are designed to measure the sensitivity of the sufficiency of the first-loss notes include performing a downgrade of all assets which have underlying monoline insurance provider support, and a downgrade scenario on certain other conduit securities where our analysis of the timing and amount of expected cash flows for selected security default expectations does not re-affirm the security’s current external credit rating. These simulations do not include a scenario whereby all positions are simultaneously downgraded, the possibility of which we consider remote. In addition, a scenario could arise where one or more defaults could be so severe that the associated losses would exhaust the conduits’ total first-loss notes currently outstanding.

Certain of the conduits hold asset-backed securities that have the benefit of a third-party guarantee from a financial guaranty insurance company. The aggregate amortized cost of securities with underlying guarantees was approximately $2.49 billion at December 31, 2008 and $3.51 billion at December 31, 2007. Certain of these securities, which totaled approximately $730 million at December 31, 2008, are currently drawing on the underlying guarantees in order to make contractual principal and interest payments to the conduits. In these cases, the performance of the underlying security is highly dependent on the performance of the guarantor. In calculating expected losses, these securities carry the higher of the underlying security rating or the rating of the third-party guarantor. During 2008, many of these guarantors experienced ratings downgrades. The credit ratings of the guarantors ranged from “AAA” to “CCC” as of December 31, 2008. None of these securities are in default.

In the future, as a result of our stress tests, if the determination and allocation of conduit expected losses by the financial model indicates that the then-existing level of first-loss notes would be insufficient to absorb a majority of the conduits’ expected losses, we would be required to either (1) issue additional first-loss notes to third parties; (2) change the composition of conduit assets; or (3) take other actions in order to avoid being determined to be the primary beneficiary of the conduits on the date of determination.

Under existing accounting standards, if we were determined to be the primary beneficiary of the conduits and were required to consolidate the conduits into our consolidated financial statements, based on changes in assumptions or future events, the conduits’ assets and liabilities would be consolidated at their respective fair values. We would recognize a loss if the fair value of the conduits’ aggregate liabilities and first-loss notes exceeded the fair value of their aggregate assets. Management believes that this loss would be recovered in future periods; as with our investment securities portfolio, we expect that we would collect substantially all principal and interest on the assets according to their underlying contractual terms. The fair value of the conduits’ aggregate liabilities and first-loss notes exceeded the fair value of their aggregate assets by $3.56 billion after-tax at December 31, 2008.

Based on the difference in the fair value of the conduits’ aggregate liabilities and first-loss notes and their aggregate assets of $3.56 billion after-tax, the consolidation of the conduits’ assets would reduce our tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios. The impact of consolidation on our tier 1 leverage ratio would be more significant,

 

57


Table of Contents

 

but the degree of impact would depend on how and when consolidation occurred, since this ratio is a function of our consolidated total average assets over an entire quarter. For illustrative purposes, assuming estimated fair values of the conduits’ assets as of December 31, 2008, if all of the conduits’ assets and liabilities were consolidated onto our consolidated balance sheet on December 31, 2008, the following table presents the estimated impact on State Street’s and State Street Bank’s regulatory capital ratios as of that date.

 

     State Street     State Street Bank  
     Reported as of
December 31, 2008
    Adjusted for
Conduit
Consolidation

as of
December 31, 2008
    Reported as of
December 31, 2008
    Adjusted for
Conduit
Consolidation

as of
December 31, 2008
 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

   7.8 %   5.5 %   7.6 %   5.3 %

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

   20.3     14.4     19.8     13.9  

Total risk-based capital ratio

   21.6     15.8     21.3     15.5  

The conduits do not regularly trade their assets. That is, the design of the conduits is such that conduit assets are purchased with the intent to hold them to their maturities. Accordingly, changes in the fair values of the conduits’ assets do not impact the day-to-day management of the conduits. We believe the fair values of the conduits’ assets are affected by a number of factors, including the lack of liquidity of mortgage- and asset-backed securities, supply and demand imbalance in the market, and a risk aversion premium being demanded by investors for certain asset types. The aggregate fair value of the conduits’ assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $17.75 billion and $27.95 billion, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is created when the purchase price exceeds the assigned value of net assets of acquired businesses, and represents the value attributable to unidentifiable intangible elements being acquired. Other acquired identifiable intangible assets are recorded at their estimated fair value. Goodwill is not amortized. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, and both are subject to impairment adjustment if events or circumstances indicate the potential inability to realize the carrying amount. We evaluate goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment annually, based on undiscounted cash flows. Almost all of the goodwill and other intangible assets recorded in our consolidated statement of condition have resulted from business acquisitions of our Investment Servicing line of business. The remainder have been recorded by Investment Management.

The sustained value of the majority of goodwill is supported ultimately by revenue from our investment servicing business. A decline in earnings as a result of a lack of growth, or our inability to deliver cost-effective services over sustained periods, could lead to a perceived impairment of goodwill, which would be evaluated and, if necessary, be recorded as a write-down of the reported amount of goodwill through a charge to earnings in our consolidated statement of income.

On an annual basis, or more frequently if circumstances dictate, management reviews goodwill and evaluates events or other developments that may indicate impairment in the carrying amount. We perform this evaluation at the reporting unit level, which is one level below our two major business lines. The evaluation methodology for potential impairment is inherently complex and involves significant management judgment in the use of estimates and assumptions.

We evaluate goodwill for impairment using a two-step process. First, we compare the aggregate fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, no impairment exists. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, then we compare the “implied” fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, then goodwill impairment is recognized by writing the goodwill down to the implied fair value. The implied fair value of the goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, as if the unit had been acquired in a business combination and the overall fair value of the unit was the purchase price.

 

58


Table of Contents

 

To determine the aggregate fair value of the reporting unit being evaluated for goodwill impairment, we use one of two principal methodologies—external or independent valuation, using quoted market prices in active markets; or an analysis of comparable recent external sales or market data, such as multiples of earnings or similar performance measures. In limited circumstances, these methodologies are not available, and as such, we estimate future cash flows using present-value techniques.

Events that may indicate impairment include significant or adverse changes in the business, economic or political climate; an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; unanticipated competition; and a more-likely-than-not expectation that we will sell or otherwise dispose of a business to which the goodwill or other intangible assets relate. Additional information about goodwill and other intangible assets, including information by line of business, is in note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Our evaluation of goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment for 2008 indicated that none of our goodwill was impaired. For 2008, we recorded approximately $27 million of impairment associated with other intangible assets, $23 million of which was recorded as a component of the restructuring charges described in the “Expenses” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis and in note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8. Goodwill recorded in our consolidated statement of condition at December 31, 2008 totaled approximately $4.53 billion. Other intangible assets recorded in our consolidated statement of condition at December 31, 2008 totaled approximately $1.85 billion.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

Years ended December 31,    2008
Average
Balance
   2007
Average
Balance
(In millions)          

Assets:

     

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

   $ 24,003    $ 7,433

Securities purchased under resale agreements

     10,195      12,466

Federal funds sold

     2,700      1,936

Trading account assets

     2,423      972

Investment securities

     72,227      70,990

Investment securities purchased under AMLF(1)

     9,193     

Loans

     11,884      10,753
             

Total interest-earning assets

     132,625      104,550

Cash and due from banks

     5,096      3,272

Other assets

     23,976      15,660
             

Total assets

   $ 161,697    $ 123,482
             

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

     

Interest-bearing deposits:

     

U.S.

   $ 11,216    $ 7,557

Non-U.S.

     68,291      60,663
             

Total interest-bearing deposits

     79,507      68,220

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

     14,261      16,132

Federal funds purchased

     1,026      1,667

Short-term borrowings under AMLF(1)

     9,170     

Other short-term borrowings

     5,996      4,225

Long-term debt

     4,106      3,402
             

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     114,066      93,646

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     20,609      10,640

Other liabilities

     14,614      9,769

Shareholders’ equity

     12,408      9,427
             

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 161,697    $ 123,482
             

 

(1) Amounts represent averages of asset-backed commercial paper purchases and related borrowings in connection with participation in the AMLF. Additional information about the AMLF is provided in note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

 

59


Table of Contents

 

Overview of Consolidated Statement of Condition

The structure of our consolidated statement of condition, or balance sheet, is primarily driven by the liabilities generated by our core Investment Servicing and Investment Management businesses. As our customers execute their worldwide cash management and investment activities, they use short-term investments and deposits that constitute the majority of our liabilities. These liabilities are generally in the form of non-interest-bearing demand deposits; interest-bearing transaction account deposits, which are denominated in a variety of currencies; and repurchase agreements, which generally serve as short-term investment alternatives for our customers.

Our customers’ needs and our operating objectives determine the volume, mix and currency denomination of our consolidated balance sheet. Deposits and other liabilities generated by customer activities are invested in assets that generally match the liquidity and interest-rate characteristics of the liabilities. As a result, our assets consist primarily of securities held in our available-for-sale or held-to-maturity portfolios and short-term money-market instruments, such as interest-bearing deposits, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. The actual mix of assets is determined by the characteristics of the customer liabilities and our desire to maintain a well-diversified portfolio of high-quality assets. Managing our consolidated balance sheet structure is conducted within specific Board-approved policies for interest-rate risk, credit risk and liquidity.

For 2008, the growth in average interest-bearing liabilities of $20.4 billion was primarily composed of an $11.3 billion increase in customer deposits, $7.6 billion of which were foreign, partially offset by a decline in repurchase agreements of $1.9 billion. Average interest-earning assets in 2008 increased $28.1 billion from 2007, primarily the result of higher levels of interest-bearing deposits with domestic and foreign central banks related to the investment of excess cash generated from customers’ accumulation of liquidity, as well as our purchase of asset-backed commercial paper under the AMLF. Additional information about our average balance sheet, primarily interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, is included in the “Consolidated Results of Operations—Net Interest Revenue” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

Investment Securities

The carrying values of investment securities were as follows as of December 31:

 

(In millions)    2008    2007    2006

Available for sale:

        

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:

        

Direct obligations

   $ 11,579    $ 8,181    $ 7,612

Mortgage-backed securities

     10,798      14,585      11,454

Asset-backed securities

     19,424      25,069      25,634

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     1,441      11,892      8,476

State and political subdivisions

     5,712      5,813      3,749

Other debt investments

     4,723      4,041      3,027

Money-market mutual funds

     344      243      201

Other equity securities

     142      502      292
                    

Total

   $ 54,163    $ 70,326    $ 60,445
                    

Held to maturity purchased under AMLF:

        

Asset-backed commercial paper

   $ 6,087      
            

Held to maturity:

        

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:

        

Direct obligations

   $ 501    $ 757    $ 846

Mortgage-backed securities

     810      940      1,084

Asset-backed securities

     3,986          

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     9,979      2,190      2,357

State and political subdivisions

     382      180      183

Other investments

     109      166      77
                    

Total

   $ 15,767    $ 4,233    $ 4,547
                    

 

60


Table of Contents

 

We consider a well-diversified, high-credit quality investment securities portfolio to be an important element in the management of our consolidated balance sheet. The portfolio continues to be concentrated in securities with high credit quality, with approximately 89% of the carrying value of the portfolio “AAA” or “AA” rated. The percentages of the carrying value of the investment securities portfolio by external credit rating, excluding securities purchased under the AMLF, were as follows as of December 31:

 

     2008     2007  

AAA(1)

   78 %   89 %

AA

   11     6  

A

   5     3  

BBB

   4     1  

BB

   1      

Non-rated

   1     1  
            
   100 %   100 %
            

 

(1) Includes U.S. Treasury securities.

The investment securities portfolio is also diversified with respect to asset class. The majority of the portfolio is composed of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. The largely floating-rate asset-backed portfolio consists of home-equity loan, credit card, auto- and student loan-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities are split between securities of Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and large-issuer collateralized mortgage obligations. As of December 31, 2008, the asset-backed securities in the portfolio included $5.8 billion collateralized by sub-prime mortgages. Of this total, 38% were “AAA” rated and 32% were “AA” rated.

We had $6.62 billion of net pre-tax unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities at December 31, 2008, or $4.06 billion after-tax. This unrealized loss excludes the unrealized loss of $2.27 billion, or $1.39 billion after-tax, related to securities available for sale that were reclassified to securities held to maturity during the fourth quarter of 2008, which are discussed below. Net pre-tax unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2007 were $1.105 billion, or $678 million after-tax. Excluding the securities for which $122 million of other-than-temporary impairment was recorded during 2008, management considers the aggregate decline in fair value of the remaining securities and the resulting net unrealized losses to be temporary and not the result of any material changes in the credit characteristics of the securities. Management continues to believe that it is probable that we will collect all principal and interest according to underlying contractual terms, and has the ability and the intent to hold the securities until recovery in market value.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, management reassessed its classification of certain asset- and mortgage-backed securities carried in the available-for-sale portfolio, and reclassified securities with an amortized cost of $14.6 billion and a fair value of $12.3 billion to securities held to maturity. No gain or loss was recognized at the time of reclassification. The related pre-tax unrealized loss of $2.27 billion, or $1.39 billion after-tax, recorded in other comprehensive income, or OCI, remained in OCI and is being amortized as an adjustment of the yield of the reclassified securities over their remaining terms. The securities were reclassified at their then fair value of $12.3 billion, and this fair value was established as the adjusted amortized cost of the reclassified securities. The resulting discount is being accreted as an adjustment of the yield of the reclassified securities over their remaining terms. As a result, the reclassification will have no ultimate impact on our consolidated results of operations. Management considers the held-to-maturity classification to be appropriate because it has the ability and the intent to hold these securities to their maturity.

We intend to continue managing our investment securities portfolio to align with interest-rate and duration characteristics of our customer liabilities and in the context of our overall balance sheet structure, which is maintained within internally approved risk limits, and in consideration of the global interest-rate environment. Even with material changes in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, we may not experience material changes in our interest-rate risk profile, or experience a material impact on our net interest revenue. Additional information about these and other unrealized losses is in notes 3 and 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

 

61


Table of Contents

 

The carrying amounts, by contractual maturity, of debt securities available for sale and held to maturity, and the related weighted-average contractual yields, were as follows as of December 31, 2008:

 

     Under 1 Year     1 to 5 Years     6 to 10 Years     Over 10 Years  
(Dollars in millions)    Amount    Yield     Amount    Yield     Amount    Yield     Amount    Yield  

Available for sale(1):

                    

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:

                    

Direct obligations

   $ 10,615    0.98 %   $ 88    3.77 %   $ 212    5.32 %   $ 664    4.75 %

Mortgage-backed securities

     129    4.17       2,755    4.42       2,314    5.16       5,600    4.13  

Asset-backed securities

     545    2.05       9,449    1.98       5,153    2.98       4,277    3.33  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     1    4.75       577    5.64       94    5.83       769    5.75  

State and political subdivisions(2)

     289    5.08       2,322    5.20       1,624    5.35       1,477    5.96  

Other investments

     2,171    4.33       1,814    5.09       646    5.39       92    4.17  
                                    

Total

   $ 13,750      $ 17,005      $ 10,043      $ 12,879   
                                    

Held to maturity purchased under AMLF:

                    

Asset-backed securities(3)

   $ 6,087    3.02 %                           
                        

Held to maturity(1):

                    

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:

                    

Direct obligations

        $ 501    4.38 %          

Mortgage-backed securities

                 $ 32    5.00 %   $ 778    5.13 %

Asset-backed securities

   $ 269    0.84 %     3,061    2.93       5    0.97       651    4.94  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     403    4.44       4,208    4.93       1,861    4.40       3,507    4.05  

State and political subdivisions(2)

     100    3.36       264    5.39       15    4.31       3    5.53  

Other investments

     105    0.50       4    3.06                    
                                    

Total

   $ 877      $ 8,038      $ 1,913      $ 4,939   
                                    

 

 

(1) The maturities of mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are based upon expected principal payments.

 

(2) Yields have been calculated on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, using applicable federal and state income tax rates.

 

(3) Amounts represent asset-backed commercial paper purchases in connection with participation in the AMLF. Additional information about the AMLF is provided in note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

Loans and Lease Financing

U.S. and non-U.S. loans and lease financing, and average loans and lease financing, were as follows for the years ended December 31 (excluding the allowance for losses):

 

(In millions)    2008    2007    2006    2005    2004

U.S.:

              

Commercial and financial

   $ 6,397    $ 9,402    $ 3,480    $ 2,298    $ 1,826

Lease financing

     407      396      415      404      373
                                  

Total U.S.

     6,804      9,798      3,895      2,702      2,199

Non-U.S.:

              

Commercial and financial

     890      4,420      3,137      1,854      526

Lease financing

     1,437      1,584      1,914      1,926      1,904
                                  

Total non-U.S.

     2,327      6,004      5,051      3,780      2,430
                                  

Total loans

   $ 9,131    $ 15,802    $ 8,946    $ 6,482    $ 4,629
                                  

Average loans and lease financing

   $ 11,884    $ 10,753    $ 7,670    $ 6,013    $ 5,689

 

62


Table of Contents

 

U.S. commercial and financial loans at December 31, 2008 included approximately $800 million of commercial real estate loans purchased from certain customers pursuant to indemnified repurchase agreements with an affiliate of Lehman Brothers. We recorded a reserve of $200 million associated with performance under the indemnification agreement during the third quarter of 2008, representing the difference between our indemnification obligation and the fair value of the loans acquired. We paid $1.00 billion to settle the indemnification obligations, and the acquired loans had an estimated fair value of $800 million. The contractual legal balance of the acquired loans is approximately $1.24 billion.

The loans, which are primarily collateralized by direct and indirect interests in commercial real estate, were recorded at their then current fair value. The accounting for substantially all of these loans is governed by AICPA Statement of Position, or SOP, No. 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer . SOP No. 03-3 applies to loans with evidence of credit deterioration since origination for which it is probable, as of the date of acquisition of the loans, that all contractual payments will not be collected. Pursuant to SOP No. 03-3, management will periodically reassess these cash flow assumptions, and the impact of any changes in expectations will be recognized in results of operations through an adjustment to a fair value allowance and, in some cases, an adjustment to the yield of the loans. Fair value represented management’s expectation with respect to collection of principal and interest using appropriate market discount rates as of the date of acquisition. No additional valuation adjustments or provisions for loss were recorded since the initial acquisition of these loans.

At December 31, 2008, approximately 5% of our consolidated total assets consisted of loans and lease financing. The aggregate decrease in loans from 2007 reflected a decrease in overdrafts, which result primarily from securities settlement activities of our customers. Overdrafts included in loans were $4.64 billion and $11.65 billion at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Average overdrafts were approximately $8.00 billion and $7.53 billion for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These balances do not represent significant credit risk because of their short-term nature, which is generally overnight, the lack of significant concentration, and their occurrence in the normal course of the cash and securities settlement process.

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, unearned income included in lease financing was $1.04 billion and $1.29 billion for non-U.S. leases, respectively, and $199 million and $212 million for U.S. leases, respectively.

Maturities for loan and lease financing categories were as follows as of December 31, 2008:

 

     YEARS
(In millions)    Total    Under 1    1 to 5    Over 5

U.S.:

           

Commercial and financial

   $ 6,397    $ 6,357    $ 21    $ 19

Lease financing

     407           7      400
                           

Total U.S.

     6,804      6,357      28      419

Non-U.S.:

           

Commercial and financial

     890      890          

Lease financing

     1,437           19      1,418
                           

Total non-U.S.

     2,327      890      19      1,418
                           

Total

   $ 9,131    $ 7,247    $ 47    $ 1,837
                           

The following table presents the classification of loans and leases due after one year according to sensitivity to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2008:

 

(In millions)     

Loans and leases with predetermined interest rates

   $ 1,844

Loans and leases with floating or adjustable interest rates

     40
      

Total

   $ 1,884
      

 

63


Table of Contents

 

Cross-Border Outstandings

Cross-border outstandings, as defined by bank regulatory rules, are amounts payable to State Street by residents of foreign countries, regardless of the currency in which the claim is denominated, and local country claims in excess of local country obligations. These cross-border outstandings consist primarily of deposits with banks, loan and lease financing and investment securities.

In addition to credit risk, cross-border outstandings have the risk that, as a result of political or economic conditions in a country, borrowers may be unable to meet their contractual repayment obligations of principal and/or interest when due because of the unavailability of, or restrictions on, foreign exchange needed by borrowers to repay their obligations.

Cross-border outstandings to countries in which we do business which amounted to at least 1% of our consolidated total assets were as follows as of December 31:

 

(In millions)    2008    2007    2006

United Kingdom

   $ 5,836    $ 5,951    $ 5,531

Australia

     2,044      3,567      1,519

Canada

          4,565     

Germany

          2,944      2,696
                    

Total cross-border outstandings

   $ 7,880    $ 17,027    $ 9,746
                    

The total cross-border outstandings presented in the table represented 5%, 12% and 9% of our consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Aggregate cross-border outstandings to countries which totaled between .75% and 1% of our consolidated total assets at December 31, 2008 amounted to $3.45 billion (Canada and Germany). There were no cross-border outstandings to countries which totaled between .75% and 1% of our consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2007. Aggregate cross-border outstandings to countries which totaled between .75% and 1% of our consolidated total assets at December 31, 2006 amounted to $1.05 billion (Canada).

Capital

Regulatory and economic capital management both use key metrics evaluated by management to assess whether our actual level of capital is commensurate with our risk profile, is in compliance with all regulatory requirements, and is sufficient to provide us with the financial flexibility to undertake future strategic business initiatives.

Regulatory Capital

Our objective with respect to regulatory capital management is to maintain a strong capital base in order to provide financial flexibility for our business needs, including funding corporate growth and supporting customers’ cash management needs, and to provide protection against loss to depositors and creditors. We strive to maintain an optimal level of capital, commensurate with our risk profile, on which an attractive return to shareholders will be realized over both the short and long term, while protecting our obligations to depositors and creditors and satisfying regulatory requirements. Our capital management process focuses on our risk exposures, our capital position relative to our peers, regulatory capital requirements and the evaluations of the major independent credit rating agencies that assign ratings to our public debt. Our Capital Committee, working in conjunction with our Asset and Liability Committee, referred to as ALCO, oversees the management of regulatory capital, and is responsible for ensuring capital adequacy with respect to regulatory requirements, internal targets and the expectations of the major independent credit rating agencies.

The primary regulator of both State Street and State Street Bank for regulatory capital purposes is the Federal Reserve. Both State Street and State Street Bank are subject to the minimum capital requirements established by the Federal Reserve and defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act

 

64


Table of Contents

 

of 1991. State Street Bank must meet the regulatory capital thresholds for “well capitalized” in order for the parent company to maintain its status as a financial holding company.

Regulatory capital ratios and related regulatory guidelines for State Street and State Street Bank were as follows as of December 31:

 

     REGULATORY
GUIDELINES
    STATE
STREET
    STATE
STREET
BANK
 
     Minimum     Well
Capitalized
    2008(2)     2007     2008(2)     2007  

Regulatory capital ratios:

            

Tier 1 risk-based capital

   4 %   6 %   20.3 %   11.2 %   19.8 %   11.2 %

Total risk-based capital

   8     10     21.6     12.7     21.3     12.7  

Tier 1 leverage ratio(1)

   4     5     7.8     5.3     7.6     5.5  

 

(1) Regulatory guideline for well capitalized applies only to State Street Bank.

 

(2) Tier 1 and total risk-based capital and tier 1 leverage ratios exclude the impact of the asset-backed commercial paper purchased under the AMLF, as permitted by the AMLF’s terms and conditions.

At December 31, 2008, State Street’s and State Street Bank’s regulatory capital ratios increased compared to year-end 2007. The increases for State Street resulted primarily from the issuance of capital-eligible debt securities in January 2008, the June 2008 public offering of our common stock and our participation in the U.S. Treasury’s capital purchase program in October 2008 described further below, as well as 2008 net income. With respect to State Street Bank, the parent company contributed an aggregate of approximately $4.68 billion to State Street Bank during 2008 to enhance its equity capital. For State Street and State Street Bank, these increases in capital more than offset increases in on- and off-balance risk-weighted assets primarily associated with the impact of increases in customer deposits and higher volumes of foreign exchange derivative contracts. All ratios for State Street and State Street Bank exceeded the regulatory minimum and well-capitalized thresholds.

In January 2008, State Street Capital Trust III, a Delaware statutory trust wholly owned by the parent company, issued $500 million in aggregate liquidation amount of 8.250% fixed-to-floating rate normal automatic preferred enhanced capital securities, referred to as “normal APEX,” and used the proceeds to purchase a like amount of remarketable 6.001% junior subordinated debentures due 2042 from the parent company. In addition, the trust entered into stock purchase contracts with the parent company under which the trust agrees to purchase, and the parent company agrees to sell, on the stock purchase date, a like amount in aggregate liquidation amount of the parent company’s non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, series A, $100,000 liquidation preference per share. State Street will make contract payments to the trust at an annual rate of 2.249% of the stated amount of $100,000 per stock purchase contract. The normal APEX are beneficial interests in the trust. The trust will pass through, as distributions on or the redemption price of normal APEX, amounts that it receives on its assets that are the corresponding assets for the normal APEX. The corresponding assets for each normal APEX, $1,000 liquidation amount, initially are $1,000 principal amount of the 6.001% junior subordinated debentures and a 1/100 th , or a $1,000, interest in a stock purchase contract for the purchase and sale of one share of the Series A preferred stock for $100,000. The stock purchase date is expected to be March 15, 2011, but it may occur on an earlier date or as late as March 15, 2012. From and after the stock purchase date, the corresponding asset for each normal APEX will be a 1/100 th , or a $1,000, interest in one share of the Series A preferred stock. In accordance with existing accounting standards, we did not record the trust in our consolidated financial statements. The 6.001% junior debentures qualify for inclusion in tier 1 regulatory capital.

Capital Purchase Program

On October 28, 2008, in connection with the U.S. Treasury’s capital purchase program, we issued 20,000 shares of our Series B fixed-rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $100,000 liquidation preference per share, and a warrant to purchase 5,576,208 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $53.80 per share, to Treasury, and received aggregate proceeds of $2 billion.

 

65


Table of Contents

 

The preferred shares, which qualify as tier 1 regulatory capital, pay cumulative quarterly dividends at a rate of 5% per year for the first five years, and 9% per year thereafter. The preferred shares are non-voting, other than class voting rights on certain matters that could adversely affect the shares. We can redeem the preferred shares at par after December 15, 2011. Prior to this date, we can only redeem the preferred shares at par in an amount up to the cash proceeds (minimum $500 million) from qualifying equity offerings of any tier 1-eligible perpetual preferred or common stock. Any redemption is subject to the consent of the Federal Reserve. Until October 28, 2011, or such earlier time as the preferred stock has been redeemed or transferred by Treasury, we are not permitted, without Treasury’s consent, to increase the quarterly dividend per share on our common stock above $0.24 per share, or to repurchase our common stock.

The warrant is immediately exercisable, and has a 10-year term. The exercise price of $53.80 per share was based upon the average of the closing prices of our common stock during the 20-trading day period ended October 10, 2008, the last trading day prior to our election to participate in the program. The exercise price and number of common shares subject to the warrant are both subject to anti-dilution adjustments. If we receive aggregate gross cash proceeds of at least $2 billion from one or more qualifying equity offerings of tier 1-eligible perpetual preferred or common stock on or prior to December 31, 2009, the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrant then held by Treasury will be reduced by one-half of the original number of common shares, considering all adjustments, underlying the warrant.

Common Stock

On June 3, 2008, we completed a public offering of approximately 40.5 million shares of our common stock. The public offering price was $70 per share, and aggregate proceeds from the offering, net of underwriting commissions and related offering costs, totaled approximately $2.75 billion. Underwriting commissions totaled approximately $85 million. Of the total shares issued, approximately 7.4 million shares were issued out of treasury stock, and the remaining 33.1 million shares were newly issued. We executed the offering pursuant to our current universal shelf registration statement filed with the SEC.

In January 2008, under an existing authorization by our Board of Directors, we repurchased 552,000 shares of our common stock in connection with a $1 billion accelerated share repurchase program that concluded on January 18, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 13,245,000 shares remained available for future purchase under the Board authorization. We generally employ third-party broker/dealers to acquire shares on the open market in connection with our common stock purchase program.

Funds for cash distributions to our shareholders by the parent company are derived from a variety of sources. The level of dividends to shareholders on our common stock, which totaled $400 million ($0.95 per share) in 2008 (compared to $320 million and $0.88 per share in 2007), is reviewed regularly and determined by the Board of Directors considering our liquidity, capital adequacy and recent earnings history and prospects, as well as economic conditions and other factors deemed relevant. Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid by subsidiary banks to the parent holding company. In addition, banking regulators have the authority to prohibit bank holding companies from paying dividends if they deem such payment to be an unsafe or unsound practice. Information concerning limitations on dividends from our subsidiary banks is provided in note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

During the first quarter of 2009, in light of the continued disruption in the global capital markets experienced since the middle of 2007, and as part of a plan to strengthen our tangible common equity, we announced a temporary reduction of our quarterly dividend on our common stock to $0.01 per share.

Other

In 2004, the Committee on Banking Supervision released the final version of its capital adequacy framework, referred to as “Basel II.” In 2006, the four U.S. banking regulatory agencies jointly issued their second draft of implementation rules, with industry comment provided by the end of March 2007. Additional

 

66


Table of Contents

 

supervisory guidance from the agencies was released late in February 2007; comments to the agencies were provided by the end of May 2007, and the final rules were released on December 7, 2007, with a stated effective date of April 1, 2008. State Street previously established a comprehensive implementation program to ensure these regulatory requirements are met within prescribed timeframes. We anticipate adopting the most advanced approaches for assessing capital adequacy.

Economic Capital

We define economic capital as the capital required to protect holders of our senior debt, and obligations higher in priority, against unexpected economic losses over a one-year period at a level consistent with the solvency of a firm with our target “AA” senior debt rating. Our Capital Committee is responsible for overseeing our economic capital process. The framework and methodologies used to quantify economic capital for each of the risk types described below have been developed by our Enterprise Risk Management, Global Treasury and Corporate Finance groups and are designed to be generally consistent with our risk management principles and the new Basel II regulatory capital rules. This framework has been approved by senior management and the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors. Due to the evolving nature of quantification techniques, we expect to periodically refine the methodologies, assumptions, and data used to estimate our economic capital requirements, which could result in a different amount of capital needed to support our business activities.

We quantify capital requirements for the risks inherent in our business activities and group them into one of the following broadly-defined categories:

 

   

Market risk: the risk of adverse financial impact due to fluctuations in market prices, primarily as they relate to our trading activities;

 

   

Interest-rate risk: the risk of loss in non-trading asset and liability management positions, primarily the impact of adverse movements in interest rates on the repricing mismatches that exist between balance sheet assets and liabilities;

 

   

Credit risk: the risk of loss that may result from the default or downgrade of a borrower or counterparty;

 

   

Operational risk: the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events, which is consistent with the Basel II definition; and

 

   

Business risk: the risk of negative earnings resulting from adverse changes in business factors, including changes in the competitive environment, changes in the operational economics of our business activities, and the effect of strategic and reputation risks.

Economic capital for each of these five categories is estimated on a stand-alone basis using statistical modeling techniques applied to internally-generated and, in some cases, external data. These individual results are then aggregated at the State Street consolidated level. A capital reduction or diversification benefit is then applied to reflect the unlikely event of experiencing an extremely large loss in each risk type at the same time.

Liquidity

The objective of liquidity management is to ensure that we have the ability to meet our financial obligations in a timely and cost-effective manner, and that we maintain sufficient flexibility to fund strategic corporate initiatives as they arise. Effective management of liquidity involves assessing the potential mismatch between the future cash needs of our customers and our available sources of cash under normal and adverse economic and business conditions. Significant uses of liquidity, described more fully below, consist primarily of meeting deposit withdrawals and funding outstanding commitments to extend credit or to purchase securities as they are drawn upon. Liquidity is provided by the maintenance of broad access to the global capital markets and by our consolidated balance sheet asset structure.

Our Global Treasury group is responsible for the day-to-day management of our global liquidity position, which is conducted within risk guidelines established and monitored by ALCO. Management maintains a liquidity

 

67


Table of Contents

 

measurement framework to assess the sources and uses of liquidity that is monitored by Global Treasury and our Enterprise Risk Management group. Embedded in this framework is a process that outlines several levels of potential risk to our liquidity and identifies “triggers” that we use as early warning signals of a possible difficulty. These triggers are a combination of internal and external measures of potential increases in cash needs or decreases in available sources of cash and possible impairment of our ability to access the global capital markets. Another important component of the framework is a contingency funding plan that is designed to identify and manage through a potential liquidity crisis. The plan defines roles, responsibilities and management actions to be undertaken in the event of deterioration in our liquidity profile caused by either a State Street-specific event or a broader disruption in the capital markets. Specific actions are linked to the levels of “triggers.”

We generally manage our liquidity risk on a global basis at the consolidated level. We also manage parent company liquidity, and in certain cases branch liquidity, separately. State Street Bank generally has broader access to funding products and markets limited to banks, specifically the federal funds market and the Federal Reserve’s discount window and term auction facility. The parent company is managed to a more conservative liquidity profile, reflecting narrower market access. We typically hold enough cash, primarily in the form of interest-bearing deposits with subsidiary banks, to meet current debt maturities and cash needs, as well as those projected over the next one-year period.

Sources of liquidity come from two primary areas: access to the global capital markets and liquid assets maintained on our consolidated balance sheet. Our ability to source incremental funding at reasonable rates of interest from wholesale investors in the capital markets is the first source of liquidity we would tap to accommodate the uses of liquidity described below. On-balance sheet liquid assets are also an integral component of our liquidity management strategy. These assets provide liquidity through maturities of the assets, but more importantly, they provide us with the ability to raise funds by pledging the securities as collateral for borrowings or through outright sales. Each of these sources of liquidity is used in the management of daily cash needs and in a crisis scenario, where we would need to accommodate potential large, unexpected demand for funds.

Uses of liquidity result from the following: withdrawals of unsecured customer deposits; draw-downs on unfunded commitments to extend credit or to purchase securities, generally provided through lines of credit; overdraft facilities; liquidity asset purchase agreements supporting the four unconsolidated asset-backed commercial paper conduits that we administer, and purchases by us of commercial paper issued by the conduits to support their liquidity. Customer deposits are generated largely from our investment servicing activities, and are invested in a combination of term investment securities and short-term money market assets whose mix is determined by the characteristics of the deposits. Most of the customer deposits are payable upon demand or are short-term in nature, which means that withdrawals can potentially occur quickly and in large amounts. Similarly, customers can request disbursement of funds under commitments to extend credit, or can overdraw deposit accounts rapidly and in large volumes. In addition, a large volume of unanticipated funding requirements, such as under liquidity asset purchase agreements that have met draw-down conditions, or large draw-downs of existing lines of credit, could require additional liquidity.

Material risks to sources of short-term liquidity could include, among other things, adverse changes in the perception in the financial markets of our financial condition or liquidity needs, and downgrades by major independent credit rating agencies of our deposits and our debt securities, which would restrict our ability to access the capital markets and could lead to withdrawals of unsecured deposits by our customers.

In managing our liquidity, we have issued term wholesale certificates of deposit and invested those funds in short-term money market assets where they would be available to meet cash needs. This portfolio stood at $1.93 billion at December 31, 2008, compared to $4.57 billion at December 31, 2007. In conjunction with our management of liquidity where we seek to maintain access to sources of back-up liquidity at reasonable costs, we have participated in the Federal Reserve’s term auction facility, which is a secured lending program available to financial institutions that was established in December 2007. As of December 31, 2008, State Street Bank’s borrowings under the term auction facility totaled $5.0 billion, which represented the highest level of State Street Bank’s borrowings under this facility for 2008. The aggregate certificate-of-deposit and term auction facility balances were higher at December 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2007, as State Street Bank held greater

 

68


Table of Contents

 

liquidity in light of the continued disruption in the financial markets. We did not experience any net deterioration in our customer deposit base during 2008.

While maintenance of our high investment-grade credit rating is of primary importance to our liquidity management program, on-balance sheet liquid assets represent significant liquidity that we can directly control, and provide a source of cash in the form of principal maturities and the ability to borrow from the capital markets using our securities as collateral. Our liquid assets consist primarily of cash balances at central banks in excess of regulatory requirements and other short-term liquid assets, such as federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks, the latter of which are multicurrency instruments invested with major multinational banks; and high-quality, marketable investment securities not already pledged, which generally are more liquid than other types of assets and can be sold or borrowed against to generate cash quickly. As of December 31, 2008, the cash value of our liquid assets, as defined, totaled $85.81 billion, compared to $55.14 billion as of December 31, 2007. The increase was mainly the result of a significant increase in customer deposits in the third quarter of 2008 as the credit markets worsened. As customers accumulated liquidity, they placed cash with us. The vast majority of these incremental customer deposits remained with State Street Bank at year-end 2008.

Due to the unusual size and volatile nature of these incremental customer deposits, we chose to maintain approximately $48.64 billion at central banks as of December 31, 2008, in excess of regulatory required minimums. Securities carried at $42.74 billion as of December 31, 2008, compared to $39.84 billion as of December 31, 2007, were designated as pledged for public and trust deposits, borrowed funds and for other purposes as provided by law, and are excluded from the liquid assets calculation, unless pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. The liquid assets and pledged securities described above excluded securities purchased under the Federal Reserve’s AMLF. Liquid assets included securities pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston to secure our ability to borrow from their discount window should the need arise. This access to primary credit is an important source of back-up liquidity for State Street Bank. As of December 31, 2008, we had no outstanding primary credit borrowings from the discount window.

Based upon our level of liquid assets and our ability to access the capital markets for additional funding when necessary, including our ability to issue debt and equity securities under our current universal shelf registration, management considers overall liquidity at December 31, 2008 to be sufficient to meet State Street’s current commitments and business needs, including supporting the liquidity of the commercial paper conduits and accommodating the transaction and cash management needs of our customers.

As referenced above, our ability to maintain consistent access to liquidity is fostered by the maintenance of high investment-grade ratings on our debt, as measured by the major independent credit rating agencies. Factors essential to retaining high credit ratings include diverse and stable core earnings; strong risk management; strong capital ratios; diverse liquidity sources, including the global capital markets and customer deposits; and strong liquidity monitoring procedures. High ratings on debt minimize borrowing costs and enhance our liquidity by ensuring the largest possible market for our debt. A downgrade or reduction of these credit ratings could have an adverse impact to our ability to access funding at favorable interest rates.

 

69


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents information about State Street’s and State Street Bank’s credit ratings as of February 27, 2009.

     Standard &
Poor’s
   Moody’s
Investors
Service
   Fitch    DBRS

State Street Corporation:

           

Short-term commercial paper

   A-1    P-1    F1+    R-1(mid)

Senior debt

   A+    A1    A+    AA (low)

Subordinated debt

   A    A2    A    A (high)

Capital securities

   BBB+    A2    BBB    A (high)

State Street Bank:

           

Short-term deposits

   A-1+    P-1    F1+    R-1(high)

Long-term deposits

   AA–    Aa2    AA–     

AA     

Senior debt

   AA–    Aa2    A+   

AA     

Subordinated debt

   A+    Aa3    A    AA (low)

Outlook

   Negative      Negative    Stable      Negative

We maintain an effective universal shelf registration that allows for the public offering and sale of debt securities, capital securities, common stock, depositary shares and preferred stock, and warrants to purchase such securities, including any shares into which the preferred stock and depositary shares may be convertible, or any combination thereof. We have, as discussed previously, issued in the past, and we may issue in the future, securities pursuant to the shelf registration. The issuance of debt or equity securities will depend on future market conditions, funding needs and other factors.

We currently maintain a commercial paper program, under which we can issue up to $3 billion with original maturities of up to 270 days from the date of issue. At December 31, 2008, we had $2.59 billion of commercial paper outstanding, compared to $2.36 billion at December 31, 2007. Additional information about our commercial paper program is provided in note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

In connection with our participation in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, in which we elected to participate in December 2008, we can issue up to $1.67 billion, and State Street Bank can issue up to $2.48 billion, of unsecured senior debt through June 30, 2009, which will be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The guarantee of this unsecured senior debt expires on the earlier of the maturity date of the debt or June 30, 2012. No debt was outstanding under this guarantee program as of December 31, 2008. During the first quarter of 2009, State Street issued unsecured senior debt totaling $155 million, composed of commercial paper issued under our program described in the preceding paragraph, which is backed by this guarantee.

State Street Bank currently has Board authority to issue bank notes up to an aggregate of $5 billion, including up to $2.48 billion of senior notes under the above-described FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program and up to $1 billion of subordinated bank notes. At December 31, 2008, no notes payable were outstanding and all $5 billion was available for issuance.

State Street Bank currently maintains a line of credit with a financial institution of CAD $800 million, or approximately USD $657 million as of December 31, 2008, to support its Canadian securities processing operations. The line of credit has no stated termination date and is cancelable by either party with prior notice. As of December 31, 2008, no balance was outstanding on this line of credit.

 

70


Table of Contents

 

CONTRACTUAL CASH OBLIGATIONS

 

     PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD

As of December 31, 2008

(In millions)

   Total    Less than 1
year
   1-3
years
   4-5
years
   Over 5
years

Long-term debt(1)

   $ 7,473    $ 189    $ 653    $ 570    $ 6,061

Operating leases

     1,651      232      412      393      614

Capital lease obligations

     1,192      73      148      140      831
                                  

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 10,316    $ 494    $ 1,213    $ 1,103    $ 7,506
                                  

 

(1) Long-term debt above excludes capital lease obligations (reported as a separate line item) and the effect of interest-rate swaps. Interest payments were calculated at the stated rate with the exception of floating-rate debt, for which payments were calculated using the indexed rate in effect on December 31, 2008.

The obligations presented in the table are recorded in our consolidated statement of condition at December 31, 2008. The table does not include obligations which will be settled in cash, primarily in less than one year, such as deposits, federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings. Additional information about deposits, federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings is provided in notes 7 and 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

The table does not include obligations related to derivative instruments, because the amounts included in our consolidated statement of condition at December 31, 2008 related to derivatives do not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under the contracts. Additional information about derivative contracts is provided in note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8. We have obligations under pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, which are more fully described in note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which are not included in the above table.

Additional information about contractual cash obligations related to long-term debt and operating and capital leases is in notes 10 and 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The consolidated statement of cash flows, included in this Form 10-K under Item 8, provides additional liquidity information.

OTHER COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS

 

     TENURE OF COMMITMENT

As of December 31, 2008

(In millions)

   Total
amounts
committed(1)
   Less than
1 year
   1-3
years
   4-5
years
   Over 5
years

Indemnified securities financing

   $ 324,590    $ 324,590         

Liquidity asset purchase agreements

     28,408      24,259    $ 1,813    $ 1,668    $ 668

Unfunded commitments to extend credit

     20,924      16,938      2,051      1,910      25

Standby letters of credit

     6,061      1,372      2,779      1,600      310
                                  

Total commercial commitments

   $ 379,983    $ 367,159    $ 6,643    $ 5,178    $ 1,003
                                  

 

(1) Total amounts committed are reported net of participations to independent third parties.

Additional information about the commercial commitments disclosed in this section is provided in note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

Risk Management

The global scope of our business activities requires that we balance what we perceive to be the primary risks in our businesses with a comprehensive and well-integrated risk management function. The measurement, monitoring and mitigation of risks are essential to the financial performance and successful management of our businesses. These risks, if not effectively managed, can result in current losses to State Street as well as erosion of our capital and damage to our reputation. Our systematic approach also allows for a more precise assessment of risks within a framework for evaluating opportunities for the prudent use of capital.

 

71


Table of Contents

 

We have a disciplined approach to risk management that involves all levels of management. The Board of Directors provides extensive review and oversight of our overall risk management programs, including the approval of key risk management policies and the periodic review of State Street’s key risk indicators. These indicators are designed to identify major business activities of State Street with significant risk content, and to establish quantifiable thresholds for risk measurement. Key risk indicators are reported regularly to the Executive Committee of the Board and are reviewed periodically for appropriateness. Modifications to the indicators are made to reflect changes in our business activities or refinements to existing measurements. Enterprise Risk Management, or ERM, a dedicated corporate group, provides oversight, support and coordination across business units and is responsible for the formulation and maintenance of enterprise-wide risk management policies and guidelines. In addition, ERM establishes and reviews approved limits, and with business line management, monitors key risks. The head of ERM meets regularly with the Board or a Board committee, as appropriate, and has the authority to escalate issues as necessary.

The execution of duties in the management of people, products, business operations and processes is the responsibility of business unit managers. The function of risk management is responsible for designing, orchestrating and directing the implementation of risk management programs and processes consistent with corporate and regulatory standards. Accordingly, risk management is a shared responsibility between ERM and the business lines and requires joint efforts in goal setting, program design and implementation, resource management, and performance evaluation between business and functional units.

Responsibility for risk management is overseen by a series of management committees. The Major Risk Committee, or MRC, is responsible for the formulation and recommendation of policies, and the approval of guidelines and programs governing the identification, analysis, measurement and control of material risks across State Street. Chaired by the head of ERM, the MRC focuses on the review of business activities with significant risk content and the assessment of risk management programs and initiatives. Our Capital Committee, chaired by our Chief Financial Officer, oversees the management of our regulatory and economic capital, the determination of the framework for capital allocation and strategies for capital structure and debt and equity issuances. ALCO, chaired by the Treasurer, oversees the management of our consolidated balance sheet, including management of our global liquidity and interest-rate risk positions. The Fiduciary Review Committee reviews the criteria for the acceptance of fiduciary duties, and assists our business lines with their fiduciary responsibilities executed on behalf of customers. The Credit Committee, chaired within ERM, acts as the credit policy committee for State Street. The Operational Risk Committee, chaired within ERM, provides cross-business oversight of operational risk to identify, measure, manage and control operational risk in an effective and consistent manner across State Street. The Model Assessment Committee, chaired within ERM, provides recommendations concerning technical modeling issues and independently validates qualifying financial models utilized by our businesses. Several other committees with specialized risk management functions report to the MRC.

Corporate Audit serves in a complementary role to our program of risk management, providing the Board and management with continuous monitoring and control audits to assess adherence to State Street’s policies and procedures and the effectiveness of its system of internal controls. Additionally, the internal control environment is evaluated through external examinations and regulatory compliance efforts. The Corporate Compliance, Regulatory and Industry Affairs, and Legal groups also serve essential roles in risk management. Corporate Compliance is responsible for the design, implementation and oversight of policies, guidelines and programs to support our compliance with applicable laws and regulations wherever we conduct business. The Regulatory and Industry Affairs group monitors proposed changes in rules and legislation, and the Legal group provides counsel that enables us to deal with complex legal and regulatory environments, maximize business opportunities and minimize legal, regulatory and other risks.

While we believe that our risk management program is effective in managing the risks in our businesses, external factors may create risks that cannot always be identified or anticipated.

Market Risk

Market risk is defined as the risk of adverse financial impact due to fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and other market-driven factors and prices. State Street is exposed to market risk in both its

 

72


Table of Contents

 

trading and non-trading, or asset and liability management, activities. The market risk management processes related to these activities, discussed in further detail below, apply to both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures.

We primarily engage in trading and investment activities to serve our customers’ needs and to contribute to overall corporate earnings and liquidity. In the conduct of these activities, we are subject to, and assume, market risk. The level of market risk that we assume is a function of our overall objectives and liquidity needs, customer requirements and market volatility. Interest-rate risk, a component of market risk, is more thoroughly discussed in the “Asset and Liability Management” portion of this “Market Risk” section.

Trading Activities

Market risk associated with foreign exchange and other trading activities is managed through corporate guidelines, including established limits on aggregate and net open positions, sensitivity to changes in interest rates, and concentrations, which are supplemented by stop-loss thresholds. We use a variety of risk management tools and methodologies, including value-at-risk, to measure, monitor and manage market risk. All limits and measurement techniques are reviewed and adjusted as necessary on a regular basis by business managers, the market risk management group and the Trading and Market Risk Committee.

We use a variety of derivative financial instruments to support our customers’ needs, conduct trading activities and manage our interest-rate and currency risk. These activities are designed to create trading revenue and to hedge potential earnings volatility. In addition, we provide services related to derivatives in our role as both a manager and a servicer of financial assets.

Our customers use derivatives to manage the financial risks associated with their investment goals and business activities. With the growth of cross-border investing, customers have an increasing need for foreign exchange forward contracts to convert currency for international investments and to manage the currency risk in their international investment portfolios. As an active participant in the foreign exchange markets, we provide foreign exchange forward contracts and options in support of these customer needs.

As part of our trading activities, we assume positions in the foreign exchange and interest-rate markets by buying and selling cash instruments and using derivatives, including foreign exchange forward contracts, foreign exchange and interest-rate options and interest-rate swaps. As of December 31, 2008, the aggregate notional amount of these derivatives was $742.84 billion, of which $688.81 billion were foreign exchange forward and spot contracts. In the aggregate, long and short foreign exchange forward positions are closely matched to minimize currency and interest-rate risk. All foreign exchange contracts are valued daily at current market rates. Additional information about trading derivatives is provided in note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

As noted above, we use a variety of risk measurement tools and methodologies, including value-at-risk, or VaR, which is an estimate of potential loss for a given period within a stated statistical confidence interval. We use a risk measurement system to estimate VaR daily. We have adopted standards for estimating VaR, and we maintain capital for market risk in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines. VaR is estimated for a 99% one-tail confidence interval and an assumed one-day holding period using a historical observation period of greater than two years. A 99% one-tail confidence interval implies that daily trading losses should not exceed the estimated VaR more than 1% of the time, or less than three business days out of a year. The methodology uses a simulation approach based on historically observed changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates (domestic and foreign) and foreign exchange implied volatilities, and takes into account the resulting diversification benefits provided from the mix of our trading positions.

Like all quantitative risk measures, VaR is subject to limitations and assumptions inherent in our methodology. Our methodology gives equal weight to all market-rate observations regardless of how recently the market rates were observed. The estimate is calculated using static portfolios consisting of trading positions held at the end of each business day. Therefore, implicit in the VaR estimate is the assumption that no intraday actions are taken by management during adverse market movements. As a result, the methodology does not include risk associated with intraday changes in positions or intraday price volatility.

 

73


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents VaR with respect to our trading activities, as measured by our VaR methodology for the periods indicated:

VALUE-AT-RISK

 

     2008    2007

Years ended December 31,

(In millions)

   Annual
Average
   Maximum    Minimum    Annual
Average
   Maximum    Minimum

Foreign exchange products

   $ 1.8    $ 4.7    $ .3    $ 1.8    $ 4.0    $ .7

Interest-rate products

     1.1      2.4      .6      1.4      3.7      .1

We back-test the estimated one-day VaR on a daily basis. This information is reviewed and used to confirm that all relevant trading positions are properly modeled. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we did not experience any actual trading losses in excess of our end-of-day VaR estimate.

Asset and Liability Management Activities

The primary objective of asset and liability management is to provide sustainable and growing net interest revenue, or NIR, under varying economic environments, while protecting the economic values of our balance sheet assets and liabilities from the adverse effects of changes in interest rates. Most of our NIR is earned from the investment of deposits generated by our core Investment Servicing and Investment Management businesses. We structure our balance sheet assets to generally conform to the characteristics of our balance sheet liabilities, but we manage our overall interest-rate risk position in the context of current and anticipated market conditions and within internally-approved risk guidelines.

Our overall interest-rate risk position is maintained within a series of policies approved by the Board and guidelines established and monitored by ALCO. Our Global Treasury group has responsibility for managing State Street’s day-to-day interest-rate risk. To effectively manage the consolidated balance sheet and related NIR, Global Treasury has the authority to take a limited amount of interest-rate risk based on market conditions and its views about the direction of global interest rates over both short-term and long-term time horizons. Global Treasury manages our exposure to changes in interest rates on a consolidated basis organized into three regional treasury units, North America, Europe and Asia/Pacific, to reflect the growing, global nature of our exposures and to capture the impact of change in regional market environments on our total risk position.

Our investment activities and our use of derivative financial instruments are the primary tools used in managing interest-rate risk. We invest in financial instruments with currency, repricing, and maturity characteristics we consider appropriate to manage our overall interest-rate risk position. In addition to on-balance sheet assets, we use certain derivatives, primarily interest-rate swaps, to alter the interest-rate characteristics of specific balance sheet assets or liabilities. The use of derivatives is subject to ALCO-approved guidelines. Additional information about our use of derivatives is in note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

As a result of growth in our non-U.S. operations, non-U.S. dollar denominated customer liabilities are a significant portion of our consolidated balance sheet. This growth results in exposure to changes in the shape and level of non-U.S. dollar yield curves, which we include in our consolidated interest-rate risk management process.

Because no one individual measure can accurately assess all of our exposures to changes in interest rates, we use several quantitative measures in our assessment of current and potential future exposures to changes in interest rates and their impact on net interest revenue and balance sheet values. Net interest revenue simulation is the primary tool used in our evaluation of the potential range of possible net interest revenue results that could occur under a variety of interest-rate environments. We also use market valuation and duration analysis to assess changes in the economic value of balance sheet assets and liabilities caused by assumed changes in interest rates. Finally, gap analysis —the difference between the amount of balance sheet assets and liabilities re-pricing within a specified time period—is used as a measurement of our interest-rate risk position.

 

74


Table of Contents

 

To measure, monitor, and report on our interest-rate risk position, we use (1) NIR simulation, or NIR-at-risk, which measures the impact on NIR over the next twelve months to immediate, or “rate shock,” and gradual, or “rate ramp,” changes in market interest rates; and (2) economic value of equity, or EVE, which measures the impact on the present value of all NIR-related principal and interest cash flows of an immediate change in interest rates. NIR-at-risk is designed to measure the potential impact of changes in market interest rates on NIR in the short term. EVE, on the other hand, is a long-term view of interest-rate risk, but with a view toward liquidation of State Street. Both of these measures are subject to ALCO-established guidelines, and are monitored regularly, along with other relevant simulations, scenario analyses and stress tests by both Global Treasury and ALCO.

In calculating our NIR-at-risk, we start with a base amount of NIR that is projected over the next twelve months, assuming that the then-current yield curve remains unchanged over the period. Our existing balance sheet assets and liabilities are adjusted by the amount and timing of transactions that are forecasted to occur over the next twelve months. That yield curve is then “shocked,” or moved immediately, ±100 basis points in a parallel fashion, or at all points along the yield curve. Two new twelve-month NIR projections are then developed using the same balance sheet and forecasted transactions, but with the new yield curves, and compared to the base scenario. We also perform the calculations using interest rate ramps, which are ±100 basis point changes in interest rates that are assumed to occur gradually over the next twelve-month period, rather than immediately as we do with interest-rate shocks.

EVE is based on the change in the present value of all NIR-related principal and interest cash flows for changes in market rates of interest. The present value of existing cash flows with a then-current yield curve serves as the base case. We then apply an immediate parallel shock to that yield curve of ±200 basis points and recalculate the cash flows and related present values. A large shock is used to better capture the embedded option risk in our mortgage-backed securities that results from the borrower’s prepayment opportunity.

Key assumptions used in the models described above include the timing of cash flows; the maturity and repricing of balance sheet assets and liabilities, especially option-embedded financial instruments like mortgage-backed securities; changes in market conditions; and interest-rate sensitivities of our customer liabilities with respect to the interest rates paid and the level of balances. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the models cannot precisely predict future NIR or predict the impact of changes in interest rates on NIR and economic value. Actual results could differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of changes in interest rates and market conditions, changes in spreads and management strategies, among other factors. Projections of potential future streams of NIR are assessed as part of our forecasting process.

The following table presents the estimated exposure of NIR for the next twelve months, calculated as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, due to an immediate ± 100 basis point shift in then-current interest rates. Estimated incremental exposures presented below are dependent on management’s assumptions about asset and liability sensitivities under various interest-rate scenarios, such as those previously discussed, and do not reflect any actions management may undertake in order to mitigate some of the adverse effects of interest-rate changes on State Street’s financial performance.

NIR-AT-RISK

 

     Estimated Exposure to
Net Interest Revenue
 
(In millions)            2008                     2007          

Rate change:

    

+100 bps shock

   $ 7     $ (98 )

-100 bps shock

     (439 )     7  

+100 bps ramp

     (29 )     (44 )

-100 bps ramp

     (166 )     20  

The NIR-at-risk exposure to an immediate 100 bp increase in market interest rates changed from negative at December 31, 2007 to slightly positive at December 31, 2008, while the NIR-at-risk exposure to a 100 bp downward shock in rates changed from slightly positive to significantly negative. These changes were the result of two factors. First, the level of on-balance sheet liquid assets was increased during 2008 in response to the

 

75


Table of Contents

 

disruption in the financial markets, resulting in NIR-at-risk exposures becoming more asset-sensitive compared to 2007. Second, with market interest rates and liability yields both well below 1.00% at December 31, 2008, the downward 100 bp shock produced balance sheet spread compression, as liability yields were prevented from repricing lower to the full extent of the rate shock. With central bank-administered interest rates worldwide already at historically low levels, however, we are positioned to benefit from rising interest rates going forward.

The year-over-year changes in NIR-at-risk exposure to +100 and -100 bp ramps were directionally the same as for the +/- 100 bp shocks, with exposure to rising rates becoming less negative, and exposure to declining rates changing to negative, although the change was less pronounced due to the gradual shift in market rates inherent in the ramp scenarios.

Other important factors that impact the levels of NIR are balance sheet size and mix; interest-rate spreads; the slope and interest-rate level of U.S. dollar and non-U.S. dollar yield curves and the relationship between them; the pace of change in market interest rates; and management actions taken in response to the preceding conditions.

The following table presents estimated EVE exposures, calculated as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, assuming an immediate and prolonged shift in interest rates, the impact of which would be spread over a number of years.

ECONOMIC VALUE OF EQUITY

 

     Estimated Exposure to
Economic Value of Equity
 
(In millions)            2008                     2007          

Rate change:

    

+200 bps shock

   $ (1,873 )   $ (1,195 )

- 200 bps shock

     (740 )     48  

The EVE results presented above indicate exposure to rising interest rates for both periods, although the magnitude of the exposure as of December 31, 2008 increased compared to December 31, 2007. In addition, the exposure to falling interest rates became negative at December 31, 2008. Both of these changes reflect the significantly lower market interest rates at December 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2007. The December 31, 2008 rate environment, with U.S. interest rates near zero, prevents the downward 200 bps shock from fully occurring, as market rates are not allowed to fall below zero, and reduces the benefit of lower rates on market value of the investment portfolio. The increase in exposure for the rising rate scenario primarily reflects increased duration extension on mortgage-backed securities in a rising rate environment relative to the base scenario, due to lower absolute levels of interest rates in the base scenario at December 2008 compared to December 2007.

Credit Risk

Credit and counterparty risk is defined as the risk of financial loss if a borrower or counterparty is either unable or unwilling to repay borrowings or settle a transaction in accordance with contractual terms. We assume credit and counterparty risk on both our on- and off-balance sheet exposures. The extension of credit and the acceptance of counterparty risk by State Street are governed by corporate guidelines based on the prospective customer’s risk profile, the markets served, counterparty and country concentrations, and regulatory compliance. Our focus on large institutional investors and their businesses requires that we assume concentrated credit risk in a variety of forms. We maintain comprehensive guidelines and procedures to monitor and manage all aspects of credit and counterparty risk that we undertake. Counterparties are evaluated on an individual basis at least annually, while significant exposures to counterparties are reviewed daily. Processes for credit approval and monitoring are in place for all credit extensions. As part of the approval and renewal process, due diligence is conducted based on the size and term of the exposure, as well as the quality of the counterparty.

We provide, on a limited basis, traditional loan products and services to key customers and prospects in a manner that is intended to enhance customer relationships, increase profitability and minimize risk. We employ a relationship model in which credit decisions are based upon credit quality and the overall institutional relationship. This model is typical of financial institutions that provide credit to institutional customers in the markets that we serve.

 

76


Table of Contents

 

An allowance for loan losses is maintained to absorb probable credit losses in the loan and lease portfolio that can be estimated, and is reviewed regularly by management for adequacy. An internal rating system is used to assess potential risk of loss. State Street’s risk rating process incorporates the use of risk rating tools informed by management’s judgment. Qualitative and quantitative inputs are captured in a transparent and replicable manner, and following a formal review and approval process, an internal credit rating based on State Street’s credit scale is assigned. The provision for loan losses is a charge to current earnings to maintain the overall allowance for loan losses at a level considered adequate relative to the level of credit risk in the loan and lease portfolio. No provision for loan losses was recorded in 2008, 2007 or 2006.

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the allowance for loan losses was $18 million. Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

(In millions)    2008    2007    2006     2005     2004(1)  

U.S.:

            

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 18    $ 18    $ 17     $ 14     $ 43  

Provision for loan losses

                           (15 )

Loan charge-offs—commercial and financial

                            

Recoveries—commercial and financial

                            

Reclassification

               1       3       (14 )
                                      

Balance at end of year—U.S.

     18      18      18       17       14  

Non-U.S.:

            

Balance at beginning of year

               1       4       18  

Provision for loan losses

                           (3 )

Reclassification

               (1 )     (3 )     (11 )
                                      

Balance at end of year—Non-U.S.

                     1       4  
                                      

Total balance at end of year

   $ 18    $ 18    $ 18     $ 18     $ 18  
                                      

 

(1) In 2004, we reclassified $25 million of the allowance for loan losses to other liabilities as a reserve for off-balance sheet commitments. Subsequent to the reclassification, the reserve for off-balance sheet commitments was reduced by $10 million, and recorded as an offset to other expenses. We also reversed $18 million through the provision for loan losses as a result of reduced credit risk exposures and improved credit quality.

Past-due loans are loans on which principal or interest payments are over 90 days delinquent, but where interest continues to be accrued. An aggregate of approximately $219 million of loans were past-due as of December 31, 2008, composed of commercial real estate loans purchased from certain customers pursuant to indemnified repurchase agreements with an affiliate of Lehman Brothers. These loans continued to accrue interest, and no additional valuation adjustments or provisions for loss were recorded since their initial acquisition. Additional information about these loans is provided in the “Financial Condition—Loans and Lease Financing” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. There were no past-due loans as of December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

We generally place loans on non-accrual status once principal or interest payments are 60 days past due, or earlier if management determines that full collection is not probable. Loans 60 days past due, but considered both well-secured and in the process of collection, may be excluded from non-accrual status. For loans placed on non-accrual status, revenue recognition is suspended. There were no non-accrual loans at year-end 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

We purchase securities under agreements to resell. Risk is managed through a variety of processes, including establishing the acceptability of counterparties; limiting purchases largely to low-risk U.S. government securities; taking possession or control of transaction assets; monitoring levels of underlying collateral; and limiting the duration of the agreements. Securities are revalued daily to determine if we believe that additional collateral is necessary from the borrower. Most repurchase agreements are short-term, with maturities of less than 90 days.

We also provide customers with off-balance sheet liquidity and credit enhancement facilities in the form of letters of credit, lines of credit and liquidity asset purchase agreements. These exposures are subject to an initial credit analysis, with detailed approval and review processes. These facilities are also actively monitored and reviewed annually. We maintain a separate reserve for probable credit losses related to certain of these off-balance sheet activities. Management reviews the adequacy of this reserve on a regular basis.

 

77


Table of Contents

 

On behalf of our customers, we lend their securities to creditworthy banks, broker/dealers and other institutions. In most circumstances, we indemnify our customers for the fair market value of those securities against a failure of the borrower to return such securities. Though these transactions are collateralized, the substantial volume of these activities necessitates detailed credit-based underwriting and monitoring processes. The aggregate amount of indemnified securities on loan totaled $324.59 billion at December 31, 2008, and $558.37 billion at December 31, 2007. We require the borrowers to provide collateral in an amount equal to or in excess of 100% of the fair market value of the securities borrowed. Collateral received in connection with our securities lending services is held by us as agent and is not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition. The securities on loan and the collateral are revalued daily to determine if additional collateral is necessary. We held, as agent, cash and securities totaling $333.07 billion and $572.93 billion as collateral for indemnified securities on loan at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The collateral held by us is invested on behalf of our customers. In certain cases, the collateral is invested in third-party repurchase agreements, for which we indemnify the customer against loss of the principal invested. We require the repurchase agreement counterparty to provide collateral in an amount equal to or in excess of 100% of the amount of the repurchase agreement. The indemnified repurchase agreements and the related collateral are not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition. Of the collateral of $333.07 billion at December 31, 2008 and $572.93 billion at December 31, 2007 referenced above, $68.37 billion at December 31, 2008 and $106.13 billion at December 31, 2007 were invested in indemnified repurchase agreements. We held, as agent, $71.87 billion and $111.02 billion as collateral for indemnified investments in repurchase agreements at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

Processes for credit approval and monitoring are in place for other credit extensions. As part of the approval and renewal process, due diligence is conducted based on the size and term of the exposure, as well as the quality of the counterparty. Exposures to these entities are aggregated and evaluated by ERM.

Investments in debt and equity securities, including investments in affiliates, are monitored regularly by Corporate Finance and ERM. Procedures are in place for evaluating potentially impaired securities, as discussed in notes 1 and 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

Operational Risk

We define operational risk as the potential for loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. As a leading provider of services to institutional investors, we conduct a broad array of complex and specialized asset servicing, processing and fiduciary activities that give rise to operational risk. Consequently, active management of operational risk is an integral component of all aspects of our business. Our Operational Risk Policy Statement defines operational risk and details roles and responsibilities for managing operational risk. The Policy Statement is reinforced by the Operational Risk Guidelines, which codify our approach to operational risk. The Guidelines document our practices and provide a mandate within which programs, processes, and regulatory elements are implemented to ensure that operational risk is identified, measured, managed and controlled in a consistent manner across State Street. Responsibility for the management of operational risk lies with every individual at State Street.

We maintain an operational risk governance structure designed to ensure that responsibilities are clearly defined and to provide independent oversight of operational risk management. The Executive Committee of the Board sets operational risk policy and oversees implementation of the operational risk framework. ERM develops corporate programs to manage operational risk and oversees the overall operational risk program. Businesses own operational risk and periodically review the status of the business controls, which are designed to provide a sound operational environment. The businesses also identify, manage, and report on operational risk. The MRC and the Operational Risk Committee review operational risk related information and policies, provide oversight designed to ensure compliance with the operational risk program, and escalate operational risk issues of note to the Executive Committee of the Board. Corporate Audit performs independent reviews of the application of operational risk management practices and methodologies and reports to the Examining and Audit Committee of the Board.

Our discipline in managing operational risk, which is a result of this emphasis on policy, guidelines, oversight, and independent review, provides the structure to identify, evaluate, control, monitor, measure, mitigate and report operational risk.

 

78


Table of Contents

 

Business Risk

We define business risk as the risk of adverse changes in our earnings related to business factors, including changes in the competitive environment, changes in the operational economics of business activities and the potential effect of strategic and reputation risks, not already captured as market, interest-rate, credit or operational risks. We incorporate business risk into our assessment of our economic capital needs. Active management of business risk is an integral component of all aspects of our business, and responsibility for the management of business risk lies with every individual at State Street.

Separating the effects of a potential material adverse event into operational and business risk is sometimes difficult. For instance, the direct financial impact of an unfavorable event in the form of fines or penalties would be classified as an operational risk loss, while the impact on our reputation and the potential loss of customers and corresponding decline in revenue would be classified as a business risk loss. An additional example of business risk is the integration of a major acquisition. Failure to successfully integrate the operations of an acquired business, and the resultant inability to retain customers, would be classified as a business risk loss.

Business risk is managed with a long-term focus. Techniques include the development of business plans and appropriate management oversight. The potential impact of the various elements of business risk is difficult to quantify with any degree of precision. We use a combination of historical earnings volatility, scenario analysis, stress-testing and management judgment to help assess the potential effect on State Street attributable to business risk. Management and control of business risks are generally the responsibility of the business units as part of their overall and strategic planning and internal risk management processes.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

In the normal course of business, we utilize three types of special purpose entities, referred to as SPEs. One type of SPE is utilized in connection with our involvement as collateral manager with respect to managed investment vehicles. Since we have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of these managed investment vehicles under existing accounting standards, we do not record these vehicles in our consolidated financial statements. A second type of SPE is utilized in connection with our tax-exempt investment program, under which trusts structure and sell certificated interests in pools of tax-exempt investment-grade assets to our mutual fund customers. These trusts are recorded in our consolidated financial statements, since we treat the underlying transactions as secured borrowings, not as sales. A third type of SPE is utilized in connection with our asset-backed commercial paper program, under which we administer four third-party asset-backed commercial paper conduits, which sell commercial paper to our institutional customers, primarily mutual fund customers, as short-term investments. Since we have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of these conduits under existing accounting standards, we do not record the conduits in our consolidated financial statements.

Additional information about the activities of the above-described SPEs is provided in note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

In the normal course of business, we hold assets under custody and assets under management in a custodial or fiduciary capacity for our customers, and, in accordance with GAAP, we do not record these assets in our consolidated statement of condition. Similarly, collateral funds associated with our securities finance activities are held by us as agent; therefore, we do not record these assets in our consolidated statement of condition. Additional information about these and other off-balance sheet activities is provided in note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

In the normal course of business, we utilize derivative financial instruments to support our customers’ needs, to conduct trading activities and to manage our interest-rate and foreign currency risk. Additional information about our use of derivatives is in note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS

Information with respect to recent accounting developments is provided in note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information set forth in the “Market Risk” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included in this Form 10-K under Item 7, is incorporated by reference herein.

 

79


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Additional information about restrictions on the transfer of funds from State Street Bank to the parent company is included in this Form 10-K under Item 5, and in the “Financial Condition—Capital” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under Item 7.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

THE SHAREHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

STATE STREET CORPORATION

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of condition of State Street Corporation as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of State Street Corporation at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), State Street Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

LOGO

Boston, Massachusetts

February 26, 2009

 

80


Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Statement of Income

 

Years ended December 31,    2008     2007     2006

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

      

Fee revenue:

      

Servicing fees

   $ 3,745     $ 3,388     $ 2,723

Management fees

     1,028       1,141       943

Trading services

     1,467       1,152       862

Securities finance

     1,230       681       386

Processing fees and other

     277       271       272
                      

Total fee revenue

     7,747       6,633       5,186

Net interest revenue:

      

Interest revenue

     4,879       5,212       4,324

Interest expense

     2,229       3,482       3,214
                      

Net interest revenue

     2,650       1,730       1,110

Provision for loan losses

                
                      

Net interest revenue after provision for loan losses

     2,650       1,730       1,110

Gains (Losses) related to investment securities, net

     (54 )     (27 )     15

Gain on sale of CitiStreet interest, net of exit and other associated costs

     350            
                      

Total revenue

     10,693       8,336       6,311

Expenses:

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     3,842       3,256       2,652

Information systems and communications

     633       546       501

Transaction processing services

     644       619       496

Occupancy

     465       408       373

Provision for legal exposure

           600      

Provision for investment account infusion

     450            

Restructuring charges

     306            

Merger and integration costs

     115       198      

Professional services

     360       236       157

Amortization of other intangible assets

     144       92       43

Other

     892       478       318
                      

Total expenses

     7,851       6,433       4,540
                      

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

     2,842       1,903       1,771

Income tax expense from continuing operations

     1,031       642       675
                      

Income from continuing operations

     1,811       1,261       1,096

Income from discontinued operations before income tax expense

                 16

Income tax expense from discontinued operations

                 6
                      

Income from discontinued operations

                 10
                      

Net income

   $ 1,811     $ 1,261     $ 1,106
                      

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 1,789     $ 1,261     $ 1,106
                      

Earnings per common share from continuing operations:

      

Basic

   $ 4.33     $ 3.50     $ 3.31

Diluted

     4.30       3.45       3.26

Income per common share from discontinued operations:

      

Basic

               $ .03

Diluted

                 .03

Earnings per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 4.33     $ 3.50     $ 3.34

Diluted

     4.30       3.45       3.29

Average common shares outstanding (in thousands):

      

Basic

     413,182       360,675       331,350

Diluted

     416,100       365,488       335,732

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

81


Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Statement of Condition

 

As of December 31,    2008     2007  

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

    

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 3,181     $ 4,041  

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     55,733       6,271  

Securities purchased under resale agreements

     1,635       19,133  

Federal funds sold

           4,540  

Trading account assets

     815       589  

Investment securities available for sale

     54,163       70,326  

Investment securities held to maturity purchased under money market liquidity facility (fair value of $6,100)

     6,087        

Investment securities held to maturity (fair value of $14,311 and $4,225)

     15,767       4,233  

Loans and leases (less allowance for losses of $18)

     9,113       15,784  

Premises and equipment (net of accumulated depreciation of $2,758 and $2,653)

     2,011       1,894  

Accrued income receivable

     1,738       2,096  

Goodwill

     4,527       4,567  

Other intangible assets

     1,851       1,990  

Other assets

     17,010       7,079  
                

Total assets

   $ 173,631     $ 142,543  
                

Liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 32,785     $ 15,039  

Interest-bearing—U.S.

     4,558       14,790  

Interest-bearing—Non-U.S.

     74,882       65,960  
                

Total deposits

     112,225       95,789  

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

     11,154       14,646  

Federal funds purchased

     1,082       425  

Short-term borrowings under money market liquidity facility

     6,042        

Other short-term borrowings

     11,555       5,557  

Accrued taxes and other expenses

     408       4,392  

Other liabilities

     13,972       6,799  

Long-term debt

     4,419       3,636  
                

Total liabilities

     160,857       131,244  

Commitments and contingencies (note 11)

    

Shareholders’ equity

    

Preferred stock, no par: 3,500,000 shares authorized; 20,000 shares issued and outstanding

     1,883        

Common stock, $1 par: 750,000,000 shares authorized; 431,976,032 and 398,366,326 shares issued

     432       398  

Surplus

     6,992       4,630  

Retained earnings

     9,135       7,745  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (5,650 )     (575 )

Treasury stock, at cost (418,354 and 12,081,863 shares)

     (18 )     (899 )
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     12,774       11,299  
                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 173,631     $ 142,543  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

82


Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts,

shares in thousands)

  PREFERRED
STOCK
  COMMON
STOCK
  Surplus     Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
    TREASURY
STOCK
       
    Shares   Amount         Shares     Amount     Total  

Balance at December 31, 2005

    337,126   $ 337   $ 266     $ 6,189     $ (231 )   3,501     $ (194 )   $ 6,367  

Comprehensive income:

                 

Net income

            1,106             1,106  

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale securities, net of related taxes of $40 and reclassification adjustment

              58           58  

Foreign currency translation, net of related taxes of $56

              124           124  

Change in unrealized gains/losses on hedges of net investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries, net of related taxes of $(10)

              (18 )         (18 )

Change in minimum pension liability, net of related taxes
of $2

              4           4  

Change in unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges, net of related taxes of $2

              3           3  
                                                             

Total comprehensive income

            1,106       171           1,277  

Adjustment to apply provisions of SFAS No. 158, net of related taxes of $(109)

              (164 )         (164 )

Cash dividends declared—$.80 per share

            (265 )           (265 )

Common stock acquired

              5,782       (368 )     (368 )

Common stock received under COVERS contracts

          30         1,199       (26 )     4  

Common stock awards and common stock options exercised, including tax benefit of $43

          103         (5,782 )     300       403  

Other

              (12 )     (2 )     (2 )
                                                             

Balance at December 31, 2006

    337,126     337     399       7,030       (224 )   4,688       (290 )     7,252  

Adjustment for effect of applying provisions of FASB Staff Position No. FAS 13-2

            (226 )           (226 )
                                                             

Adjusted balance at January 1, 2007

    337,126     337     399       6,804       (224 )   4,688       (290 )     7,026  

Comprehensive income:

                 

Net income

            1,261             1,261  

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale securities, net of related taxes of $(276) and reclassification adjustment

              (451 )         (451 )

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on fair value hedges of available-for-sale securities, net of related taxes of $(37)

              (55 )         (55 )

Foreign currency translation, net of related taxes of $62

              134           134  

Change in unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges, net of related taxes of $(7)

              (11 )         (11 )

Change in unrealized gains/losses on hedges of net investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries, net of related taxes of $(4)

              (8 )         (8 )

Change in minimum pension liability, net of related taxes of $28

              40           40  
                                                             

Total comprehensive income

            1,261       (351 )         910  

Cash dividends declared—$.88 per share

            (320 )           (320 )

Common stock acquired

              13,369       (1,002 )     (1,002 )

Common stock awards and common stock options exercised, including tax benefit of $52

    401         65         (5,975 )     393       458  

Common stock issued in connection with acquisition

    60,839     61     4,166               4,227  
                                                             

Balance at December 31, 2007

    398,366     398     4,630       7,745       (575 )   12,082       (899 )     11,299  

Comprehensive income:

                 

Net income

            1,811             1,811  

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale securities, net of related taxes of $(2,866) and reclassification adjustment

              (4,527 )         (4,527 )

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on fair value hedges of available-for-sale securities, net of related taxes of $(116)

              (187 )         (187 )

Foreign currency translation, net of related taxes of $(91)

              (263 )         (263 )

Change in unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges, net of related taxes of $(10)

              (16 )         (16 )

Change in unrealized gains/losses on hedges of net investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries, net of related taxes

              1           1  

Change in minimum pension liability, net of related taxes of $(48)

              (83 )         (83 )
                                                             

Total comprehensive income

            1,811       (5,075 )         (3,264 )

Preferred stock and common stock warrant issued

    1,879         121               2,000  

Cash dividends:

                 

Common stock—$.95 per share

            (400 )           (400 )

Preferred stock

            (18 )           (18 )

Accretion of preferred stock discount

    4           (4 )            

Common stock acquired

              552          

Common stock issued

    33,156     34     2,181         (7,391 )     538       2,753  

Contract payments to State Street Capital Trust III

          (36 )             (36 )

Common stock awards and common stock options exercised, including tax benefit of $52

    454       96       1       (4,825 )     343       440  
                                                             

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 1,883   431,976   $ 432   $ 6,992     $ 9,135     $ (5,650 )   418     $ (18 )   $ 12,774  
                                                             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

83


Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

Years ended December 31,   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                  

Operating Activities:

     

Net income

  $ 1,811     $ 1,261     $ 1,106  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Non-cash adjustments for depreciation, amortization, accretion and deferred income tax expense (benefit)

    (282 )     130       385  

Income from discontinued operations

                (16 )

(Gains) losses related to investment securities, net

    54       27       (15 )

Change in trading account assets, net

    (689 )     195       (179 )

Other, net

    (2,850 )     1,326       (300 )
                       

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (1,956 )     2,939       981  

Investing Activities:

     

Net (increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits with banks

    (49,462 )     (799 )     5,809  

Net (increase) decrease in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    22,038       (2,832 )     (5,999 )

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities

    5,408       4,731       3,571  

Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities

    32,291       21,750       16,602  

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

    (41,044 )     (27,578 )     (23,920 )

Purchases under money market liquidity facility, net

    (5,818 )            

Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity securities

    1,766       859       1,590  

Purchases of held-to-maturity securities

    (1,062 )     (539 )     (1,246 )

Net (increase) decrease in loans

    6,532       (6,226 )     (2,464 )

Proceeds from sale of joint venture investment

    464              

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (38 )     (647 )      

Purchases of equity investments and other long-term assets

    (242 )     (192 )     (168 )

Purchases of premises and equipment

    (681 )     (476 )     (310 )

Other, net

    278       95       114  
                       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (29,570 )     (11,854 )     (6,421 )

Financing Activities:

     

Net increase (decrease) in time deposits

    (13,988 )     4,158       (1,261 )

Net increase in all other deposits

    30,416       14,617       7,258  

Net increase in short-term borrowings under money market liquidity facility

    6,139              

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

    3,163       (7,794 )     (653 )

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs

    493       1,488        

Payments for long-term debt and obligations under capital leases

    (44 )     (533 )     (16 )

Proceeds from public offering of common stock, net of issuance costs

    2,251              

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

    1,879              

Proceeds from issuance of warrant to purchase common stock

    121              

Purchases of common stock

          (1,002 )     (368 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock for stock awards and options exercised

    12              

Proceeds from issuances of treasury stock

    623       185       193  

Payments for cash dividends

    (399 )     (301 )     (259 )
                       

Net cash provided by financing activities

    30,666       10,818       4,894  
                       

Net increase (decrease)

    (860 )     1,903       (546 )

Cash and due from banks at beginning of year

    4,041       2,138       2,684  
                       

Cash and due from banks at end of year

  $ 3,181     $ 4,041     $ 2,138  
                       

Supplemental disclosure:

     

Interest paid

  $ 2,302     $ 3,403     $ 3,177  

Income taxes paid

    1,118       593       533  

Non-cash investments in premises and equipment and capital leases

    48       194       109  

Non-cash acquisitions of investment securities available for sale

                1,464  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

84


Table of Contents

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and financial reporting policies of State Street Corporation conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, referred to as GAAP. Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements to “State Street,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar references mean State Street Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The parent company is a financial holding company headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts. We report two lines of business:

 

   

Investment Servicing provides services for U.S. mutual funds, collective investment funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations and endowments worldwide. Products include custody, product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; recordkeeping; foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services; securities finance; deposit and short-term investment facilities; loans and lease financing; investment manager and hedge fund manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics to support institutional investors.

 

   

Investment Management offers a broad array of services for managing financial assets, including investment management and investment research services, primarily for institutional investors worldwide. These services include passive and active U.S. and non-U.S. equity and fixed-income strategies, and other related services, such as securities finance.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions in the application of certain of our accounting policies that materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. As a result of unanticipated events or circumstances, actual results could differ from those estimates. The following is a summary of our significant accounting policies.

Basis of Presentation:

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent company and its majority-owned subsidiaries, including its principal banking subsidiary, State Street Bank and Trust Company, referred to as State Street Bank. All material inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated. Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

We consolidate subsidiaries in which we hold a majority of the voting rights or exercise control. Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries, recorded in other assets, are generally accounted for using the equity method of accounting if we have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operations of the investee. For investments accounted for under the equity method, our share of income or loss is recorded in processing fees and other revenue. Investments not meeting the criteria for equity method treatment are accounted for using the cost method of accounting.

Foreign Currency Translation:

The assets and liabilities of our operations with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated at month-end exchange rates, and revenue and expenses are translated at rates that approximate average monthly exchange rates. Gains or losses from the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, net of related taxes, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

For purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash and due from banks.

 

85


Table of Contents

 

Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements and Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements:

U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities, referred to as “U.S. government securities,” purchased under resale agreements or sold under repurchase agreements are treated as collateralized financing transactions, and are recorded in our consolidated statement of condition at the amounts at which the securities will be subsequently resold or repurchased, plus accrued interest. Our policy is to take possession or control of securities underlying resale agreements, allowing borrowers the right of collateral substitution and/or short-notice termination. We revalue these securities daily to determine if additional collateral is necessary from the borrower to protect us against credit exposure. We can use these securities as collateral for repurchase agreements. For securities sold under repurchase agreements collateralized by our U.S. government securities portfolio, the dollar value of the U.S. government securities remains in investment securities in our consolidated statement of condition. Where a master netting agreement exists or both parties are members of a common clearing organization, resale and repurchase agreements with the same counterparty or clearing house and maturity date are reported on a net basis.

Investment Securities:

Investment securities held by us are classified as either trading account assets, investment securities available for sale or investment securities held to maturity at the time of purchase, based on management’s intentions.

Trading account assets are debt and equity securities that are purchased in connection with our trading activities and, as such, are expected to be sold in the near term. Our trading activities typically involve active and frequent buying and selling with the objective of generating profits on short-term movements and for resale to customers. Securities available for sale are those that we intend to hold for an indefinite period of time. Available-for-sale securities include securities utilized as part of our asset and liability management activities that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, pre-payment risk, liquidity needs or other similar factors. Securities held to maturity are debt securities that management has the intent and the ability to hold to maturity.

Trading account assets are carried at fair value. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading account assets are recorded in trading services revenue in our consolidated statement of income. Debt and marketable equity securities classified as available for sale are carried at fair value, and after-tax net unrealized gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of shareholders’ equity. Gains or losses realized on sales of available-for-sale securities are computed using the specific identification method and are recorded in gains (losses) related to investment securities, net, in our consolidated statement of income. Securities held to maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.

Management reviews the fair values of investment securities at least quarterly, and evaluates individual securities for declines in fair value that may be deemed other than temporary, considering factors such as current and expected future interest rates, external credit ratings, dividend payments, the performance of underlying collateral, if any, the financial health of the issuer and other pertinent information. In addition, the length of time that a security’s cost basis has exceeded its fair value, as well as management’s intent and ability to hold the security until recovery in market value, are considered. If declines in fair value are deemed other than temporary, an impairment loss is recognized in results of operations and the amortized cost basis of the security is written down to its current fair value, which becomes the new cost basis. Other-than-temporary impairment write-downs are recorded in our consolidated statement of income in gains (losses) related to investment securities, net.

Loans and Lease Financing:

Loans are generally recorded at their principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses, unearned income, and any net unamortized deferred loan origination fees. Acquired loans are recorded at fair value, based on management’s expectation with respect to principal and interest collection as of the date of acquisition. The carrying value of the loans is evaluated periodically using a discounted cash flow model, which incorporates expectations of principal and interest collection. The impact of any changes in expectations is recognized in results of operations through a fair value allowance and, in some cases, an adjustment to the yield of the loans.

 

86


Table of Contents

 

Interest revenue is recognized using the interest method or on a basis approximating a level rate of return over the term of the loan. Fees received for providing loan commitments and letters of credit that we anticipate will result in loans, typically are deferred and amortized to interest revenue over the life of the related loan, beginning with the initial borrowing. Fees on commitments and letters of credit are amortized to processing fees and other revenue over the commitment period when funding is not known or expected.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when they become 60 days past-due as to either principal or interest, or earlier when full collection of principal or interest is not considered probable. Loans 60 days past-due, but considered both well secured and in the process of collection, are treated as exceptions and may be excluded from non-accrual status. When we place a loan on non-accrual status, the accrual of interest is discontinued and previously recorded but unpaid interest is reversed and generally charged against net interest revenue. For loans on non-accrual status, revenue is recognized on a cash basis after recovery of principal, if and when interest payments are received.

Leveraged lease investments are reported at the aggregate of lease payments receivable and estimated residual values, net of non-recourse debt and unearned income. Lease residual values are reviewed regularly for other-than-temporary impairment, with valuation adjustments recorded currently against processing fees and other revenue. Unearned income is recognized to yield a level rate of return on the net investment in the leases. Gains and losses on residual values of leased equipment sold are recorded in processing fees and other revenue.

Allowance for Loan Losses:

The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management. Factors considered in evaluating the adequacy of the allowance include previous loss experience, current economic conditions and adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of the underlying collateral, if any, and the performance of individual credits in relation to contract terms, and other relevant factors. The provision for loan losses charged to earnings is based upon management’s estimate of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level adequate to absorb estimated probable credit losses.

Loans are charged off to the allowance for loan losses in the reporting period in which either an event occurs that confirms the existence of a loss or a loan or a portion of a loan is determined to be uncollectible. Recoveries are recorded on a cash basis.

In addition, we maintain a reserve for off-balance sheet credit exposures that is recorded in other liabilities. The adequacy of this reserve is subject to the same considerations and review as the allowance for loan losses. Provisions to change the level of this reserve are recorded in other expenses.

Premises and Equipment:

Buildings, leasehold improvements, computers, software and other equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization recorded in operating expenses are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets or the remaining terms of the leases, generally 3 to 40 years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while major leasehold improvements are capitalized and expensed over their estimated useful lives or terms of the lease. For premises held under leases in which we have an obligation to restore the facilities to their original condition upon expiration of the lease, we expense the anticipated related costs over the term of the lease.

Costs related to internal-use software development projects that provide significant new functionality are capitalized. We consider projects for capitalization that are expected to yield long-term operational benefits, such as applications that result in operational efficiencies and/or incremental revenue streams. Software customization costs relating to specific customer enhancements are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net tangible and other intangible assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual rights or because the asset can be exchanged on its own or in combination with a

 

87


Table of Contents

 

related contract, asset or liability. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to annual impairment tests. Other intangible assets related to customer relationships generally are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from twelve to twenty years, and core deposit intangible assets over twenty-two years, with amortization expense recorded in other expenses. Impairment of goodwill is deemed to exist if the carrying value of a reporting unit, including its allocation of goodwill and other intangible assets, exceeds its estimated fair value. Impairment of other intangible assets is deemed to exist if the balance of the other intangible asset exceeds the cumulative net cash inflows related to the asset over its remaining estimated useful life. If these reviews determine that goodwill or other intangible assets are impaired, the value of the goodwill or the other intangible asset is written down through a charge to other expenses.

Fee and Net Interest Revenue:

Fees from investment servicing, investment management, securities finance, trading services and certain types of processing fees and other revenue are recorded based on estimates or specific contractual terms as transactions occur or services are rendered, provided that persuasive evidence exists, the price to the customer is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Amounts accrued at period-end are recorded in accrued income receivable in our consolidated statement of condition. Performance fees from Investment Management are recorded when earned, based on predetermined benchmarks associated with the applicable fund’s performance.

Interest revenue on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities are recorded based on the effective yield of the related financial instrument.

Employee Benefits Expense:

Employee benefits expense includes costs of certain pension and other post-retirement benefit plans related to prior and current service, which are accrued on a current basis, as well as contributions associated with defined contribution savings plans, unrestricted cash and stock awards under other employee incentive compensation plans, and the amortization of restricted stock awards.

Equity-Based Compensation:

We record compensation expense equal to the estimated fair value on the grant date of common stock options granted to employees in our consolidated statement of income, on a straight-line basis over the options’ vesting period. We record compensation expense for equity-based awards other than stock options based on the timing of vesting.

We use a Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of the options granted. The fair values of equity-based awards other than options, such as restricted stock and deferred stock, are based on the price of our common stock on the date of grant, adjusted if appropriate based upon the award’s eligibility to receive dividends. The option pricing model utilizes weighted-average assumptions regarding the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. This model is based primarily on the historical exercise behavior attributable to previous option grants, the estimated yield from dividends paid on our common stock over the expected term of the options, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock over a period equal to the expected term of the options, and a risk-free interest rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant for a period equal to the expected term of the options granted.

Compensation expense for equity-based awards with terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule, for which portions of the award vest in increments over the required service period, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the required service period for the entire award. The expense is adjusted for assumptions with respect to the estimated amount of awards that will be forfeited prior to vesting. Dividend equivalents for certain equity-based awards are paid on stock units on a current basis prior to vesting and distribution.

Income Taxes:

We use an asset and liability approach to account for income taxes. Our objective is to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year through charges or credits to the current tax provision, and to

 

88


Table of Contents

 

recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences resulting from temporary differences between the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and their respective tax bases. The measurement of tax assets and liabilities is based on enacted tax laws and applicable tax rates. The effects of a tax position on the consolidated financial statements are recognized when we believe it more likely than not that the position will be sustained. A deferred tax valuation allowance is established if it is considered more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Earnings Per Share:

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, which excludes unvested shares of restricted stock. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period and the shares representing the dilutive effect of stock options and awards and other equity-related financial instruments. The effect of stock options and restricted stock outstanding is excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share in periods in which their effect would be antidilutive.

Fair Value Measurements:

We carry certain of our financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. These financial assets and liabilities are composed of trading account assets, investment securities available for sale and various types of derivative instruments. In addition, we measure certain assets, such as goodwill and other long-lived assets, at fair value on a non-recurring basis to evaluate those assets for potential impairment. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In accordance with SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, which we adopted effective January 1, 2008, we categorize our financial assets and liabilities into the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1 – Financial assets and liabilities with values based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market. Examples of level 1 financial instruments include active exchange-traded equity securities and certain U.S. government securities.

Level 2 – Financial assets and liabilities with values based on quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Examples of level 2 financial instruments include commercial paper purchased from the State Street-administered asset-backed commercial paper conduits, various types of interest-rate and foreign exchange derivative instruments, and various types of fixed-income investment securities. Pricing models are utilized to estimate fair value for certain financial assets and liabilities categorized in level 2.

Level 3 – Financial assets and liabilities with values based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable in the market and significant to the overall fair value measurement. These inputs reflect management’s judgment about the assumptions that a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are based on the best available information, some of which is internally developed. Examples of level 3 financial instruments include certain corporate debt, asset- and mortgage-backed securities and certain derivative instruments with little or no market activity and a resulting lack of price transparency.

When determining the fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact and consider assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. When possible, we look to active and observable markets to price identical assets or liabilities. When identical assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, we look to market observable data for similar assets and liabilities. Nevertheless, certain assets and liabilities are not actively traded in observable markets, and we use alternative valuation techniques to derive fair value measurements.

 

89


Table of Contents

 

Special Purpose Entities:

We are involved with various types of special purpose entities, or SPEs, in the normal course of our business.

We use trusts to structure and sell certificated interests in pools of tax-exempt investment-grade assets principally to our mutual fund customers. These trusts are recorded in our consolidated financial statements. We transfer assets to these trusts, which are legally isolated from us, from our investment securities portfolio at book value. The trusts finance the acquisition of these assets by selling certificated interests issued by the trusts to third-party investors. The investment securities of the trusts are carried in investment securities available for sale at fair value. The certificated interests are carried in other short-term borrowings at the amount owed to the third-party investors. The interest revenue and interest expense generated by the investments and certificated interests, respectively, are recorded in net interest revenue when earned or incurred.

We use conduits in connection with an asset-backed commercial paper program that provides short-term investments for our customers. The conduits, which are administered by us, are third-party owned and are structured as bankruptcy-remote limited liability companies. The conduits purchase financial assets with various asset classifications from a variety of independent third parties and fund those purchases by issuing commercial paper. We do not sell our own assets to these conduits, and we hold no direct or indirect ownership interest in them. These conduits meet the definition of a variable interest entity, or VIE, as defined by FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (revised December 2003)—an interpretation of ARB No. 51 . We have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of the conduits, as defined by FIN 46(R), and do not record them in our consolidated financial statements.

The primary beneficiary is the party that has one or more variable interests that will absorb a majority of a VIE’s expected losses, receive a majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns, or both. If we were to determine that we were the primary beneficiary of the conduits, we would consolidate them. We periodically re-assess our determination using a financial model, referred to as an expected loss model, to ensure that consolidation is not required pursuant to FIN 46(R).

We receive fees for providing administrative services to the conduits, as well as liquidity and direct credit support, all of which are based on market price and are recorded in processing fees and other revenue when earned.

We manage the collateral in certain third-party investment vehicles, referred to as CDOs, which structure and sell debt and equity securities to investors. These CDOs purchase a portfolio of diversified assets and fund these asset purchases through the issuance of several tranches of debt and equity, the repayment and return of which are linked to the performance of the assets in the CDO. Typically, our involvement is only as collateral manager. We may also invest in a small percentage of the debt issued by the CDO. These CDOs typically meet the definition of a VIE as defined by FIN 46(R). We have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of these CDOs, and do not record them in our consolidated financial statements. We receive fees for asset management services provided to the CDOs, which are based on market price and are recorded in processing fees and other revenue when earned.

Derivative Financial Instruments:

A derivative financial instrument is a financial instrument or other contract which has one or more underlying and one or more notional amounts, either no initial net investment or a smaller initial net investment than would be expected for similar types of contracts, and which requires or permits net settlement. Derivatives that we enter into include forwards, futures, swaps, options and other instruments with similar characteristics.

We record derivatives in our consolidated statement of condition at their fair value. On the date a derivative contract is entered into, we designate the derivative as: (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized fixed-rate asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a “fair value” hedge); (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized variable-rate asset or liability (a “cash flow” hedge); (3) a foreign currency fair value or cash flow hedge (a “foreign currency” hedge); (4) a hedge of a net investment in a non-U.S. operation; or (5) held for trading purposes (“trading” instruments).

 

90


Table of Contents

 

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective—and that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge—are recorded currently in processing fees and other revenue, along with the changes in fair value of the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective—and that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge—are recorded, net of tax, in other comprehensive income, until earnings are affected by the hedged cash flows ( e.g.,  when periodic settlements on a variable-rate asset or liability are recorded in earnings). Cash flow hedge ineffectiveness, defined as the extent to which the changes in fair value of the derivative exceed the variability of cash flows of the forecasted transaction, is recorded in processing fees and other revenue.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective—and that is designated and qualifies as a foreign currency hedge—are recorded currently either in processing fees and other revenue or in other comprehensive income, net of tax, depending on whether the hedge transaction meets the criteria for a fair value or a cash flow hedge. If, however, a derivative is used as a hedge of a net investment in a non-U.S. operation, its changes in fair value, to the extent effective as a hedge, are recorded, net of tax, in the foreign currency translation component of other comprehensive income. Lastly, entire changes in the fair value of derivatives classified as trading instruments are recorded in trading services revenue.

At both the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, we formally assess and document the effectiveness of a derivative designated as a hedge in offsetting changes in the fair value of hedged items and the likelihood that the derivative will be an effective hedge in future periods. We discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when we determine that the derivative will not remain effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the underlying risk being hedged, the derivative expires, terminates or is sold, or management discontinues the hedge designation.

Unrealized gains and losses on foreign exchange and interest-rate contracts are reported at fair value in the consolidated statement of condition as a component of other assets and other liabilities, respectively, on a gross basis, except where such gains and losses arise from contracts covered by qualifying master netting agreements.

Recent Accounting Developments:

In January 2009, the FASB issued a proposed Staff Position, FAS 107-b and APB 28-a, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments . This proposed FSP would amend SFAS No. 107, Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments , and Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting , to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in all interim financial statements. The FSP’s disclosure requirements with respect to fair value of financial instruments would be effective as of March 31, 2009, and would not require comparative disclosures for earlier periods presented.

In December 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 132(R)-1, Employer’s Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets . This FSP amends SFAS No. 132 (Revised 2003), Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits , by requiring employer disclosures about the assets of a defined benefit pension or other post-retirement plan. The FSP’s disclosure requirements with respect to plan assets will be effective as of December 31, 2009.

In September 2008, the FASB issued, for comment, revisions to FASB Interpretation No. 46, as revised, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , referred to as FIN 46(R). The proposed revisions include the removal of the scope exception for qualified special purpose entities, or QSPEs; a revision of the current risks-and-rewards-based consolidation model to a qualitative model based on control; and a requirement that consolidation of VIEs be reevaluated on an ongoing basis. Although the proposed revisions have not yet been finalized, these changes may have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements, as we may be required to consolidate VIEs that are not currently consolidated under FIN 46(R). The proposed revisions would be effective beginning January 1, 2010.

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1,  Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities. The FSP addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing basic earnings per share under the two-class method as described in

 

91


Table of Contents

 

SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share . Under the guidance in the FSP, unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of basic earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. The FSP is effective beginning January 1, 2009, and for interim periods within each year, and will require all prior period basic earnings per common share information presented to be adjusted retrospectively. Our adoption of the FSP’s provisions is not expected to materially affect our reported basic earnings per common share for any prior period.

In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets . This FSP eliminates the requirement of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , that an entity consider, when determining the useful life of an acquired intangible asset, whether the intangible asset can be renewed without substantial cost or material modifications to the existing terms and conditions associated with the intangible asset. Instead, the FSP replaces the above-described useful life assessment criteria with a requirement that an entity consider its own experience in renewing similar arrangements. If the entity has no relevant experience, it would consider market participant assumptions regarding renewal. The provisions of the FSP are effective beginning January 1, 2009. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of application of the FSP’s provisions on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The new standard requires specific disclosures with respect to the classification and amounts of derivative financial instruments in a company’s financial statements; the accounting treatment for derivative instruments and related hedged items; and the impact of derivative instruments and related hedged items on a company’s financial condition, financial performance and cash flows. The provisions of this new standard are effective beginning January 1, 2009. Because the new standard impacts our disclosure and not our accounting treatment for derivative instruments and related hedged items, our adoption of the standard for the first quarter of 2009 will not affect our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51. SFAS No. 160 will change the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as “noncontrolling interests” and classified as a component of equity. This new consolidation method will significantly change the accounting for transactions with minority interest holders. The provisions of this standard are effective beginning January 1, 2009. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of adoption of this standard on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations . SFAS No. 141(R) will significantly change the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas. Specifically, contingent consideration and acquired contingencies, if they can be reasonably estimated, must be recorded at fair value on the acquisition date, with subsequent changes in fair value generally recognized in current earnings. In addition, acquisition costs and most restructuring costs will be expensed as incurred. Finally, changes after the measurement period in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties recorded in connection with an acquisition will be recorded in income tax expense. The provisions of SFAS No. 141(R) are effective prospectively beginning January 1, 2009 for business combinations completed after that date, and our adoption of the standard is expected to have a significant impact on goodwill recorded in connection with future acquisitions and on our earnings subsequent to an acquisition.

Note 2.    Acquisitions and Divestitures

On July 1, 2008, we completed the sale of our 50% joint venture interest in CitiStreet, a benefits servicing business that provides retirement plan recordkeeping and administrative services and at that date had approximately $220 billion in assets under administration on behalf of corporate and government entities, employee unions and other customers. The premium received in connection with the sale was $407 million, and we recorded a resulting pre-tax gain of $350 million in our consolidated statement of income during the third quarter of 2008, net of exit and other associated costs incurred in connection with the sale. These costs totaled $57 million, and consisted of incentive compensation of $30 million, professional fees of $10 million, and other related costs of $17 million.

 

92


Table of Contents

 

In July 2007, we completed our acquisition of Investors Financial Services Corp., a bank holding company based in Boston, Massachusetts with approximately $17 billion in total assets and approximately $1.9 trillion in assets under custody at that date. We exchanged approximately 60.8 million shares of our common stock, with an aggregate value of approximately $4.2 billion, for all of the outstanding common stock of Investors Financial. Financial results of the acquired business were included in our consolidated financial statements beginning on July 2, 2007.

The aggregate purchase price of $4.4 billion was allocated to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the acquisition date. Goodwill of approximately $2.71 billion was recorded in connection with the allocation, as were customer relationship, core deposit and other intangible assets of approximately $1.43 billion.

During 2008, in connection with the acquisition, we incurred and recorded merger and integration costs of approximately $115 million in our consolidated statement of income, compared to approximately $198 million during the second half of 2007. These costs consisted only of direct and incremental costs to integrate the acquired Investors Financial business into our operations, and did not include ongoing expenses of the combined organization.

In connection with the acquisition, we recorded liabilities for exit and termination costs related to the acquired Investors Financial business of approximately $67 million as additional goodwill. Payment of liabilities associated with contract terminations and severance was substantially completed by the end of 2008. The liability related to lease abandonments will be amortized over the terms of the related leases, which is approximately twelve years.

The following table presents the activity related to these liabilities for 2007 and 2008.

 

(In millions)

   Contract
terminations
    Severance     Lease
abandonments
   Total  

Balance on July 2, 2007

   $ 10     $ 26     $ 31    $ 67  

Payments

           (6 )          (6 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 10     $ 20     $ 31    $ 61  
                               

Payments

     (10 )     (6 )          (16 )

Other adjustments

           (8 )     4      (4 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2008

         $ 6     $ 35    $ 41  
                               

In March 2007, we completed our acquisition of Currenex, Inc., an independently owned electronic foreign exchange trading platform. We paid approximately $564 million, net of liabilities assumed, and recorded the following significant assets: goodwill—$437 million; customer relationship and other intangible assets—$174 million; and other tangible assets—$25 million. The customer relationship and other intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from eight to twelve years. Financial results of the acquired business were included in our consolidated financial statements beginning on March 2, 2007.

 

93


Table of Contents

 

Note 3.    Investment Securities

 

     2008    2007
          Gross
Unrealized
             Gross
Unrealized
    
(In millions)    Amortized
Cost
   Gains    Losses    Fair
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Gains    Losses    Fair
Value

Available for sale:

                       

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:

                       

Direct obligations

   $ 11,577    $ 21    $ 19    $ 11,579    $ 8,163    $ 32    $ 14    $ 8,181

Mortgage-backed securities

     10,775      129      106      10,798      14,631      54      100      14,585

Asset-backed securities

     25,049      8      5,633      19,424      26,100      2      1,033      25,069

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     1,837      7      403      1,441      12,018      41      167      11,892

State and political subdivisions

     6,230      105      623      5,712      5,756      79      22      5,813

Other debt investments

     4,816      51      144      4,723      4,041      27      27      4,041

Money-market mutual funds

     344                344      243                243

Other equity securities

     158      3      19      142      479      24      1      502
                                                       

Total

   $ 60,786    $ 324    $ 6,947    $ 54,163    $ 71,431    $ 259    $ 1,364    $ 70,326
                                                       

Held to maturity purchased under AMLF:

                       

Asset-backed commercial paper(1)

   $ 6,087    $ 13         $ 6,100            
                                       

Held to maturity:

                       

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:

                       

Direct obligations

   $ 501    $ 27       $ 528    $ 757    $ 9    $ 1    $ 765

Mortgage-backed securities

     810      17         827      940      7      6      941

Asset-backed securities

     3,986      38    $ 412      3,612            

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     9,979      29      1,159      8,849      2,190      5      24      2,171

State and political subdivisions

     382      4           386      180      2           182

Other investments

     109                109      166                166
                                                       

Total

   $ 15,767    $ 115    $ 1,571    $ 14,311    $ 4,233    $ 23    $ 31    $ 4,225
                                                       

 

(1) See note 8 for a description of the accounting for asset-backed commercial paper purchased under the Asset-Backed Commercial Paper Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility, or AMLF.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, management reassessed its classification of certain asset- and mortgage-backed securities carried in the available-for-sale portfolio, and reclassified securities available for sale with an amortized cost of $14.6 billion and a fair value of $12.3 billion to securities held to maturity. No gain or loss was recognized at the time of reclassification. The related pre-tax unrealized loss of $2.27 billion, or $1.39 billion after-tax, recorded in other comprehensive income, or OCI, remained in OCI and is being amortized as an adjustment of the yield of the reclassified securities over their remaining terms. The securities were reclassified at their then fair value of $12.3 billion, and this fair value was established as the adjusted amortized cost of the reclassified securities. The resulting discount is being accreted as an adjustment of the yield of the reclassified securities over their remaining terms. As a result, the reclassification will have no ultimate impact on our consolidated results of operations. Management considers the held-to-maturity classification to be appropriate because it has the ability and the intent to hold these securities to their maturity. Information with respect to the after-tax unrealized loss related to the reclassified securities recorded in OCI is provided in note 13.

 

94


Table of Contents

 

Aggregate investment securities carried at $42.74 billion and $39.84 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were designated as pledged for public and trust deposits, short-term borrowings and for other purposes as provided by law.

Gross unrealized losses on investment securities on a pre-tax basis consisted of the following as of December 31, 2008:

 

     Less than 12
continuous months
   12 continuous
months or longer
   Total
(In millions)    Fair
Value
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:

                 

Direct obligations

   $ 753    $ 8    $ 456    $ 11    $ 1,209    $ 19

Mortgage-backed securities

     1,395      30      1,479      76      2,874      106

Asset-backed securities

     7,003      908      15,135      5,137      22,138      6,045

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     4,648      878      3,622      684      8,270      1,562

State and political subdivisions

     2,010      515      317      108      2,327      623

Other debt investments

     1,516      80      262      64      1,778      144

Other equity securities

     132      17      11      2      143      19
                                         

Total

   $ 17,457    $ 2,436    $ 21,282    $ 6,082    $ 38,739    $ 8,518
                                         

We recorded other-than-temporary impairment of $122 million for 2008, compared to $34 million for 2007, which resulted from our impairment analysis process. As described in note 1, management regularly reviews the fair values of investment securities to determine if other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. This review encompasses all investment securities and includes such quantitative factors as current and expected future interest rates and the length of time that a security’s cost basis has exceeded its fair value, and includes all investment securities for which we have issuer-specific concerns regardless of quantitative factors.

After a full review of all investment securities, taking into consideration current economic conditions, adverse situations that might affect our ability to fully collect interest and principal, the timing of future payments, the credit quality and performance of the underlying collateral of asset-backed securities, and other relevant factors, and excluding the securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was recorded during 2008, management considers the aggregate decline in fair value of the remaining securities and the resulting gross unrealized losses of $8.52 billion related to 3,106 securities at December 31, 2008 to be temporary and not the result of any material changes in the credit characteristics of the securities. Management continues to believe that it is probable that we will collect all principal and interest according to underlying contractual terms, and has the ability and the intent to hold the securities until recovery in market value.

Gains and losses related to investment securities were as follows for the years indicated:

 

(In millions)    2008     2007     2006  

Gross gains from sales of available-for-sale securities

   $ 100     $ 24     $ 33  

Gross losses from sales of available-for-sale securities

     (32 )     (17 )     (18 )

Other-than-temporary impairment write-downs

     (122 )     (34 )      
                        

Net gains (losses)

   $ (54 )   $ (27 )   $ 15  
                        

 

95


Table of Contents

 

Contractual maturities of debt investment securities were as follows as of December 31, 2008:

 

(In millions)    Under 1
Year
   1 to 5
Years
   6 to 10
Years
   Over 10
Years

Available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:

           

Direct obligations

   $ 10,615    $ 88    $ 212    $ 664

Mortgage-backed securities

     129      2,755      2,314      5,600

Asset-backed securities

     545      9,449      5,153      4,277

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     1      577      94      769

State and political subdivisions

     289      2,322      1,624      1,477

Other investments

     2,171      1,814      646      92
                           

Total

   $ 13,750    $ 17,005    $ 10,043    $ 12,879
                           

Held to maturity purchased under AMLF:

           

Asset-backed commercial paper

   $ 6,087               
                           

Held to maturity:

           

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:

           

Direct obligations

      $ 501      

Mortgage-backed securities

           $ 32    $ 778

Asset-backed securities

   $ 269      3,061      5      651

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     403      4,208      1,861      3,507

State and political subdivisions

     100      264      15      3

Other investments

     105      4          
                           

Total

   $ 877    $ 8,038    $ 1,913    $ 4,939
                           

The maturities of asset-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are based upon expected principal payments.

Note 4.    Loans and Lease Financing

 

(In millions)    2008     2007  

Commercial and financial:

    

U.S.

   $ 6,397     $ 9,402  

Non-U.S.

     890       4,420  

Lease financing:

    

U.S.

     407       396  

Non-U.S.

     1,437       1,584  
                

Total loans

     9,131       15,802  

Less allowance for loan losses

     (18 )     (18 )
                

Net loans

   $ 9,113     $ 15,784  
                

U.S. commercial and financial loans at December 31, 2008 included approximately $800 million of commercial real estate loans purchased from certain customers pursuant to indemnified repurchase agreements with an affiliate of Lehman Brothers. The loans, which are primarily collateralized by direct and indirect interests in commercial real estate, were recorded at their then current fair value, based on management’s expectation with respect to collection of principal and interest using appropriate market discount rates as of the date of acquisition. No additional valuation adjustments or provisions for loss were recorded since the initial acquisition of these loans. An aggregate of approximately $219 million of these loans were past-due and still accruing interest as of December 31, 2008.

Aggregate securities settlement advances and overdrafts included in commercial and financial loans in the table above were $4.64 billion and $11.65 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. There were no changes in the allowance for loan losses for any of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006.

 

96


Table of Contents

 

The components of the net investment in leveraged leases were as follows as of December 31:

 

(In millions)    2008     2007  

Net rental income receivable

   $ 2,929     $ 3,264  

Estimated residual values

     156       222  

Unearned income

     (1,241 )     (1,506 )
                

Investment in leveraged leases

     1,844       1,980  

Less related deferred income taxes

     (535 )     (1,177 )
                

Net investment in leveraged leases

   $ 1,309     $ 803  
                

Note 5.    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

(In millions)    Investment
Servicing
    Investment
Management
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 1,376     $ 8     $ 1,384  

Acquisition of Currenex

     437             437  

Acquisition of Investors Financial

     2,710             2,710  

Other acquisitions

     26             26  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     10             10  
                        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 4,559     $ 8     $ 4,567  
                        

Acquisitions

     59             59  

Adjustments of goodwill previously recorded

     (28 )           (28 )

Foreign currency translation and other adjustments, net

     (69 )     (2 )     (71 )
                        

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 4,521     $ 6     $ 4,527  
                        

The 2008 adjustments of goodwill previously recorded resulted primarily from changes in purchase accounting associated with the acquisitions of Investors Financial and Currenex.

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets were as follows as of December 31:

 

     2008    2007
(In millions)    Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount

Customer relationships

   $ 1,573    $ (277 )   $ 1,296    $ 1,695    $ (253 )   $ 1,442

Core deposits

     500      (34 )     466      500      (11 )     489

Other

     170      (81 )     89      75      (16 )     59
                                           

Total

   $ 2,243    $ (392 )   $ 1,851    $ 2,270    $ (280 )   $ 1,990
                                           

Amortization expense related to other intangible assets was $144 million, $92 million and $43 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Expected amortization expense for other intangible assets held at December 31, 2008 is $136 million for 2009, $132 million for 2010, $130 million for 2011, $129 million for 2012 and $127 million for 2013.

Note 6.    Other Assets

Other assets consisted of the following as of December 31:

 

(In millions)    2008    2007

Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments

   $ 11,943    $ 4,513

Collateral deposits

     2,709      25

Equity investments in joint ventures and other unconsolidated entities

     412      398

Other

     1,946      2,143
             

Total

   $ 17,010    $ 7,079
             

 

97


Table of Contents

 

Note 7.    Deposits

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had $6.91 billion and $20.90 billion, respectively, of time deposits outstanding. Non-U.S. time deposits were $4.80 billion and $3.71 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Substantially all U.S. and non-U.S. time deposits were in amounts of $100,000 or more. The scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows at December 31, 2008:

 

(In millions)     

2009

   $ 6,898

2010

     7

2011

    

2012

     3

2013

    

After 2013

    
      

Total

   $ 6,908
      

At December 31, 2008, the scheduled maturities of U.S. time deposits were as follows:

 

(In millions)     

3 months or less

   $ 1,425

4 months to a year

     682

Over one year

     3
      

Total

   $ 2,110
      

Note 8.    Short-Term Borrowings

Our short-term borrowings include securities sold under repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings, including non-recourse borrowings associated with the AMLF, discussed further in this note, borrowings associated with our tax-exempt investment program, more fully discussed in note 12, commercial paper issued by us, and borrowings under the Federal Reserve’s term auction facility. Collectively, these short-term borrowings had weighted-average interest rates of 2.21% and 4.36% for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The following table presents the amounts outstanding and weighted-average interest rates of the primary components of short-term borrowings as of and for the years ended December 31:

 

     Federal Funds Purchased     Securities Sold Under
Repurchase Agreements
 
(Dollars in millions)    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  

Balance at December 31

   $ 1,082     $ 425     $ 2,147     $ 11,154     $ 14,646     $ 19,147  

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     4,853       5,007       8,040       17,274       20,108       23,024  

Average outstanding during the year

     1,026       1,667       2,777       14,261       16,132       20,883  

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

     .01 %     3.06 %     5.18 %     .01 %     3.40 %     4.43 %

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     1.77       5.15       5.04       1.24       4.35       4.38  
     Tax-Exempt
Investment Program
    Commercial Paper  
(Dollars in millions)    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  

Balance at December 31

   $ 2,858     $ 3,082     $ 1,786     $ 2,588     $ 2,355     $ 998  

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     3,068       3,129       1,786       2,588       2,355       1,366  

Average outstanding during the year

     2,946       2,556       636       1,784       1,478       1,211  

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

     2.80 %     3.62 %     4.01 %     .82 %     4.23 %     5.24 %

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     3.73       3.46       3.38       2.78       5.12       5.00  

 

98


Table of Contents

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements included the following at December 31, 2008:

 

(In millions)     

Collateralized with securities purchased under resale agreements

   $ 65

Collateralized with investment securities

     11,089
      

Total

   $ 11,154
      

The obligations to repurchase securities sold are recorded as a liability in our consolidated statement of condition. U.S. government securities with a fair value of $11.38 billion underlying the repurchase agreements remained in investment securities. Information about these U.S. government securities and the related repurchase agreements, including accrued interest, as of December 31, 2008, is presented in the following table. The table excludes repurchase agreements collateralized with securities purchased under resale agreements.

 

     U.S. Government
Securities Sold
   Repurchase
Agreements
 
(Dollars in millions)    Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value    Amortized
Cost
   Rate  

Overnight maturity

   $ 11,243    $ 11,376    $ 11,089    .01 %

We have entered into an agreement with a clearing organization that enables us to net all securities purchased under resale agreements and sold under repurchase agreements with counterparties that are also members of this organization. As a result of netting, the average balances of securities purchased under resale agreements and securities sold under repurchase agreements were each reduced by $17.52 billion for 2008 and $13.38 billion for 2007.

In September 2008, the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston instituted the Asset-Backed Commercial Paper Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility, or AMLF. The AMLF is designed to assist in restoring liquidity to the asset-backed commercial paper markets and assist registered money market mutual funds in maintaining adequate liquidity to meet investor redemption demand. The facility is authorized by federal regulations which permit the Federal Reserve, in unusual circumstances, to authorize Reserve Banks to extend credit to certain parties that are unable to obtain adequate credit accommodations.

The AMLF, which was originally intended to expire on January 30, 2009, but was extended by the Federal Reserve to April 30, 2009, allows a depository institution or bank holding company to borrow funds on a non-recourse basis from the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window in order to fund purchases of qualifying asset-backed commercial paper from an eligible money market mutual fund or other eligible entity under certain conditions. Borrowings under the facility are extended on a non-recourse basis at fixed interest rates equal to the primary credit rate in effect at the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston at the time of the borrowing. The terms and conditions of the AMLF stipulate that the term of the borrowing must equal the maturity of the eligible asset-backed commercial paper collateralizing the borrowing.

We participated in the AMLF during the third and fourth quarters of 2008 to provide liquidity to certain eligible unaffiliated money market mutual funds. As of December 31, 2008, we carried asset-backed commercial paper of $6.09 billion purchased under this facility in our consolidated statement of condition, and had corresponding outstanding borrowings under the AMLF totaling $6.04 billion. For the period from commencement of our participation in the AMLF through December 31, 2008, the average asset-backed commercial paper purchased and corresponding outstanding borrowings were approximately $33.31 billion and $33.23 billion, respectively. The commercial paper is purchased at the fund’s cost, and an adjustment to the commercial paper purchased for the difference between its purchase price and its fair value at the time of purchase is recorded in our consolidated statement of income, with an offsetting adjustment to the corresponding borrowing. As a result, there is no net impact on our results of operations. Thereafter, the purchase discount or premium is accreted or amortized into results of operations over the term of the commercial paper as a yield adjustment to the carrying value of the asset. The commercial paper is reported separately in our consolidated statement of condition in investment securities held to maturity. The corresponding short-term borrowings are also reported separately.

 

99


Table of Contents

 

As described above, the borrowings are extended on a non-recourse basis. As such, there is no credit or market risk exposure to us on the assets, and as a result the terms of the AMLF permit exclusion of the assets from regulatory leverage and risk-based capital calculations. The interest rate on the borrowings is set by the Federal Reserve Bank, and we earn net interest revenue by earning a spread on the difference between the yield we earn on the assets and the rate we pay on the borrowings. For 2008, we earned net interest revenue associated with this facility of approximately $68 million.

Separately, we currently maintain a commercial paper program under which we can issue up to $3 billion with original maturities of up to 270 days from the date of issue. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, $2.59 billion and $2.36 billion, respectively, of commercial paper were outstanding. In addition, State Street Bank currently has Board authority to issue bank notes up to an aggregate of $5 billion, including up to $2.48 billion of senior notes under the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, instituted by the FDIC in October 2008 for qualified senior debt issued through June 30, 2009, and up to $1 billion of subordinated bank notes (see note 10). At December 31, 2008 and 2007, no notes payable were outstanding, and at December 31, 2008, all $5 billion was available for issuance.

State Street Bank currently maintains a line of credit of CAD $800 million, or approximately $657 million, to support its Canadian securities processing operations. The line of credit has no stated termination date and is cancelable by either party with prior notice. At December 31, 2008, no balance was due on this line of credit.

Note 9.    Restructuring Charges

In December 2008, we implemented a plan to reduce our expenses from operations and support our long-term growth. In connection with this plan, we recorded aggregate restructuring charges of $306 million in our consolidated statement of income. The primary component of the plan was an involuntary reduction of approximately 7% of our global workforce, which reduction we expect to be substantially completed by the end of the first quarter of 2009. Other components of the plan included costs related to lease and software license terminations, restructuring of agreements with technology providers and other costs.

Of the aggregate restructuring charges of $306 million, $243 million related to severance, a portion of which will be paid in a lump sum or over a defined period, and a portion of which will provide related benefits and outplacement services for approximately 2,100 employees identified for involuntary termination in connection with the plan; $49 million related to future lease obligations and write-offs of capitalized assets, including $23 million for impairment of other intangible assets; $10 million of costs associated with information technology and $4 million of other restructuring costs. The severance component included $47 million related to accelerated vesting of equity-based compensation. In December 2008, approximately 620 employees were involuntarily terminated and left State Street.

The following table presents the activity in the related balance sheet reserve for 2008.

 

(In millions)    Severance     Lease and
Asset
Write-Offs
    Information
Technology
    Other     Total  

Initial accrual

   $ 250     $ 42     $ 10     $   4     $ 306  

Payments and adjustments

     (20 )     (25 )     (10 )     (1 )     (56 )
                                        

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 230     $ 17       —       $ 3     $ 250  
                                        

 

100


Table of Contents

 

Note 10.    Long-Term Debt

 

(Dollars in millions)    2008    2007

Statutory business trusts:

     

8.25% fixed-to-floating-rate subordinated notes due to State Street Capital Trust III in 2042

   $ 500   

Floating-rate subordinated notes due to State Street Capital Trust IV in 2067

     800    $ 800

Floating-rate subordinated notes due to State Street Capital Trust I in 2028(2)

     155      155

9.77% subordinated notes due to Investors Capital Trust I in 2027

          25

Parent company and non-banking subsidiary issuances:

     

Long-term capital leases

     746      486

5.375% notes due 2017

     450      450

7.65% subordinated notes due 2010(1)

     313      304

Floating-rate notes due 2012

     250      250

7.35% notes due 2026

     150      150

9.50% mortgage note due 2009

     1      3

State Street Bank issuances:

     

5.25% subordinated notes due 2018(1)

     455      413

5.30% subordinated notes due 2016

     399      400

Floating-rate subordinated notes due 2015(2)

     200      200
             

Total long-term debt

   $ 4,419    $ 3,636
             

 

(1) We have entered into various interest-rate swap contracts to modify our interest expense on certain subordinated notes from a fixed rate to a floating rate. These swaps are recorded as fair value hedges, and at December 31, 2008 and 2007, we recorded an increase of $70 million and $19 million, respectively, in the carrying value of long-term debt.

 

(2) We have entered into interest-rate swap contracts, which are recorded as cash flow hedges, to modify our floating-rate interest expense on the subordinated notes due 2028 and 2015 to a fixed rate.

See note 17 for additional information about derivatives.

We maintain an effective universal shelf registration that allows for the offering and sale of debt securities, capital securities, common stock, depositary shares and preferred stock, and warrants to purchase such securities, including any shares into which the preferred stock and depositary shares may be convertible, or any combination thereof.

Statutory Business Trusts:

As of December 31, 2008, we had three statutory business trusts, State Street Capital Trusts I, III and IV, which as of December 31, 2008, collectively had issued $1.45 billion of trust preferred capital securities.

Proceeds received by each of the trusts from their capitalization and from their capital securities issuances are invested in junior subordinated debentures issued by the parent company. The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of the trusts. Each of the trusts is wholly-owned by us; however, we do not record the trusts in our consolidated financial statements under existing accounting standards.

Payments made by the trusts on the capital securities are dependent on our payments made to the trusts on the junior subordinated debentures. Our fulfillment of these commitments has the effect of providing a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of the trusts’ obligations under the capital securities. While the capital securities issued by the trusts are not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition, the junior subordinated debentures qualify for inclusion in tier 1 regulatory capital under federal regulatory capital guidelines. Information about restrictions on our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiary banks is provided in note 16.

Interest paid on the debentures is recorded in interest expense. Distributions on the capital securities are payable from interest payments received on the debentures and are due quarterly by State Street Capital Trusts I and IV, subject to deferral for up to five years under certain conditions. The capital securities are subject to mandatory redemption in whole at the stated maturity upon repayment of the debentures, with an option by us to

 

101


Table of Contents

 

redeem the debentures at any time upon the occurrence of certain tax events or changes to tax treatment, investment company regulation or capital treatment; or at any time after May 15, 2008 for the Capital Trust I securities and any time after June 15, 2012 for the Capital Trust IV securities. Redemptions are subject to federal regulatory approval.

In January 2008, State Street Capital Trust III, a Delaware statutory trust wholly owned by the parent company, issued $500 million in aggregate liquidation amount of 8.250% fixed-to-floating rate normal automatic preferred enhanced capital securities, referred to as normal APEX, and used the proceeds to purchase a like amount of remarketable 6.001% junior subordinated debentures due 2042 from the parent company. In addition, the trust entered into stock purchase contracts with the parent company under which the trust agrees to purchase, and the parent company agrees to sell, on the stock purchase date, a like amount in aggregate liquidation amount of the parent company’s non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, series A, $100,000 liquidation preference per share. State Street will make contract payments to the trust at an annual rate of 2.249% of the stated amount of $100,000 per stock purchase contract. The normal APEX are beneficial interests in the trust. The trust will pass through, as distributions on or the redemption price of normal APEX, amounts that it receives on its assets that are the corresponding assets for the normal APEX. The corresponding assets for each normal APEX, $1,000 liquidation amount, initially are $1,000 principal amount of the 6.001% junior subordinated debentures and a 1/100 th , or a $1,000, interest in a stock purchase contract for the purchase and sale of one share of the Series A preferred stock for $100,000. The stock purchase date is expected to be March 15, 2011, but it may occur on an earlier date or as late as March 15, 2012. From and after the stock purchase date, the corresponding asset for each normal APEX will be a 1/100 th , or a $1,000, interest in one share of the Series A preferred stock. In accordance with existing accounting standards, we did not record the trust in our consolidated financial statements. The junior subordinated debentures qualify for inclusion in tier 1 regulatory capital.

Parent Company and Non-Banking Subsidiary Issuances:

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, $470 million and $486 million, respectively, were included in long-term debt related to the capital leases for One Lincoln Street and the One Lincoln Street parking garage. In addition, at December 31, 2008, long-term debt included $263 million related to an office facility in the U.K. See note 20 for additional information. The 7.65% subordinated notes due 2010 qualify as tier 2 regulatory capital under federal regulatory capital guidelines. The 7.35% notes are unsecured. The 9.50% mortgage note, which is fully collateralized by property, will be entirely paid off in 2009.

State Street Bank Issuances:

State Street Bank currently has Board authority to issue up to an aggregate of $1 billion of subordinated fixed-rate, floating-rate or zero-coupon bank notes with a maturity of five to fifteen years. With respect to the 5.25% subordinated bank notes due 2018, State Street Bank is required to make semi-annual interest payments on the outstanding principal balance of the notes on April 15 and October 15 of each year, and the notes qualify for inclusion in tier 2 regulatory capital.

With respect to the 5.30% subordinated notes due 2016 and the floating-rate subordinated notes due 2015, State Street Bank is required to make semi-annual interest payments on the outstanding principal balance of the 5.30% notes on January 15 and July 15 of each year, and quarterly interest payments on the outstanding principal balance of the floating-rate notes on March 8, June 8, September 8 and December 8 of each year. The notes qualify for inclusion in tier 2 regulatory capital.

Note 11.    Commitments and Contingencies

Credit-Related Commitments and Contingencies:

Credit-related financial instruments, which are off-balance sheet, include indemnified securities financing, unfunded commitments to extend credit or purchase assets and standby letters of credit. The total potential loss on indemnified securities financing, unfunded commitments and standby letters of credit is equal to the total contractual amount, which does not consider the value of any collateral.

 

102


Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes the total contractual amount of credit-related, off-balance sheet financial instruments at December 31. Amounts reported do not reflect participations to independent third parties.

 

(In millions)    2008    2007

Indemnified securities financing

   $ 324,590    $ 558,368

Liquidity asset purchase agreements

     28,800      35,339

Unfunded commitments to extend credit

     20,981      17,533

Standby letters of credit

     6,061      4,711

Approximately 81% of the unfunded commitments to extend credit expire within one year from the date of issue. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire or renew without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Securities Finance:

On behalf of our customers, we lend their securities to creditworthy brokers and other institutions. We generally indemnify our customers for the fair market value of those securities against a failure of the borrower to return such securities. Collateral funds received in connection with our securities finance services are held by us as agent and are not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition. We require the borrowers to provide collateral in an amount equal to or in excess of 100% of the fair market value of the securities borrowed. The borrowed securities are revalued daily to determine if additional collateral is necessary. In this regard, we held, as agent, cash and U.S. government securities with an aggregate fair value of $333.07 billion and $572.93 billion as collateral for indemnified securities on loan at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, presented in the table above.

The collateral held by us is invested on behalf of our customers. In certain cases, the collateral is invested in third-party repurchase agreements, for which we indemnify the customer against loss of the principal invested. We require the repurchase agreement counterparty to provide collateral in an amount equal to or in excess of 100% of the amount of the repurchase agreement. The indemnified repurchase agreements and the related collateral are not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition. Of the collateral of $333.07 billion at December 31, 2008 and $572.93 billion at December 31, 2007 referenced above, $68.37 billion at December 31, 2008 and $106.13 billion at December 31, 2007 was invested in indemnified repurchase agreements. We held, as agent, cash and securities with an aggregate fair value of $71.87 billion and $111.02 billion as collateral for indemnified investments in repurchase agreements at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

Asset-Backed Commercial Paper Program:

In the normal course of our business, we provide liquidity and credit enhancement to an asset-backed commercial paper program sponsored and administered by us, described in note 12. The commercial paper issuances and commitments of the commercial paper conduits to provide funding are supported by liquidity asset purchase agreements and back-up liquidity lines of credit, the majority of which are provided by us. In addition, we provide direct credit support to the conduits in the form of standby letters of credit. Our commitments under liquidity asset purchase agreements and back-up lines of credit totaled $23.59 billion at December 31, 2008, and are included in the preceding table. Our commitments under standby letters of credit totaled $1.00 billion at December 31, 2008, and are also included in the preceding table.

Legal Proceedings:

Several customers have filed litigation claims against us, some of which are putative class actions purportedly on behalf of customers invested in certain of State Street Global Advisors’, or SSgA’s, active fixed-income strategies. These claims related to investment losses in one or more of SSgA’s strategies that included sub-prime investments. In 2007, we established a reserve of approximately $625 million to address legal exposure associated with the under-performance of certain active fixed-income strategies managed by SSgA and customer concerns as to whether the execution of these strategies was consistent with the customers’ investment intent. These strategies were adversely impacted by exposure to, and the lack of liquidity in,

 

103


Table of Contents

 

sub-prime mortgage markets that resulted from the disruption in the global securities markets during the second half of 2007. After aggregate payments of $417 million for settlement agreements, the reserve totaled approximately $208 million at December 31, 2008.

We are involved in various regulatory, governmental and law enforcement inquiries and subpoenas, as well as legal proceedings, that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, after discussion with counsel and based on the information currently available, these regulatory, governmental and law enforcement inquiries and subpoenas and legal proceedings can be defended or resolved without a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations in future periods.

Tax Contingencies:

In the normal course of our business, we are subject to challenges from U.S. and non-U.S. income tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due. These challenges may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of taxable income among tax jurisdictions.

The IRS has completed its review of our 2000 — 2003 income tax returns. During those years, we entered into leveraged leases known as sale-in, lease-out, or SILO, transactions, which the IRS has since classified as tax shelters. The IRS has disallowed tax losses resulting from these leases. During the second quarter of 2008, while we were engaged in settlement discussions with them, the IRS won a court victory in a SILO case involving other taxpayers. Shortly after that decision, the IRS suspended all SILO settlement discussions and, during the third quarter of 2008, issued a standard SILO settlement offer to most taxpayers that had entered into such transactions. After reviewing the settlement offer, we decided not to accept it but to continue to pursue our appeal rights within the IRS. We believe that we reported the tax effects of all SILO lease transactions properly based upon applicable statutes, regulations and case law in effect at the time we entered into them.

In accordance with SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases, we originally recorded revenue and deferred tax liabilities with respect to our SILO transactions based on projected pre-tax and tax cash flows. In consideration of the terms of the settlement offer and the context in which it was issued, during the third quarter of 2008, we revised our projections of the timing and amount of tax cash flows and reflected those revisions in our leveraged lease accounting under FSP FAS No. 13-2 , A Change or Projected Change in the Timing of Cash Flows Relating to Income Taxes Generated by a Leveraged Lease Transaction. We also substantially reserved for tax-related interest expense that may be incurred upon resolution of this matter.

While it is unclear whether we will be able to reach an acceptable resolution with the IRS, management believes we are sufficiently accrued as of December 31, 2008 for tax exposures, including exposures related to SILO transactions, and related interest expense. If management revises its evaluation of this tax position in a future period, the effect of the revision will be recorded in income tax expense in that period.

Other Contingencies:

In the normal course of our business, we offer products that provide book value protection primarily to plan participants in stable value funds of postretirement defined contribution benefit plans, particularly 401(k) plans. The book value protection is provided on portfolios of intermediate, investment grade fixed-income securities, and is intended to provide safety and stable growth of principal invested. The protection is intended to cover any shortfall in the event that a significant number of plan participants withdraw funds when book value exceeds market value and the liquidation of the assets is not sufficient to redeem the participants. To manage our exposure, we impose significant restrictions and constraints on the timing and cause of the withdrawals, the manner in which the portfolio is liquidated and the funds are accessed, and the investment parameters of the underlying portfolio. These constraints, combined with structural protections, are designed to provide adequate cushion and guard against payments even under extreme stress scenarios. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the notional amount of these guarantees totaled $51.00 billion and $44.99 billion, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, we have not made a payment under these products, and management believes that the probability of payment under these guarantees is remote.

 

104


Table of Contents

 

In the normal course of our business, we hold assets under custody and management in a custodial or fiduciary capacity. Management conducts regular reviews of its responsibilities in this regard and considers the results in preparing the consolidated financial statements. In this regard, in the opinion of management, no contingent liabilities existed at December 31, 2008, that would have had a material adverse effect on State Street’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Note 12.    Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities

Tax-Exempt Investment Program:

In the normal course of our business, we structure and sell certificated interests in pools of tax-exempt investment-grade assets, principally to our mutual fund customers. We structure these pools as partnership trusts, and the trusts are recorded in our consolidated statement of condition as investment securities available for sale and other short-term borrowings. We may also provide liquidity and re-marketing services to the trusts. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we carried investment securities available for sale, composed of securities related to state and political subdivisions, with a fair value of $3.05 billion and $3.52 billion, respectively, and other short-term borrowings of $2.86 billion and $3.08 billion, respectively, in our consolidated statement of condition in connection with these trusts.

We transfer assets to the trusts from our investment securities portfolio at adjusted book value, and the trusts finance the acquisition of these assets by selling certificated interests issued by the trusts to third-party investors and to State Street as residual holder. These transfers do not meet the de-recognition criteria of SFAS No. 140, Accounting for the Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, and therefore are recorded in our consolidated financial statements. The trusts had a weighted-average life of approximately 8.3 years at December 31, 2008, compared to approximately 8.6 years at December 31, 2007. Under separate agreements, we provide standby bond purchase agreements to these trusts, which obligate State Street to acquire the certificated interests at par value in the event that the re-marketing agent is unable to place the certificated interests with investors. Our obligations as standby bond purchase agreement provider terminate in the event of the following credit events: payment default, bankruptcy of the issuer or credit enhancement provider, the imposition of taxability, or the downgrade of an asset held by the trust below investment grade. Our commitments to the trusts under these standby bond purchase agreements totaled $2.98 billion at December 31, 2008, none of which were utilized at period-end. In the event that our obligations under these agreements are triggered, no material impact to our consolidated financial condition or results of operations is expected to occur, because the securities are already recorded at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition.

Asset-Backed Commercial Paper Program:

In the normal course of our business, we sponsor and administer four multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper programs, or conduits, which had aggregate total assets of approximately $23.89 billion at December 31, 2008, and $28.76 billion at December 31, 2007. The conduits obtain funding through the issuance of commercial paper principally to independent third parties, including the Federal Reserve’s Commercial Paper Funding Facility, or CPFF, and hold diversified investments, which are primarily securities purchased from independent third parties. The investments are collateralized by mortgages, student loans, automobile and equipment loans and credit card receivables, among others.

We provide administrative services to each of the conduits, for which we earn fees that generally represent the residual earnings of the conduits after the payment of interest on outstanding commercial paper and other fees to independent third parties. We earned fee revenue of approximately $59 million for 2008, $63 million for 2007 and $62 million for 2006, which we recorded in processing fees and other revenue in our consolidated statement of income.

 

105


Table of Contents

 

The following tables present additional information with respect to the composition of the conduits’ asset portfolios, in the aggregate, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The weighted-average maturity of the conduits’ assets in the aggregate was approximately four years.

CONDUIT ASSETS BY COLLATERAL TYPE

 

     2008     2007  
(Dollars in billions)    Amount    Percent
of Total
Conduit
Assets
    Amount    Percent
of Total
Conduit
Assets
 

Australian residential mortgage-backed securities

   $ 3.03    13 %   $ 4.71    16 %

European residential mortgage-backed securities

     3.88    16       4.70    16  

U.S. residential mortgage-backed securities

     3.49    15       4.17    15  

United Kingdom residential mortgage-backed securities

     1.57    7       2.26    8  

Student loans

     2.94    12       3.30    11  

Automobile and equipment loans

     2.72    11       2.80    10  

Credit cards

     1.96    8       2.02    7  

Other(1)

     4.30    18       4.80    17  
                          

Total conduit assets

   $ 23.89    100 %   $ 28.76    100 %
                          

 

(1) “Other” included trade receivables, collateralized debt obligations, business/commercial loans and other financial instruments. No individual asset class represented more than 2% of total conduit assets, except trade receivables, which were 3% of total conduit assets.

CONDUIT ASSETS BY CREDIT RATING

 

     2008     2007  
(Dollars in billions)    Amount    Percent
of Total
Conduit
Assets
    Amount    Percent
of Total
Conduit
Assets
 

AAA/Aaa

   $ 12.16    51 %   $ 17.65    61 %

AA/Aa

     4.36    18       4.51    16  

A/A

     2.10    9       2.26    8  

BBB/Baa

     2.05    9       1.51    5  

BB/Ba

     0.11    0       0.03    0  

B/B

     0.23    1          0  

CCC/Caa

     0.41    2          0  

Not rated(2)

     2.47    10       2.80    10  
                          

Total conduit assets

   $ 23.89    100 %   $ 28.76    100 %
                          

 

(2) These assets reflect structured transactions. The transactions have been reviewed by rating agencies and have been structured to maintain the conduits’ P-1 or similar rating.

 

106


Table of Contents

 

CONDUIT ASSETS BY ASSET ORIGIN

 

     2008     2007  
(Dollars in billions)    Amount    Percent
of Total
Conduit
Assets
    Amount    Percent
of Total
Conduit
Assets
 

United States

   $ 11.09    46 %   $ 12.14    42 %

Australia

     4.30    17       6.10    21  

Great Britain

     1.97    8       2.93    10  

Spain

     1.71    7       1.90    7  

Italy

     1.66    7       1.86    7  

Portugal

     0.62    3       0.70    2  

Germany

     0.57    3       0.70    2  

Netherlands

     0.40    2       0.55    2  

Belgium

     0.29    1       0.31    1  

Greece

     0.27    1       0.31    1  

Other

     1.01    5       1.26    5  
                          

Total conduit assets

   $ 23.89    100 %   $ 28.76    100 %
                          

The conduits meet the definition of a VIE, as defined by FIN 46(R). We have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of the conduits, as defined by FIN 46(R), and do not record them in our consolidated financial statements. We hold no direct or indirect ownership interest in the conduits, but we provide subordinated financial support to them through contractual arrangements. Standby letters of credit absorb certain actual credit losses from the conduit assets; our commitment under these letters of credit totaled $1.00 billion and $1.04 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Liquidity asset purchase agreements provide liquidity to the conduits in the event they cannot place commercial paper in the ordinary course of their business; these facilities, which require us to purchase assets from the conduits at par, would provide the needed liquidity to repay maturing commercial paper if there was a disruption in the asset-backed commercial paper market. The aggregate commitment under the liquidity asset purchase agreements was approximately $23.59 billion and $28.37 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We did not accrue for any losses associated with either our commitment under the standby letters of credit or the liquidity asset purchase agreements in our consolidated statement of condition at December 31, 2008 or 2007.

During the first quarter of 2008, pursuant to the contractual terms of our liquidity asset purchase agreements with the conduits, we were required to purchase $850 million of conduit assets. The purchase was the result of various factors, including the continued illiquidity in the commercial paper markets. The securities were purchased at prices determined in accordance with existing contractual terms in the liquidity asset purchase agreements, and which exceeded their fair value. Accordingly, during the first quarter of 2008, the securities were written down to their fair value through a $12 million reduction of processing fees and other revenue in our consolidated statement of income, and are carried at fair value in securities available for sale in our consolidated statement of condition. None of our liquidity asset purchase agreements with the conduits were drawn upon during the remainder of 2008, and no draw-downs on the standby letters of credit occurred during 2008.

The conduits generally sell commercial paper to independent third-party investors. However, we sometimes purchase commercial paper from the conduits. As of December 31, 2008, we held an aggregate of approximately $230 million of commercial paper issued by the conduits, and $2 million at December 31, 2007. In addition, approximately $5.70 billion of U.S. conduit-issued commercial paper had been sold to the CPFF. The CPFF is scheduled to expire on October 31, 2009. The weighted-average maturity of the conduits’ commercial paper in the aggregate was approximately 25 days as of December 31, 2008, compared to approximately 20 days as of December 31, 2007.

Each of the conduits has issued first-loss notes to independent third parties, which third parties absorb first-dollar losses related to credit risk. Aggregate first-loss notes outstanding at December 31, 2008 for the four conduits totaled $67 million, compared to $32 million at December 31, 2007. Actual credit losses of the conduits

 

107


Table of Contents

 

would be absorbed by (1) the first-loss note holders; (2) State Street or other providers of credit enhancement, pursuant to contractual requirements; and (3) the holders of the conduits’ commercial paper.

In accordance with FIN 46(R), expected losses, as defined, are estimated using a financial model which develops default and loss-given-default scenarios associated with the conduits’ assets. Expected losses are allocated to the conduits’ variable interest holders based on the order in which actual losses would be absorbed, as described previously. The financial model calculates a probability of default based on specific scenarios. The model also estimates the loss-given-default for the various conduit asset classes. The probability-of-default estimates, coupled with the loss-given-default estimates, form the basis on which expected losses are calculated. The model derives the probability-of-default and loss-given-default factors used to estimate expected losses from information provided by independent third-party rating agencies. Based on the determination and allocation of expected losses at December 31, 2008, State Street does not absorb a majority of the expected losses for any of the conduits and, therefore, does not consolidate any of them.

The probability-of-default and loss-given-default estimates vary by conduit asset class and the credit ratings of individual conduit assets, and are not necessarily affected by the current fair value of these assets, which also reflect liquidity risk. If rating downgrades occur, the asset composition changes significantly. In addition, if defaults occur on the conduits’ assets, the current level of first-loss notes may be insufficient to absorb a majority of the conduits’ expected losses. Similarly, if a conduit asset would experience a default or credit rating downgrade, subject to certain conditions, the liquidity asset purchase agreements could be invoked by the conduit, requiring State Street to purchase the assets from the conduits at prices which may exceed the assets’ fair values. If that occurred, we would be required to recognize a loss upon purchase of the assets. Any loss from a credit default would first be offset by the level of funding provided by the first-loss note holders. The aggregate fair value of the conduits’ assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $17.75 billion and $27.95 billion, respectively.

We have entered into derivative financial instruments, composed of interest-rate contracts and foreign exchange forward contracts, with certain of the conduits. The purpose of these derivatives is generally to mitigate basis and foreign exchange risk, respectively, for the conduits. The interest-rate contracts, which are primarily basis swaps, mitigate the differential between the commercial paper funding costs and comparable floating-rate asset benchmark rates (generally LIBOR), and the foreign exchange contracts align the currencies of the assets and their corresponding commercial paper funding. The total notional amounts of the interest-rate basis swap and foreign exchange contracts totaled $13.15 billion and $13.44 billion at December 31, 2008 and $11.00 billion and $8.92 billion at December 31, 2007, respectively. The notional amounts of these derivatives are included in the table of notional amounts of derivative financial instruments presented in note 17.

Certain of the conduits hold asset-backed securities that have the benefit of a third-party guarantee from a financial guaranty insurance company. The aggregate amortized cost of securities with underlying guarantees was approximately $2.49 billion at December 31, 2008 and $3.51 billion at December 31, 2007. Certain of these securities, which totaled approximately $730 million at December 31, 2008, are currently drawing on the underlying guarantees in order to make contractual principal and interest payments to the conduits. In these cases, the performance of the underlying security is highly dependent on the performance of the guarantor. In calculating expected losses, these securities carry the higher of the underlying security rating or the rating of the third-party guarantor. During 2008, many of these guarantors experienced ratings downgrades. The credit ratings of the guarantors ranged from “AAA” to “CCC” as of December 31, 2008. None of these securities are in default.

Under existing accounting standards, if we were required to consolidate the conduits into our consolidated financial statements, based on changes in assumptions or future events, the conduits’ assets and liabilities would be consolidated at their respective fair values. We would recognize a loss if the fair value of the conduits’ aggregate liabilities and first-loss notes exceeded the fair value of their aggregate assets. Management believes that this loss would be recovered in future periods because we expect that we would collect substantially all principal and interest on the assets according to their underlying contractual terms. The fair value of the conduits’ aggregate liabilities and first-loss notes exceeded the fair value of their aggregate assets by $3.56 billion after-tax and $530 million after-tax at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

108


Table of Contents

 

Collateralized Debt Obligations:

We manage a series of collateralized debt obligations, referred to as CDOs. A CDO is a managed investment vehicle which purchases a portfolio of diversified assets. A CDO funds purchases through the issuance of several tranches of debt and equity, the repayment and return of which are linked to the performance of the assets in the CDO. Typically, our involvement is as collateral manager. We may also invest in a small percentage of the debt issued. These entities typically meet the definition of a variable interest entity as defined by FIN 46(R). We are not the primary beneficiary of these CDOs, as defined by FIN 46(R), and do not record these CDOs in our consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, total assets in these CDOs were $2.00 billion and $6.73 billion, respectively. We did not acquire or transfer any investment securities to a CDO during 2008 or 2007.

Note 13.    Shareholders’ Equity

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss:

Accumulated other comprehensive loss included the following components as of December 31:

 

(In millions)    2008     2007     2006  

Foreign currency translation

   $ 68     $ 331     $ 197  

Unrealized gain (loss) on hedges of net investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries

     (14 )     (15 )     (7 )

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

     (5,205 )     (678 )     (227 )

Unrealized loss on fair value hedges of available-for-sale securities

     (242 )     (55 )      

Minimum pension liability

     (229 )     (146 )     (186 )

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges

     (28 )     (12 )     (1 )
                        

Total

   $ (5,650 )   $ (575 )   $ (224 )
                        

The unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities as of December 31, 2008 included $1.39 billion of unrealized losses related to securities reclassified during 2008 from securities available for sale to securities held to maturity. Additional information is provided in note 3.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, we realized net gains of $68 million on sales of available-for-sale securities. Unrealized gains of $71 million were included in other comprehensive income at December 31, 2007, net of deferred taxes of $28 million, related to these sales.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, we realized net gains of $7 million on sales of available-for-sale securities. Unrealized losses of $32 million were included in other comprehensive income at December 31, 2006, net of deferred taxes of $13 million, related to these sales.

For the year ended December 31, 2006, we realized net gains of $15 million on sales of available-for-sale securities. Unrealized losses of $7 million were included in other comprehensive income at December 31, 2005, net of deferred taxes of $3 million, related to these sales.

Preferred Stock:

On October 28, 2008, in connection with the U.S. Treasury’s capital purchase program, we issued 20,000 shares of our Series B fixed-rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $100,000 liquidation preference per share, and a warrant to purchase 5,576,208 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $53.80 per share, to Treasury, and received aggregate proceeds of $2 billion.

The aggregate proceeds were allocated to the preferred stock and the warrant based on their relative fair values on the date of issuance. As a result, approximately $1.88 billion was allocated to the preferred stock and approximately $121 million was allocated to the warrant. The difference between the initial value of $1.88 billion allocated to the preferred stock and the liquidation value of $2 billion will be charged to retained earnings and credited to the preferred stock over the first five years that the preferred stock is outstanding, using the effective yield method. This charge to retained earnings will reduce net income available to common shareholders and basic and diluted earnings per common share for each reported period. For 2008, net income available to common shareholders was reduced by a charge to retained earnings of $4 million in calculating earnings per common share. The calculation is presented in note 23.

 

109


Table of Contents

 

The preferred shares, which qualify as tier 1 regulatory capital, pay cumulative quarterly dividends at a rate of 5% per year for the first five years, and 9% per year thereafter. Dividends accrued on the preferred shares will reduce net income available to common shareholders and basic and diluted earnings per common share for each reported period. For 2008, net income available to common shareholders was reduced by $18 million in calculating earnings per common share. The calculation is presented in note 23. The preferred shares are non-voting, other than class voting rights on certain matters that could adversely affect the shares. We can redeem the preferred shares at par after December 15, 2011. Prior to this date, we can only redeem the preferred shares at par in an amount up to the cash proceeds (minimum $500 million) from qualifying equity offerings of any tier 1-eligible perpetual preferred or common stock. Any redemption is subject to the consent of the Federal Reserve.

The warrant is immediately exercisable, and has a 10-year term. The exercise price of $53.80 per share was based upon the average of the closing prices of our common stock during the 20-trading day period ended October 10, 2008, the last trading day prior to our election to participate in the program. The exercise price and number of common shares subject to the warrant are both subject to anti-dilution adjustments. If we receive aggregate gross cash proceeds of at least $2 billion from one or more qualifying equity offerings of tier 1-eligible perpetual preferred or common stock on or prior to December 31, 2009, the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrant then held by Treasury will be reduced by one-half of the original number of common shares, considering all adjustments, underlying the warrant.

Common Stock:

On June 3, 2008, we completed a public offering of approximately 40.5 million shares of our common stock. The public offering price was $70 per share, and aggregate proceeds from the offering, net of underwriting commissions and related offering costs, totaled approximately $2.75 billion. Underwriting commissions totaled approximately $85 million. Of the total shares issued, approximately 7.4 million shares were issued out of treasury stock, and the remaining 33.1 million shares were newly issued. We executed the offering pursuant to our current universal shelf registration statement filed with the SEC.

In January 2008, under an existing authorization by our Board of Directors, we purchased 552,000 shares of our common stock in connection with a $1 billion accelerated share repurchase program that concluded on January 18, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 13,245,000 shares remained available for future purchase under the Board authorization. During 2007, under the then-existing authorization by the Board, we purchased 13.4 million shares of our common stock in connection with the above-described accelerated share repurchase program. We generally employ third-party broker/dealers to acquire shares on the open market in connection with our common stock purchase program.

During 2008, 2007 and 2006, we purchased and recorded as treasury stock a total of 552,000 shares, 13.4 million shares and 5.8 million shares, respectively, at an average historical cost per share of approximately $75, $75 and $63, respectively.

In connection with our participation in the capital purchase program described under “Preferred Stock,” until October 28, 2011, or such earlier time as the preferred stock has been redeemed or transferred by Treasury, we are not permitted, without Treasury’s consent, to repurchase our common stock.

Our common shares may be acquired for other deferred compensation plans, held by an external trustee, that are not part of our common stock purchase program. As of December 31, 2008, on a cumulative basis, approximately 418,354 shares have been purchased and are held in trust. These shares are recorded as treasury stock in our consolidated statement of condition.

 

110


Table of Contents

 

Note 14.    Fair Value

Fair Value Measurements:

Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. We have not elected the fair value option for any of our financial assets or financial liabilities since adoption of the standard, although we may do so in the future.

Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. This standard provides a consistent definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with GAAP and requires expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. Prior to the standard, definitions of fair value varied and guidance for applying those definitions under GAAP was limited. In addition, the guidance was dispersed among the many accounting pronouncements that require fair value measurements. We did not apply the provisions of the standard to our non-financial assets and liabilities, pursuant to FASB Staff Position No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157. This FSP, issued in February 2008, deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 157 to January 1, 2009 for non-financial assets and liabilities, except for those recognized or reported at fair value on a recurring basis. This deferral affects non-financial assets, such as goodwill, that require impairment analysis using fair value measurements. We do not expect the application of this FSP to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

SFAS No. 157 is intended to increase consistency and comparability in, and disclosures about, fair value measurements, by providing users with better information about the extent to which fair value is used to measure financial assets and liabilities, the inputs used to develop those measurements and the effect of the measurements, if any, on financial condition and results of operations. The standard defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an “exit price”) in the principal or most advantageous market for an asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In addition, the standard establishes a hierarchy for measuring fair value. The fair value hierarchy is based on the observability of inputs to the valuation of a financial asset or liability as of the measurement date. In addition, the standard requires the recognition of trading gains or losses related to certain derivative transactions whose fair value has been determined using unobservable market inputs, which nullifies the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force Issue,

or EITF, No. 02-3 , Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities. This EITF prohibited the recognition of trading gains or losses for such derivative transactions when determining the fair value of instruments not traded in an active market.

Management believes that its valuation techniques and underlying assumptions used to measure fair value conform to the provisions of the standard. We have categorized the financial assets and liabilities that we carry at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition based upon the standard’s three-level valuation hierarchy. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1) and the lowest priority to valuation methods using significant unobservable inputs (level 3). If the inputs used to measure a financial asset or liability cross different levels of the hierarchy, categorization is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Management’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the overall fair value measurement of a financial asset or liability requires judgment, and considers factors specific to that asset or liability. The three levels are described below:

Level 1. Financial assets and liabilities with values based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market. Examples of level 1 financial instruments include active exchange-traded equity securities and certain U.S. government securities. We categorized approximately $10.12 billion of our financial assets in level 1 at December 31, 2008, substantially composed of U.S. government securities.

Level 2. Financial assets and liabilities with values based on quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include the following:

 

a) Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

 

b) Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets;

 

111


Table of Contents

 

c) Pricing models whose inputs are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

 

d) Pricing models whose inputs are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market information through correlation or other means for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Our level 2 financial assets predominately included commercial paper purchased from the State Street-administered asset-backed commercial paper conduits, various types of interest-rate and foreign exchange derivative instruments, and various types of fixed-income investment securities. We categorized approximately $53.37 billion of trading account assets, investment securities available for sale and derivative instruments, and approximately $18.09 billion of derivative instruments, in level 2 financial assets and liabilities, respectively, at December 31, 2008.

Level 3. Financial assets and liabilities with values based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable in the market and significant to the overall fair value measurement. These inputs reflect management’s judgment about the assumptions that a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are based on the best available information, some of which is internally developed. The following provides a more detailed discussion of our financial assets and liabilities that we may categorize in level 3 and the related valuation methodology.

 

   

For certain corporate debt securities carried in trading account assets, fair value was measured using information obtained from independent third parties or through the use of pricing models. Management evaluated its methodologies used to determine fair value, but considered the level of market-observable information to be insufficient, given the lack of trading activity, to categorize the securities in level 2.

 

   

For certain investment securities available for sale, fair value was measured using information obtained from third-party sources or through the use of pricing models. Management evaluated its methodologies used to determine fair value, but considered the level of market-observable information to be insufficient to categorize the securities in level 2.

 

   

Foreign exchange contracts carried in other assets and other liabilities were primarily composed of forward contracts and options. The fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts was measured using discounted cash flow techniques. However, in certain circumstances, extrapolation was required to develop certain forward points, which were not observable. The fair value of foreign exchange options was measured using an option pricing model. Because of a limited number of observable transactions, certain model inputs were unobservable, such as volatilities which were based on historical experience.

 

   

The fair value of certain interest-rate caps with long-dated maturities, also carried in other assets and other liabilities, was measured using a matrix pricing approach. Observable market prices were not available for these derivatives, so extrapolation was necessary to value these instruments, since they had a strike and/or maturity outside of the matrix.

We categorized approximately $10.01 billion of investment securities available for sale, primarily asset-backed securities, as well as derivative instruments, and $857 million of derivative instruments, in level 3 financial assets and liabilities, respectively, at December 31, 2008.

In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-3, Determining Fair Value in a Market That Is Not Active , to help entities measure fair value in markets that are not active. The FSP provides clarification of guidance with respect to the determination of fair value pursuant to SFAS No. 157 when markets are inactive. The FSP reiterates current accounting standards that require us to carry certain of our investment securities at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition. Fair value continues to be defined as the price at which a transaction would occur between willing market participants on the measurement date. Consistent with the FSP, we continue to assess the amount and quality of market information that supports our estimate of the fair value of the above-mentioned investment securities in our portfolio. Given current market illiquidity, we will continue to assess our portfolio valuations to determine the most appropriate method for estimating fair value.

 

112


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents information with respect to our financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition as of December 31, 2008.

 

     Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis
as of December 31, 2008
(In millions)    Quoted Market
Prices in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
   Pricing Methods
with Significant
Observable Market
Inputs (Level 2)
   Pricing Methods with
Significant
Unobservable Market
Inputs (Level 3)
   Impact of
Netting(1)
    Total Net
Carrying Value
in Consolidated
Statement of
Condition

Assets:

             

Trading account assets

   $ 28    $ 421    $ 366      $ 815

Investment securities available for sale:

             

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:

             

Direct obligations

     10,096      1,483             11,579

Mortgage-backed securities

          10,796      2        10,798

Asset-backed securities

          10,715      8,709        19,424

Collateralized mortgage obligations

          1,437      4        1,441

State and political subdivisions

          5,711      1        5,712

Other investments

          5,038      171        5,209
                             

Total investment securities available for sale

     10,096      35,180      8,887        54,163

Other assets

          17,769      760    $ (6,586 )     11,943
                                   

Total assets carried at fair value

   $ 10,124    $ 53,370    $ 10,013    $ (6,586 )   $ 66,921
                                   

Liabilities:

             

Other liabilities

      $ 18,085    $ 857    $ (6,586 )   $ 12,356
                               

Total liabilities carried at fair value

        $ 18,085    $ 857    $ (6,586 )   $ 12,356
                                   

 

(1) Represents counterparty and cash collateral netting against level 2 financial assets and liabilities. FASB Interpretation No. 39, Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts—an interpretation of APB Opinion No. 10 and FASB Statement No. 105 , permits netting of receivables and payables when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists between State Street and the counterparty.

 

113


Table of Contents

 

The following tables present activity related to our financial assets and liabilities categorized in level 3 of the valuation hierarchy for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
Year Ended December 31, 2008
          Total Realized and
Unrealized Gains (Losses)
    Purchases,
Issuances
and
Settlements,
Net
    Transfers
Into and/
or Out of
Level 3
    Fair Value at
December 31,
2008
   Change in
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held at
December 31,
2008
(In millions)    Fair Value at
January 1,
2008
   Recorded
in
Revenue
   Recorded in
Other
Comprehensive
Income
          

Assets:

                 

Trading account assets

           $ 366       $ 366   

Investment securities available for sale:

                 

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:

                 

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 327           (1 )   $ (324 )     2   

Asset-backed securities

     5,721    $ 120    $ (1,861 )     621       4,108       8,709    $ 2

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     459           (1 )     5       (459 )     4     

State and political subdivisions

                           1       1     

Other investments

     53      32      18       64       4       171     
                                                   

Total investment securities available for sale:

     6,560      152      (1,844 )     689       3,330       8,887      2

Other assets

     374      524            (132 )     (6 )     760      385
                                                   

Total assets

   $ 6,934    $ 676    $ (1,844 )   $ 923     $ 3,324     $ 10,013    $ 387
                                                   

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
Year Ended December 31, 2008
          Total Realized and
Unrealized (Gains) Losses
   Purchases,
Issuances
and
Settlements,
Net
    Transfers
Into and/
or Out of
Level 3
    Fair Value at
December 31,
2008
   Change in
Unrealized
(Gains) Losses
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held at
December 31,
2008
(In millions)    Fair Value at
January 1,
2008
   Recorded
in
Revenue
   Recorded in
Other
Comprehensive
Income
         

Liabilities:

                  

Other liabilities

   $ 399    $ 567       $ (108 )   $ (1 )   $ 857    $ 431
                                                

Total liabilities

   $ 399    $ 567       $ (108 )   $ (1 )   $ 857    $ 431
                                                

 

114


Table of Contents

 

For our financial assets and liabilities categorized in level 3, total realized and unrealized gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2008 were recorded in revenue as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008  
(In millions)    Total Realized and
Unrealized Gains
(Losses) Recorded
in Revenue
    Change in
Unrealized Gains
(Losses) Related to
Financial
Instruments Held at
December 31, 2008
 

Fee revenue:

    

Trading services

   $ (19 )   $ (22 )

Processing fees and other

     (32 )     (24 )
                

Total fee revenue

     (51 )     (46 )

Net interest revenue

     162        

Gains (Losses) related to investment securities, net

     (2 )     2  
                

Total revenue

   $ 109     $ (44 )
                

Transfers out of level 3 during the year ended December 31, 2008 related to mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, for which fair value was measured using prices for which market-observable information became available. Transfers into level 3 during the year ended December 31, 2008 substantially related to asset-backed securities, for which management believed that market-observable information was not sufficient, generally as a result of market illiquidity.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments:

Fair value estimates for financial instruments, as defined by SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , are generally subjective in nature, and are made as of a specific point in time based on the characteristics of the financial instruments and relevant market information. Disclosure of fair values is not required by SFAS No. 107 for certain items, such as lease financing, equity method investments, obligations for pension and other post-retirement plans, premises and equipment, other intangible assets and income tax assets and liabilities. Accordingly, aggregate fair value amounts presented do not purport to represent, and should not be considered representative of, our underlying “market” or franchise value. In addition, because of potential differences in methodologies and assumptions used to estimate fair values, our fair values should not be compared to those of other financial institutions.

We use the following methods to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:

 

   

For financial instruments that have quoted market prices, those quoted prices are used to determine fair value.

 

   

Financial instruments that have no defined maturity, have a remaining maturity of 180 days or less, or reprice frequently to a market rate, are assumed to have a fair value that approximates reported value, after taking into consideration any applicable credit risk.

 

   

If no quoted market prices are available, financial instruments are valued using information obtained from third parties, or by discounting the expected cash flow(s) using an estimated current market interest rate for the financial instrument.

The short duration of our assets and liabilities results in a significant number of financial instruments for which fair value equals or closely approximates the value reported in our consolidated statement of condition. These financial instruments are reported in the following captions in our consolidated statement of condition: cash and due from banks; interest-bearing deposits with banks; securities purchased under resale agreements; accrued income receivable; deposits; securities sold under repurchase agreements; federal funds purchased; and short-term borrowings. In addition, due to the relatively short-term nature of our net loans (excluding leases), the vast majority of which have short durations, we have determined that their fair value approximates their reported value. Loan commitments have no reported value because terms are at prevailing market rates.

 

115


Table of Contents

 

The reported fair values for financial instruments defined by SFAS No. 107, excluding the above-described short-term financial instruments and excluding financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis, were as follows as of December 31:

 

(In millions)    Reported
Value
   Fair
Value

2008:

     

Financial Assets:

     

Investment securities:

     

Purchased under money market liquidity facility

   $ 6,087    $ 6,101

Held to maturity

     15,767      14,311

Net loans (excluding leases)

     7,269      7,269

Financial Liabilities:

     

Long-term debt

     4,419      3,510

2007:

     

Financial Assets:

     

Investment securities held to maturity

   $ 4,233    $ 4,225

Net loans (excluding leases)

     13,804      13,804

Financial Liabilities:

     

Long-term debt

     3,636      3,446

Note 15.    Equity-Based Compensation

We have a 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, with 20,000,000 shares of common stock approved for issuance for stock and stock-based awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock and performance awards. In addition, up to 8,000,000 shares from our 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, that were available to issue or become available to issue due to cancellations and forfeitures, may be awarded under the 2006 Plan. The 1997 Plan expired on December 18, 2006. As of December 31, 2006, 1,305,420 shares from the 1997 Plan have been added to, and may be awarded from, the 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2007, 6,369,222 shares have been awarded under the 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2008, 12,061,058 shares have been awarded under the 2006 Plan. We have stock options outstanding from previous plans, including the 1997 Plan, under which no further grants can be made.

The exercise price of non-qualified and incentive stock options and stock appreciation rights may not be less than the fair value of such shares on the date of grant. Stock options and stock appreciation rights issued under the 2006 Plan and the 1997 Plan generally vest over four years and expire no later than ten years from the date of grant. For restricted stock awards issued under the 2006 Plan and the 1997 Plan, stock certificates are issued at the time of grant and recipients have dividend and voting rights. In general, these grants vest over three years. For deferred stock awards issued under the 2006 Plan and the 1997 Plan, no stock is issued at the time of grant. Generally, these grants vest over two-, three- or four-year periods. Performance awards granted under the 2006 Plan and the 1997 Plan are earned over a performance period based on achievement of goals, generally over two- to four-year periods. Payment for performance awards is made in cash or in shares of our common stock equal to its fair market value per share, based on certain financial ratios, after the conclusion of each performance period.

We record compensation expense, equal to the estimated fair value of the options on the grant date, on a straight-line basis over the options’ vesting periods. We use a Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of the options granted.

 

116


Table of Contents

 

The weighted-average assumptions used in connection with the option-pricing model were as follows for the years indicated:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Dividend yield

   1.32 %   1.34 %   1.41 %

Expected volatility

   21.00     23.30     26.50  

Risk-free interest rate

   3.17     4.69     4.60  

Expected option lives (in years)

   7.8     7.8     7.8  

Compensation expense related to stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, deferred stock awards and performance awards, which we record as a component of salaries and employee benefits expense in our consolidated statement of income, was $321 million, $272 million and $208 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The 2008 expense excludes $47 million associated with accelerated vesting in connection with the restructuring plan described in note 9. The aggregate income tax benefit recorded in our consolidated statement of income related to the above-described compensation expense was $127 million, $109 million and $83 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Information about the 2006 Plan and 1997 Plan as of December 31, 2008, and activity during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, is presented below:

 

     Shares
(in thousands)
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

(in years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

(in millions)

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

          

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   19,789     $ 46.28      

Granted

   1,091       70.59      

Exercised

   (4,415 )     42.36      

Forfeited or expired

   (97 )     47.12      
              

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

   16,368       48.94      

Granted

   921       81.71      

Exercised

   (2,926 )     44.99      

Forfeited or expired

   (47 )     47.40      
              

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   14,316     $ 51.86    4.62    $ 1
              

Exercisable at December 31, 2008

   11,800     $ 47.96    3.88    $ 1

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $21.06, $22.44 and $21.09, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was $102 million, $129 million and $102 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2008, total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock options and stock appreciation rights was $16 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 22 months.

 

117


Table of Contents

 

Other stock awards and related activity consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008:

 

     Shares
(in thousands)
    Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value

Restricted Stock Awards

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   373     $ 54.42

Granted

   401       69.06

Vested

   (201 )     54.75

Forfeited

   (19 )     64.50
        

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

   554       64.77

Granted

   219       81.70

Vested

   (265 )     61.95

Forfeited

   (19 )     63.03
        

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   489     $ 73.95
        

The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted in 2006 was $62.62 per share. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested was $16 million, $11 million and $8 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to restricted stock was $13 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 12 months.

 

     Shares
(in thousands)
    Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value

Deferred Stock Awards

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   4,854     $ 54.21

Granted

   3,542       68.33

Vested

   (2,289 )     52.26

Forfeited

   (235 )     62.50
        

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

   5,872       63.26

Granted

   3,570       78.62

Vested

   (2,665 )     62.29

Forfeited

   (313 )     72.98
        

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   6,464     $ 71.59
        

The weighted-average grant date fair value of deferred stock awards granted in 2006 was $60.94 per share. The total fair value of deferred stock awards vested was $166 million, $120 million and $56 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to deferred stock awards was $250 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 30 months.

 

     Shares
(in thousands)
    Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value

Performance Awards

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   1,889     $ 53.49

Granted

   1,203       67.84

Forfeited

   (161 )     59.23

Paid out

   (673 )     44.25
        

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

   2,258       63.02

Granted

   989       80.90

Forfeited

   (542 )     73.76

Paid out

   (425 )     61.02
        

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   2,280     $ 73.18
        

 

118


Table of Contents

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of performance awards granted in 2006 was $59.87 per share. The total fair value of performance awards paid out was $35 million, $33 million and $9 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to performance awards was $39 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 16 months.

We utilize either treasury shares or authorized but unissued shares to satisfy the issuance of common stock under our equity incentive plans. We do not have a specific policy concerning purchases of our common stock to satisfy stock issuances, including exercises of stock options. We have a general policy concerning purchases of stock to meet common stock issuances under our employee benefit plans, including option exercises and other corporate purposes. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our purchases of our common stock, including our capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue under employee benefit plans, market conditions (including the trading price of our common stock), and legal considerations. These factors can change at any time, and there can be no assurance as to the number of shares of common stock we will purchase or when we will purchase them.

Note 16.    Regulatory Matters

Regulatory Capital:

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our consolidated financial condition. Under regulatory capital adequacy guidelines, we must meet specified capital requirements that involve quantitative measures of our consolidated assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures calculated in accordance with regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and their classification are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require State Street and State Street Bank to maintain minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. The risk-based capital ratios are tier 1 capital and total capital divided by adjusted total risk-weighted assets and market-risk equivalents, and the tier 1 leverage ratio is tier 1 capital divided by adjusted quarterly average assets. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, State Street and State Street Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject.

As of December 31, 2008, State Street Bank was categorized as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” State Street Bank must exceed the “well capitalized” guideline ratios, as set forth in the table, and meet certain other requirements. State Street Bank exceeded all “well capitalized” requirements as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. Management believes that there are no conditions or events since December 31, 2008 that have changed the capital category of State Street Bank.

 

119


Table of Contents

 

Regulatory capital ratios and related amounts were as follows as of December 31:

 

     Regulatory
Guidelines(1)
    State Street     State Street Bank  
(Dollars in millions)    Minimum     Well
Capitalized
    2008     2007     2008     2007  

Risk-based ratios(2) :

            

Tier 1 capital

   4 %   6 %     20.3 %     11.2 %     19.8 %     11.2 %

Total capital

   8     10       21.6       12.7       21.3       12.7  

Tier 1 leverage ratio(2)

   4     5       7.8       5.3       7.6       5.5  

Total shareholders’ equity

       $ 12,774     $ 11,299     $ 13,339     $ 11,932  

Capital trust securities

         1,450       975              

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities and cash flow hedges

         5,458       744       5,453       750  

Deferred tax liability associated with acquisitions

         560       526       560       526  

Recognition of pension plan funded status

         227       145       227       145  

Less:

            

Goodwill

         4,527       4,567       4,370       4,480  

Other intangible assets

         1,851       1,990       1,787       1,958  

Other deductions

         1       1              
                                    

Tier 1 capital

         14,090       7,131       13,422       6,915  

Qualifying subordinated debt

         1,058       1,118       998       998  

Allowances for on- and off-balance sheet credit exposures

         38       31       38       31  

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale equity securities

               3             2  
                                    

Tier 2 capital

         1,096       1,152       1,036       1,031  

Deduction for investments in finance subsidiaries

         (156 )     (212 )           (68 )
                                    

Total capital

       $ 15,030     $ 8,071     $ 14,458     $ 7,878  
                                    

Adjusted total risk-weighted assets and market-risk equivalents:

            

On-balance sheet(2)

       $ 45,855     $ 42,968     $ 44,212     $ 41,283  

Off-balance sheet

         23,364       20,248       23,415       20,254  

Market-risk equivalents

         366       321       303       317  
                                    

Total

       $ 69,585     $ 63,537     $ 67,930     $ 61,854  
                                    

Adjusted quarterly average assets(2)

       $ 179,905     $ 135,686     $ 175,858     $ 126,746  
                                    

 

(1) State Street Bank must meet the regulatory designation of “well capitalized” in order for us to maintain our status as a financial holding company, including maintaining a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (tier 1 capital divided by adjusted total risk-weighted assets and market-risk equivalents) of 6%, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio (total capital divided by adjusted total risk-weighted assets and market-risk equivalents) of 10%, and a tier 1 leverage ratio (tier 1 capital divided by adjusted quarterly average assets) of 5%. The “well capitalized” designation requires us to maintain a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10%.

 

(2) 2008 tier 1 and total risk-based and tier 1 leverage ratios, as well as on-balance sheet risk-weighted assets and adjusted quarterly average assets, exclude the impact of asset-backed commercial paper purchased under the AMLF, as permitted by the AMLF’s terms and conditions.

 

120


Table of Contents

 

Cash, Dividend, Loan and Other Restrictions:

During 2008, our banking subsidiaries were required by the Federal Reserve to maintain average aggregate cash balances of $2.84 billion to satisfy reserve requirements. In addition, federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid by banking subsidiaries to a parent company. For 2009, aggregate dividends by State Street Bank without prior regulatory approval are limited to approximately $2.99 billion of its undistributed earnings at December 31, 2008, plus an additional amount equal to its net profits, as defined, for 2009 up to the date of any dividend.

The Federal Reserve Act requires that extensions of credit by State Street Bank to certain affiliates, including the parent company, be secured by specific collateral, that the extension of credit to any one affiliate be limited to 10% of State Street Bank’s capital and surplus (as defined), and that extensions of credit to all such affiliates be limited to 20% of State Street Bank’s capital and surplus.

As a result of our participation in the U.S. Treasury’s capital purchase program, described in note 13, we are not currently permitted, without Treasury’s consent, to increase the quarterly dividend per share on our common stock above $0.24 per share. In February 2009, in light of the impact of the continued disruption in the global capital markets experienced since the middle of 2007, and as part of a plan to strengthen our tangible common equity, we announced a temporary reduction of the quarterly dividend on our common stock to $0.01 per share.

At December 31, 2008, our consolidated retained earnings included $337 million representing undistributed earnings of unconsolidated entities that are accounted for using the equity method.

Note 17.    Derivative Financial Instruments

We use derivative financial instruments to support customers’ needs, conduct trading activities, and manage our interest-rate and currency risk.

As part of our trading activities, we assume positions in both the foreign exchange and interest-rate markets by buying and selling cash instruments and using derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange forward contracts, foreign exchange and interest-rate options, and interest-rate swaps. All foreign exchange contracts are valued daily at current market rates.

Interest-rate contracts involve an agreement with a counterparty to exchange cash flows based on the movement of an underlying interest-rate index. An interest-rate swap agreement involves the exchange of a series of interest payments, either at a fixed or variable rate, based upon the notional amount without the exchange of the underlying principal amount. An interest-rate option contract provides the purchaser, for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to receive an interest rate based upon a predetermined notional value during a specified period. An interest-rate futures contract is a commitment to buy or sell, at a future date, a financial instrument at a contracted price; it may be settled in cash or through the delivery of the contracted instrument.

Foreign exchange contracts involve an agreement to exchange one currency for another currency at an agreed-upon rate and settlement date. Foreign exchange contracts generally consist of cross-currency swap agreements and foreign exchange forward and spot contracts.

 

121


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the aggregate contractual, or notional, amounts of derivative financial instruments held or issued for trading and asset and liability management activities as of December 31:

 

(In millions)    2008    2007

Trading:

     

Interest-rate contracts:

     

Swap agreements

   $ 13,718    $ 11,637

Options and caps purchased

     1,058      1,241

Options and caps written

     4,590      5,519

Futures

     779      957

Options on futures purchased

     1,444      2,245

Foreign exchange contracts:

     

Forward and spot

     688,812      732,013

Options purchased

     16,183      21,538

Options written

     16,294      20,967

Credit derivative contracts:

     

Credit default swap agreements

     145      238

Equity derivative contracts:

     

Swap agreements

          72

Asset and liability management:

     

Interest-rate contracts:

     

Swap agreements

     3,019      3,494

Foreign exchange contracts:

     

Forward

          146

In connection with our asset and liability management activities, we have executed interest-rate swap agreements designated as fair value and cash flow hedges to manage interest-rate risk. The aggregate notional amounts of these interest-rate swap agreements and the related assets or liabilities being hedged are presented in the following table. Hedge ineffectiveness for 2008, 2007 and 2006, recorded in processing fees and other revenue, was not material.

 

     2008    2007
(In millions)    Fair
Value
Hedges
   Cash
Flow
Hedges
   Total    Fair
Value
Hedges
   Cash
Flow
Hedges
   Total

Available-for-sale investment securities

   $ 2,165    $ 36    $ 2,201    $ 2,226       $ 2,226

Interest-bearing time deposits(1)

     118           118      118         118

Long-term debt(2)(3)

     500      200      700      700    $ 450      1,150
                                         

Total

   $ 2,783    $ 236    $ 3,019    $ 3,044    $ 450    $ 3,494
                                         

 

(1) For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the overall weighted-average interest rate for interest-bearing time deposits was 2.95% and 5.42%, respectively, on a contractual basis, and 3.45% and 5.47%, respectively, including the effects of hedges.

 

(2) For the year ended December 31, 2008, fair value hedges of long-term debt increased the carrying value of long-term debt presented in our consolidated statement of condition by $70 million, and for the year ended December 31, 2007, increased the carrying value by $19 million.

 

(3) For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the overall weighted-average interest rate for long-term debt was 5.76% and 6.55%, respectively, on a contractual basis, and 5.59% and 6.62%, respectively, including the effects of hedges.

For cash flow hedges, any changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments remain in accumulated other comprehensive income and are generally recorded in our consolidated statement of income in future periods when earnings are affected by the variability of the hedged cash flow.

 

122


Table of Contents

 

During the third quarter of 2008, we closed our foreign exchange forward position with an aggregate notional amount of €100 million (approximately $146 million). In connection with this hedge, we recorded a net after-tax unrealized gain of $1 million and a net after-tax unrealized loss of $8 million in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Foreign exchange trading revenue related to foreign exchange contracts was $1.08 billion, $802 million and $611 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Future cash requirements, if any, related to foreign exchange contracts are represented by the gross amount of currencies to be exchanged under each contract unless we and the counterparty have agreed to pay or receive the net contractual settlement amount on the settlement date.

Note 18.    Net Interest Revenue

 

(In millions)    2008    2007    2006

Interest revenue:

        

Deposits with banks

   $ 760    $ 416    $ 414

Investment securities:

        

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

     889      1,106      1,011

State and political subdivisions

     246      205      88

Other investments

     1,931      2,292      1,830

Securities purchased under resale agreements and federal funds sold

     339      756      663

Loans and leases(1)

     269      382      270

Trading account assets

     78      55      48

Interest revenue associated with AMLF

     367          
                    

Total interest revenue

     4,879      5,212      4,324

Interest expense:

        

Deposits

     1,326      2,298      1,891

Short-term borrowings

     375      959      1,145

Long-term debt

     229      225      178

Interest expense associated with AMLF

     299          
                    

Total interest expense

     2,229      3,482      3,214
                    

Net interest revenue

   $ 2,650    $ 1,730    $ 1,110
                    

 

(1) Interest revenue for loans and leases for the year ended December 31, 2008 reflects a cumulative reduction of $98 million recorded in connection with our SILO lease transactions. Additional information about our SILO lease transactions is provided in note 11.

Note 19.    Employee Benefits

State Street Bank and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries participate in a non-contributory, tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan. Effective January 1, 2008, this plan was amended, and employer contribution credits to the plan were discontinued as of that date. Employee account balances will continue to earn annual interest credits until retirement. In addition to the defined benefit pension plan, we have non-qualified unfunded supplemental retirement plans, referred to as SERPs, that provide certain officers with defined pension benefits in excess of allowable qualified plan limits. Non-U.S. employees participate in local defined benefit plans.

State Street Bank and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries participate in a post-retirement plan that provides health care and insurance benefits for retired employees.

 

123


Table of Contents

 

Combined information for the U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit plans, and information for the post-retirement plan, is as follows as of the December 31 measurement date:

 

     Primary U.S.
and Non-U.S.
Defined

Benefit Plans
    Post-Retirement
Plan
 
(In millions)    2008     2007     2008     2007  

Benefit obligations:

        

Beginning of year

   $ 830     $ 833     $ 86     $ 90  

Service cost

     18       62       4       4  

Interest cost

     47       44       5       5  

Employee contributions

     1                    

Plan amendments

     5                   (10 )

Acquisitions and transfers in

           18              

Actuarial losses/(gains)

     (34 )     (42 )     6       4  

Benefits paid

     (33 )     (44 )     (7 )     (7 )

Expenses paid

     (3 )     (3 )            

Curtailments

     (22 )     (47 )            

Foreign currency translation

     (44 )     9              
                                

End of year

   $ 765     $ 830     $ 94     $ 86  
                                

Plan assets at fair value:

        

Beginning of year

   $ 878     $ 821      

Actual return on plan assets

     (144 )     60      

Employer contributions

     54       18     $ 7     $ 7  

Acquisitions and transfers in

           19              

Benefits paid

     (33 )     (44 )     (7 )     (7 )

Expenses paid

     (3 )     (3 )            

Foreign currency translation

     (60 )     7              
                                

End of year

   $ 692     $ 878     $     $  
                                

Accrued benefit expense:

        

Funded status (plan assets less benefit obligations)

   $ (73 )   $ 48     $ (94 )   $ (86 )
                                

Net prepaid (accrued) benefit expense

   $ (73 )   $ 48     $ (94 )   $ (86 )
                                

 

124


Table of Contents

 

     Primary U.S. and
Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
    Post-Retirement
Plan
 
(In millions)    2008     2007     2008     2007  

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statement of condition as of December 31:

        

Non-current assets

   $ 40     $ 93      

Current liabilities

     (1 )         $ (7 )   $ (7 )

Noncurrent liabilities

     (112 )     (45 )     (87 )     (79 )
                                

Net prepaid (accrued) amount recognized in statement of condition

   $ (73 )   $ 48     $ (94 )   $ (86 )
                                

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income:

        

Prior service credit

   $ (4 )     $ 5     $ 6  

Net loss

     (254 )   $ (110 )     (36 )     (32 )
                                

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (258 )     (110 )     (31 )     (26 )

Cumulative employer contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost

     185       158       (63 )     (60 )
                                

Net asset (obligation) recognized in consolidated statement of condition

   $ (73 )   $ 48     $ (94 )   $ (86 )
                                

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 750     $ 793      

Actuarial assumptions (U.S. Plans):

        

Used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31:

        

Discount rate

     6.00 %     6.00 %     6.00 %     6.00 %

Rate of increase for future compensation

     4.50       4.50              

Used to determine periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:

        

Discount rate

     6.00 %     6.00 %     6.00 %     5.75 %

Rate of increase for future compensation

     4.50       4.50              

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

     7.50       7.50              

Assumed health care cost trend rates as of December 31:

        

Cost trend rate assumed for next year

                 9.0 %     9.5 %

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline

                 5.00       5.00  

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

                 2016       2015  

Expected benefit payments for the next ten years are as follows:

 

(In millions)    Primary U.S.
and Non-U.S.
Defined Benefit
Plans
   Non-
Qualified
SERPs
   Post-
Retirement
Plan

2009

   $ 36    $ 15    $ 7

2010

     35      15      8

2011

     37      21      8

2012

     31      20      7

2013

     26      15      7

2014-2017

     126      70      31

The accumulated benefit obligation for all of our U.S. defined benefit pension plans was $737 million and $696 million at December 31, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

To develop the assumption of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, we considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio. This analysis resulted in the determination of the assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets of 7.50% for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

125


Table of Contents

 

For the tax-qualified U.S. defined benefit pension plan, the asset allocations as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the strategic target allocation for 2009, by asset category, were as follows:

ASSET CATEGORY

 

     Strategic Target
Allocation
    Percentage of
Plan

Assets at
December 31,
 
     2009     2008     2007  

Equity securities

   43 %   36 %   46 %

Fixed-income securities

   46     56     45  

Other

   11     8     9  
                  

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %
                  

The preceding strategic target asset allocation was last amended effective July 31, 2006. Consistent with that target allocation, the plan should generate a real return above inflation, and superior to that of a benchmark index consisting of a combination of appropriate capital market indices weighted in the same proportions as the plan’s strategic target asset allocation. Equities included domestic and international publicly-traded common, preferred and convertible securities. Fixed-income securities included domestic and international corporate and government debt securities, as well as asset-backed securities and private debt. The “other” category included real estate, alternative investments and cash and cash equivalents. Derivative financial instruments are an acceptable alternative to investing in these types of securities, but may not be used to leverage the plan’s portfolio.

Expected employer contributions to the tax-qualified U.S. and Non-U.S. defined benefit pension plan, SERPs and post-retirement plan for the year ending December 31, 2009 are $12 million, $15 million and $7 million, respectively.

 

126


Table of Contents

 

State Street has unfunded SERPs that provide certain officers with defined pension benefits in excess of qualified plan limits imposed by U.S. federal tax law. Information for the SERPs was as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

     Non-Qualified SERPs  
(In millions)    2008     2007  

Benefit obligations:

    

Beginning of year

   $ 211     $ 142  

Service cost

     4       12  

Interest cost

     12       10  

Acquisitions and transfers in

           9  

Actuarial loss

     (11 )     85  

Benefits paid

     (7 )     (6 )

Curtailments

           (41 )
                

End of year

   $ 209     $ 211  
                

Accrued benefit expense:

    

Funded status (plan assets less benefit obligations)

   $ (209 )   $ (211 )
                

Net accrued benefit expense

   $ (209 )   $ (211 )
                

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statement of condition as of December 31:

    

Current liabilities

   $ (15 )   $ (8 )

Non-current liabilities

     (194 )     (203 )
                

Net accrued amount recognized in consolidated statement of condition

   $ (209 )   $ (211 )
                

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income:

    

Net loss

   $ (83 )   $ (103 )
                

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (83 )     (103 )

Cumulative employer contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost

     (126 )     (108 )
                

Net obligation recognized in consolidated statement of condition

   $ (209 )   $ (211 )
                

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 175     $ 148  

Actuarial assumptions:

    

Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and periodic benefit costs are consistent with those noted for the post-retirement plan, with the following exceptions:

    

Rate of increase for future compensation—SERPs

     4.75 %     4.75 %

Rate of increase for future compensation—Executive SERPs

     10.00 %     10.00 %

For those defined benefit plans that have accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the accumulated benefit obligations are $787 million and $192 million, respectively, and the plan assets are $513 million and $21 million, respectively.

For those defined benefit plans that have projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the projected benefit obligations are $843 million and $493 million, respectively, and the plan assets are $521 million and $237 million, respectively.

If health care cost trend rates were increased by 1%, the post-retirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2008, would have increased 8%, and the aggregate expense for service and interest costs for 2008 would have increased 9%. Conversely, if health care cost trend rates were reduced by 1%, the post-retirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2008, would have decreased 6%, and the aggregate expense for service and interest costs for 2008 would have decreased 7%.

 

127


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the actuarially determined expense for our U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit plans, post-retirement plan and SERPs for the years ended December 31:

 

     Primary U.S. and Non-U.S.
Defined Benefit Plans
    Post-Retirement
Plan
 
(In millions)        2008             2007             2006         2008     2007     2006  

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

            

Service cost

   $ 18     $ 62     $ 59     $ 4     $ 3     $ 4  

Interest cost

     47       44       39       5       5       5  

Assumed return on plan assets

     (59 )     (55 )     (53 )                  

Amortization of transition obligation

                             1       1  

Amortization of prior service cost

           (2 )     (2 )                  

Amortization of net loss

     4       12       17       1       1       2  
                                                

Net periodic benefit cost

     10       61       60       10       10       12  

Curtailments

           (19 )                        
                                                

Total expense

   $ 10     $ 42     $ 60     $ 10     $ 10     $ 12  
                                                

Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income over the next fiscal year:

            

Initial net asset

             $ (1 )

Prior service credit

       $ 2       $ 1        

Net loss

   $ (6 )   $ (4 )     (14 )   $ (1 )     (1 )     (1 )
                                                

Estimated amortization

   $ (6 )   $ (4 )   $ (12 )   $ (1 )         $ (2 )
                                                

 

     Non-Qualified SERPs  
(In millions)    2008     2007     2006  

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

      

Service cost

   $ 4     $ 12     $ 6  

Interest cost

     12       10       7  

Amortization of prior service cost

           2       2  

Amortization of net loss

     8       5       4  
                        

Net periodic benefit cost

     24       29       19  

Curtailments

           13        
                        

Total expense

   $ 24     $ 42     $ 19  
                        

Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income over the next fiscal year:

      

Prior service cost

       $ (2 )

Net loss

   $ (7 )   $ (9 )     (4 )
                        

Estimated amortization

   $ (7 )   $ (9 )   $ (6 )
                        

Certain of our U.S. employees are eligible to contribute a portion of their pre-tax salary to a 401(k) savings plan and an Employee Stock Ownership Plan, referred to as an ESOP. Our matching portion of these contributions is paid in cash, and the related expense was $87 million for 2008, $25 million for 2007 and $20 million for 2006. In addition, employees in certain non-U.S. offices participate in other local plans. Expenses related to these plans were $55 million, $33 million and $32 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The ESOP is a non-leveraged plan. Compensation cost is equal to the contribution called for by the plan formula and is equal to the cash contributed for the purchase of common stock on the open market or the fair value of the shares contributed from treasury stock. Dividends on shares held by the ESOP are charged to retained earnings, and shares are treated as outstanding for purposes of calculating earnings per common share.

 

128


Table of Contents

 

Note 20.    Occupancy Expense and Information Systems and Communications Expense

Occupancy expense and information systems and communications expense include expense for depreciation of buildings, leasehold improvements, computers, equipment and furniture and fixtures. Total depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $365 million, $319 million and $309 million, respectively.

We lease approximately 872,000 square feet at One Lincoln Street, our headquarters building located in Boston, Massachusetts, and a related 366,000 square-foot underground parking garage, under 20-year, non-cancelable capital leases expiring in September 2023. In addition, we lease approximately 359,000 square feet at 20 Churchill Place, an office building located in the U.K., under a 20-year capital lease expiring in December 2028, with the option to cancel the lease after 15 years. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, an aggregate net book value of $675 million and $421 million, respectively, for the above-described capital leases was recorded in premises and equipment in our consolidated statement of condition, and the related liability was recorded in long-term debt. Capital lease asset amortization is recorded in occupancy expense over the lease terms. Lease payments are recorded as a reduction of the liability, with a portion recorded as imputed interest expense. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, interest expense related to these capital lease obligations, recorded in net interest revenue, was $36 million for each year. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, accumulated amortization of assets under capital leases was $139 million and $110 million, respectively.

We have entered into non-cancelable operating leases for premises and equipment. Nearly all leases include renewal options. Costs related to operating leases for office space are recorded in occupancy expense. Costs related to operating leases for computers and equipment are recorded in information systems and communications expense.

Total rental expense, net of sublease revenue, amounted to $241 million, $199 million and $179 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Rental expense has been reduced by sublease revenue of $11 million, $15 million and $13 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

During 2007, we terminated an operating lease related to one of our office buildings in Boston. The lease was terminated in connection with an overall evaluation of our requirements for office space as a result of our acquisition of Investors Financial. The termination of the lease resulted in the recognition of a charge of approximately $91 million, which was included in the merger and integration costs recorded in connection with the acquisition.

The following is a summary of future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital and operating leases as of December 31, 2008. Future minimum rental commitments have been reduced by aggregate sublease rental commitments of $71 million for capital leases and $127 million for operating leases. The increase in future lease payments compared to amounts reported in prior years resulted from the above-described lease for an office building in the U.K., which was executed in December 2008.

 

(In millions)    Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
   Total

2009

   $ 73     $ 232    $ 305

2010

     74       219      293

2011

     74       193      267

2012

     70       216      286

2013

     70       177      247

Thereafter

     831       614      1,445
                     

Total minimum lease payments

     1,192     $ 1,651    $ 2,843
               

Less amount representing interest payments

     (446 )     
             

Present value of minimum lease payments

   $ 746       
             

 

129


Table of Contents

 

Note 21.    Expenses

During the fourth quarter of 2008, we elected to provide support to certain investment accounts managed by SSgA through the purchase of asset- and mortgage-backed securities and a cash infusion, which resulted in a charge of $450 million.

SSgA manages certain investment accounts, offered to retirement plans, that allow participants to purchase and redeem units at a constant net asset value regardless of volatility in the underlying value of the assets held by the account. The accounts enter into contractual arrangements with independent third-party financial institutions that agree to make up any shortfall in the account if all the units are redeemed at the constant net asset value. The financial institutions have the right, under certain circumstances, to terminate this guarantee with respect to future investments in the account. During 2008, the liquidity and pricing issues in the fixed-income markets adversely affected the market value of the securities in these accounts to the point that the third-party guarantors considered terminating their financial guarantees with the accounts. Although we were not statutorily or contractually obligated to do so, we elected to purchase approximately $2.49 billion of asset- and mortgage-backed securities from these accounts that had been identified as presenting increased risk in the current market environment and to contribute an aggregate of $450 million to the accounts to improve the ratio of the market value of the accounts’ portfolio holdings to the book value of the accounts. We have no ongoing commitment or intent to provide support to these accounts. The securities are carried in investment securities available for sale in our consolidated statement of condition.

The components of other expenses were as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

(In millions)    2008    2007    2006

Customer indemnification obligation

   $ 200      

Securities processing

     187    $ 79    $ 37

Other

     505      399      281
                    

Total other expenses

   $ 892    $ 478    $ 318
                    

In September and October 2008, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., or Lehman Brothers, and certain of its affiliates filed for bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings. While we had no unsecured financial exposure to Lehman Brothers or its affiliates, we indemnified certain customers in connection with these and other collateralized repurchase agreements with Lehman Brothers entities. In the then current market environment, the market value of the underlying collateral had declined. During the third quarter of 2008, to the extent these declines resulted in collateral value falling below the indemnification obligation, we recorded a reserve to provide for our estimated net exposure. The reserve, which totaled $200 million, was based on the cost of satisfying the indemnification obligation net of the fair value of the collateral, which we purchased during the fourth quarter of 2008. The collateral, composed of commercial real estate loans which are discussed in note 5, is recorded in loans and leases in our consolidated statement of condition.

 

130


Table of Contents

 

Note 22.    Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense from continuing operations consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:

 

(In millions)    2008     2007     2006  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 1,065     $ 424     $ 328  

State

     299       133       82  

Non-U.S.

     309       338       265  
                        

Total current

     1,673       895       675  

Deferred:

      

Federal

     (442 )     (155 )     27  

State

     (194 )     (59 )     (9 )

Non-U.S.

     (6 )     (39 )     (18 )
                        

Total deferred (benefit)

     (642 )     (253 )      
                        

Total income tax expense from continuing operations

   $ 1,031     $ 642     $ 675  
                        

The income tax expense related to net gains realized from sales of investment securities was $27 million, $3 million and $6 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Pre-tax income from continuing operations attributable to operations located outside the U.S. was $1.11 billion, $1.13 billion and $759 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Pre-tax earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to U.S. tax when effectively repatriated. As of December 31, 2008, State Street has chosen to indefinitely reinvest $773 million of retained earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries. No provision has been recorded for U.S. income tax that could be incurred upon repatriation, and it is not practicable to determine the tax liability that could be incurred upon repatriation.

We recorded a $4 million decrease in deferred tax expense associated with Massachusetts legislation entitled “An Act Improving Tax Fairness and Business Competitiveness,” which was signed into law in July 2008.

Significant components of deferred tax liabilities and assets were as follows at December 31:

 

(In millions)    2008     2007  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Lease financing transactions

   $ 535     $ 1,177  

Foreign currency translation

     63       152  

Fixed and intangible assets

     775       731  

Other

     51        
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     1,424       2,060  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, net

     3,522       486  

Deferred compensation

     172       122  

Defined benefit pension plan

     169       85  

Operating expenses

     272       402  

Real estate

     44       56  

Other

     49       81  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     4,228       1,232  
                

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

     (6 )     (2 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

     4,222       1,230  
                

Net deferred tax (assets) liabilities

   $ (2,798 )   $ 830  
                

 

131


Table of Contents

 

Management considers the valuation allowance adequate to reduce the total deferred tax asset to an amount that will more likely than not be realized. At December 31, 2008, we had deferred tax assets associated with non-U.S. federal and state loss carryforwards of $6 million, included in “other” in the above table. Loss carryforwards expire beginning in 2009.

A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate based on income from continuing operations before income taxes was as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

U.S. federal income tax rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

Changes from statutory rate:

      

State taxes, net of federal benefit

   3.4     2.2     2.9  

Tax-exempt income

   (2.0 )   (1.7 )   (1.1 )

Tax credits

   (0.9 )   (1.6 )   (1.4 )

Foreign tax differential

   (1.4 )   (2.2 )   (1.2 )

Provision related to TIPRA

           1.8  

Provision related to LILO and SILO transactions

   2.4     2.0     2.6  

Other, net

   (0.3 )       (0.5 )
                  

Effective tax rate

   36.2 %   33.7 %   38.1 %
                  

A summary of activity related to unrecognized tax benefits for 2008 and 2007 follows:

 

(In millions)    2008     2007  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 305     $ 662  

Increase related to tax positions taken during prior years

     41       150  

Settlements

     (1 )     (507 )
                

Balance at end of year

   $ 345     $ 305  
                

Included in the balances in the preceding table above are $294 million and $285 million of tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which the timing of such deductibility is uncertain at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Settlements for 2007 included amounts remitted during 2007 and identified amounts remitted in 2008.

We are presently under audit by a number of tax authorities. It is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits could change significantly over the next 12 months. We do not expect that any change would have a material effect on our effective tax rate.

We record interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. Income tax expense included interest expense of approximately $22 million and $38 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We had approximately $62 million and $83 million accrued at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for the payment of interest. The earliest year open to examination in our major jurisdictions is 2000.

 

132


Table of Contents

 

Note 23.    Earnings Per Share

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31:

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)    2008     2007    2006

Net income

   $ 1,811     $ 1,261    $ 1,106

Preferred stock dividends

     (18 )         

Accretion of preferred stock discount

     (4 )         
                     

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 1,789     $ 1,261    $ 1,106
                     

Average shares outstanding (in thousands):

       

Basic average shares

     413,182       360,675      331,350

Effect of dilutive securities:

       

Stock options and stock awards

     2,910       4,788      4,349

Equity-related financial instruments

     8       25      33
                     

Diluted average shares

     416,100       365,488      335,732
                     

Anti-dilutive securities (in thousands)(1)

     2,012       1,091      973

Earnings per common share:

       

Basic

   $ 4.33     $ 3.50    $ 3.34

Diluted

     4.30       3.45      3.29

 

(1) Represents stock options outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted average shares because the exercise prices of the instruments were greater than the average fair value of our common stock during the periods.

Note 24.    Line of Business Information

We report two lines of business: Investment Servicing and Investment Management. Given our services and management organization, the results of operations for these lines of business are not necessarily comparable with those of other companies, including companies in the financial services industry.

Investment Servicing provides services for U.S. mutual funds, collective investment funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations and endowments worldwide. Products include custody, accounting, daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; recordkeeping; foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services; securities finance; deposit and short-term investment facilities; loans and lease financing; investment manager and hedge fund manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics to support institutional investors. We provide shareholder services, which include mutual fund and collective investment fund shareholder accounting, through 50%-owned affiliates, Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. and the International Financial Data Services group of companies.

Investment Management offers a broad array of services for managing financial assets, including investment management and investment research, primarily for institutional investors worldwide. These services include passive and active U.S. and non-U.S. equity and fixed-income investment management strategies, and other related services, such as securities finance.

Revenue and expenses are directly charged or allocated to the lines of business through management information systems. We price our products and services on the basis of overall customer relationships and other factors; therefore, revenue may not necessarily reflect market pricing on products within the business lines in the same way it would for independent business entities. Assets and liabilities are allocated according to rules that support management’s strategic and tactical goals. Capital is allocated based on risk-weighted assets employed and management’s judgment. Capital allocations may not be representative of the capital that might be required if these lines of business were independent business entities.

 

133


Table of Contents

 

The following is a summary of our line of business results. The amounts in the “Divestitures” columns represent the operating results of our joint venture interest in CitiStreet prior to the sale in July 2008. The amounts presented in the “Other” column for 2008 represent the net interest revenue associated with our participation in the AMLF; the gain on the sale of our joint venture interest in CitiStreet; the restructuring charges recorded primarily in connection with our plan to reduce our expenses from operations; the provision related to our estimated net exposure for customer indemnification associated with collateralized repurchase agreements; and the merger and integration costs recorded in connection with our acquisition of Investors Financial. The 2007 amount represents the merger and acquisition costs recorded in connection with the acquisition of Investors Financial. The amounts in the “Divestitures” and “Other” columns were not allocated to State Street’s business lines.

 

    Investment Servicing     Investment
Management
    Divestitures   Other   Total

Years ended

December 31,

  2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006     2008     2007   2006   2008     2007     2006   2008     2007     2006
(Dollars in millions,
except where
otherwise noted)
                                                                                 

Fee revenue:

                             

Servicing fees

  $ 3,745     $ 3,388     $ 2,723                       $ 3,745     $ 3,388     $ 2,723

Management fees

                    $ 1,028     $ 1,141     $ 943                   1,028       1,141       943

Trading services

    1,467       1,152       862                                     1,467       1,152       862

Securities finance

    900       518       292       330       163       94                   1,230       681       386

Processing fees and other

    200       196       208       85       73       56     $ (8 )   $ 2   $ 8           277       271       272
                                                                                               

Total fee revenue

    6,312       5,254       4,085       1,443       1,377       1,093       (8 )     2     8           7,747       6,633       5,186

Net interest revenue

    2,472       1,573       986       104       135       104       6       22     20   $ 68           2,650       1,730       1,110

Provision for loan losses

                                                                           
                                                                                                     

Net interest revenue after provision for loan losses

    2,472       1,573       986       104       135       104       6       22     20     68           2,650       1,730       1,110

Gains (Losses) related to investment securities, net

    (54 )     (27 )     15                                                 (54 )     (27 )     15

Gain on sale of CitiStreet interest, net of exit and other associated costs

                                                      350           350            
                                                                                                     

Total revenue

    8,730       6,800       5,086       1,547       1,512       1,197       (2 )     24     28     418           10,693       8,336       6,311

Expenses from operations

    5,642       4,787       3,742       1,133       974       791       5       7     7           6,780       5,768       4,540

Provision for legal exposure, net

          (47 )                 514                                       467      

Provision for investment account infusion

                      450                                       450            

Restructuring charges

                                                      306           306            

Customer indemnification obligation

                                                      200           200            

Merger and integration costs

                                                      115     $ 198         115       198      
                                                                                                             

Total expenses

    5,642       4,740       3,742       1,583       1,488       791       5       7     7     621       198         7,851       6,433       4,540
                                                                                                             

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  $ 3,088     $ 2,060     $ 1,344     $ (36 )   $ 24     $ 406     $ (7 )   $ 17   $ 21   $ (203 )   $ (198 )     $ 2,842     $ 1,903     $ 1,771
                                                                                                             

Pre-tax margin

    35 %     30 %     26 %     (2 )%     2 %     34 %                  

Average assets (in billions)

  $ 157.9     $ 120.0     $ 103.4     $ 3.3     $ 3.0     $ 2.5     $ 0.5     $ 0.5   $ 0.5         $ 161.7     $ 123.5     $ 106.4

 

134


Table of Contents

 

Note 25.    Non-U.S. Activities

We define non-U.S. activities as those revenue-producing assets and business activities that arise from customers domiciled outside the United States. Due to the nature of our business, precise segregation of U.S. and non-U.S. activities is not possible. Subjective judgments have been applied to determine operating results related to non-U.S. activities, including the application of transfer pricing and asset and liability management policies. Interest expense allocations are based on the average cost of short-term borrowed funds.

The following table summarizes our non-U.S. operating results for the years ended December 31, and assets as of December 31, based on the domicile location of our customers:

 

(In millions)    2008    2007    2006

Results of operations:

        

Total fee revenue

   $ 3,129    $ 2,707    $ 2,349

Net interest revenue

     632      713      392
                    

Total revenue

     3,761      3,420      2,741

Expenses

     3,203      2,233      1,840
                    

Income before income taxes

     558      1,187      901

Income tax expense

     215      415      346
                    

Net income

   $ 343    $ 772    $ 555
                    

Assets:

        

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

   $ 15,534    $ 4,776    $ 5,193

Other assets

     33,189      29,455      19,510
                    

Total assets

   $ 48,723    $ 34,231    $ 24,703
                    

Note 26.    Parent Company Financial Statements

The following tables present the financial statements of the parent company without consolidation of its subsidiaries.

STATEMENT OF INCOME

 

Years ended December 31,    2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Interest on securities purchased under resale agreements

   $ 105     $ 446     $ 559  

Cash dividends from consolidated banking subsidiary

           70       415  

Cash dividends from consolidated non-banking subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities

     52       120       177  

Other, net

     (8 )     74       34  
                        

Total revenue

     149       710       1,185  

Interest on securities sold under repurchase agreements

     64       360       463  

Other interest expense

     211       208       146  

Other expenses

     77       86       36  
                        

Total expenses

     352       654       645  

Income tax benefit

     (75 )     (76 )     (4 )
                        

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities

     (128 )     132       544  

Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities:

      

Consolidated banking subsidiary

     1,814       1,177       602  

Consolidated non-banking subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities

     125       (48 )     (40 )
                        

Net income

   $ 1,811     $ 1,261     $ 1,106  
                        

 

135


Table of Contents

 

STATEMENT OF CONDITION

 

As of December 31,    2008    2007
(In millions)          

Assets:

     

Interest-bearing deposits with banking subsidiary

   $ 2,770    $ 2,067

Securities purchased under resale agreements from:

     

Third parties

          6,798

Consolidated non-banking subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities

          3

Investment securities available for sale

     256      122

Investment securities held to maturity purchased under money market liquidity facility (fair value of $3,099)

     3,089     

Investments in subsidiaries:

     

Consolidated banking subsidiary

     13,339      11,932

Consolidated non-banking subsidiaries

     1,158      876

Unconsolidated entities

     252      184

Notes and other receivables from:

     

Consolidated banking subsidiary

     422      205

Consolidated non-banking subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities

     239      210

Other assets

     229      149
             

Total assets

   $ 21,754    $ 22,546
             

Liabilities:

     

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

      $ 6,293

Short-term borrowings under money market liquidity facility

   $ 3,063     

Commercial paper

     2,588      2,355

Accrued taxes, expenses and other liabilities due to:

     

Consolidated banking subsidiary

     447      241

Consolidated non-banking subsidiaries

     9      11

Third parties

     255      213

Long-term debt

     2,618      2,134
             

Total liabilities

     8,980      11,247

Shareholders’ equity

     12,774      11,299
             

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 21,754    $ 22,546
             

 

136


Table of Contents

 

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

Years ended December 31,    2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 144     $ 170     $ 497  

Investing Activities:

      

Net increase in interest-bearing deposits with banking subsidiary

     (703 )     (1,226 )     (291 )

Net (increase) decrease in securities purchased under resale agreements

     6,801       2,489       (211 )

Proceeds from maturity of available-for-sale security

     10       4        

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

     (168 )     (3 )     (2 )

Purchases under money market liquidity facility, net

     (3,089 )            

Investments in consolidated banking subsidiary, net

     (4,572 )     (300 )     (5 )

Investments in non-banking subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities

     (214 )     (13 )     22  

Net (increase) decrease in notes receivable from subsidiaries

     (146 )     18       1  

Other, net

     (21 )     129       141  
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (2,102 )     1,098       (345 )

Financing Activities:

      

Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under repurchase agreements

     (6,293 )     (2,479 )     148  

Net increase in short-term borrowings under money market liquidity facility, net

    
3,063
 
           

Net increase in commercial paper

     233       1,357       134  

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs

     493       1,488        

Payments for long-term debt

     (25 )     (516 )      

Proceeds from public offering of common stock, net of issuance costs

     2,251              

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     1,879              

Proceeds from issuance of warrant to purchase common stock

     121              

Purchases of common stock

           (1,002 )     (368 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock for stock awards and options exercised

     12              

Proceeds from issuances of treasury stock

     623       185       193  

Payments for cash dividends

     (399 )     (301 )     (259 )
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     1,958       (1,268 )     (152 )
                        

Net change

                  

Cash and due from banks at beginning of year

                  
                        

Cash and due from banks at end of year

   $     $     $  
                        

 

137


Table of Contents

 

STATISTICAL DISCLOSURE BY BANK HOLDING COMPANIES

Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential (Unaudited)

Average statements of condition and net interest revenue analysis for the years indicated are presented below.

 

Years ended December 31,   2008     2007     2006  
(Dollars in millions; fully
taxable-equivalent basis)
  Average
Balance
  Interest     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Rate
 

Assets:

                 

Interest-bearing deposits with non-U.S. banks

  $ 17,645   $ 725     4.11 %   $ 7,420   $ 415   5.60 %   $ 9,581   $ 412   4.30 %

Interest-bearing deposits with U.S. banks

    6,358     35     .56       13     1   7.19       40     2   5.00  

Securities purchased under resale agreements

    10,195     276     2.71       12,466     664   5.32       12,543     649   5.18  

Federal funds sold

    2,700     63     2.33       1,936     92   4.77       277     14   4.91  

Trading account assets

    2,423     78     3.22       972     55   5.60       975     48   4.91  

Investment securities:

                 

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

    23,434     889     3.79       21,705     1,106   5.10       21,160     1,011   4.78  

State and political subdivisions(2)

    6,138     343     5.59       5,268     251   4.79       2,616     115   4.45  

Other investments

    42,655     1,931     4.53       44,017     2,292   5.21       37,803     1,830   4.84  

Investment securities purchased under AMLF

    9,193     367     4.00                          

Commercial and financial loans

    9,967     306     3.07       8,759     365   4.18       5,338     205   3.84  

Lease financing(2)

    1,917     (30 )   (1.57 )     1,994     29   1.45       2,332     83   3.59  
                                           

Total interest-earning assets(2)

    132,625     4,983     3.75       104,550     5,270   5.04       92,665     4,369   4.72  

Cash and due from banks

    5,096         3,272         2,977    

Other assets

    23,976         15,660         10,802    
                             

Total assets

  $ 161,697       $ 123,482       $ 106,444    
                             

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

                 

Interest-bearing deposits:

                 

Time

  $ 4,115     142     3.45     $ 2,476     135   5.45     $ 1,617     57   3.52  

Savings

    7,101     81     1.14       5,081     178   3.50       836     32   3.81  

Non-U.S.

    68,291     1,103     1.62       60,663     1,985   3.27       53,182     1,802   3.39  
                                           

Total interest-bearing deposits

    79,507     1,326     1.67       68,220     2,298   3.37       55,635     1,891   3.40  

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

    14,261     177     1.24       16,132     701   4.35       20,883     914   4.38  

Federal funds purchased

    1,026     18     1.77       1,667     86   5.15       2,777     140   5.04  

Other short-term borrowings

    5,996     180     2.99       4,225     172   4.09       2,039     91   4.46  

Short-term borrowings under AMLF

    9,170     299     3.26                          

Long-term debt

    4,106     229     5.59       3,402     225   6.62       2,621     178   6.77  
                                           

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    114,066     2,229     1.95       93,646     3,482   3.72       83,955     3,214   3.83  
                               

Noninterest-bearing deposits:

                 

Special time

    14,547         9,836         7,282    

Demand

    5,384         225         663    

Non-U.S.(3)

    678         579         329    

Other liabilities

    14,614         9,769         7,471    

Shareholders’ equity

    12,408         9,427         6,744    
                             

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 161,697       $ 123,482       $ 106,444    
                             

Net interest revenue

    $ 2,754         $ 1,788       $ 1,155  
                               

Excess of rate earned over rate paid

      1.80 %       1.32 %       .89 %

Net interest margin(1)

      2.08         1.71         1.25  

 

(1) Net interest margin is fully taxable-equivalent net interest revenue divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

138


Table of Contents

 

(2) Fully taxable-equivalent revenue is a method of presentation in which the tax savings achieved by investing in tax-exempt securities are included in interest revenue with a corresponding charge to income tax expense. This method facilitates the comparison of the performance of tax-exempt and taxable securities. The adjustment is computed using a federal income tax rate of 35%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes, net of the related federal tax benefit. The fully taxable-equivalent adjustments included in interest revenue above were $104 million, $58 million and $45 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

(3) Non-U.S. noninterest-bearing deposits were $270 million, $1.02 billion and $326 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The table below summarizes changes in fully taxable-equivalent interest revenue and interest expense due to changes in volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and due to changes in interest rates. Changes attributed to both volumes and rates have been allocated based on the proportion of change in each category.

 

Years ended December 31,    2008 Compared to 2007     2007 Compared to 2006  
(Dollars in millions; fully taxable-equivalent
basis)
   Change in
Volume
    Change in
Rate
    Net (Decrease)
Increase
    Change in
Volume
    Change in
Rate
    Net (Decrease)
Increase
 

Interest revenue related to:

            

Interest-bearing deposits with non-U.S. banks

   $ 573     $ (263 )   $ 310     $ (93 )   $ 96     $ 3  

Interest-bearing deposits with U.S. banks

     34             34       (1 )           (1 )

Securities purchased under resale agreements

     (121 )     (267 )     (388 )     (4 )     19       15  

Federal funds sold

     37       (66 )     (29 )     81       (3 )     78  

Trading account assets

     81       (58 )     23             7       7  

Investment securities:

            

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

     88       (305 )     (217 )     26       69       95  

State and political subdivisions

     42       50       92       118       18       136  

Other investments

     (71 )     (290 )     (361 )     300       162       462  

Investment securities purchased under AMLF

     367             367                    

Commercial and financial loans

     51       (110 )     (59 )     130       30       160  

Lease financing

     (1 )     (58 )     (59 )     (12 )     (42 )     (54 )
                                                

Total interest-earning assets

     1,080       (1,367 )     (287 )     545       356       901  

Interest expense related to:

            

Deposits:

            

Time

     89       (82 )     7       30       48       78  

Savings

     71       (168 )     (97 )     162       (16 )     146  

Non-U.S.

     250       (1,132 )     (882 )     254       (71 )     183  

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

     (81 )     (443 )     (524 )     (208 )     (5 )     (213 )

Federal funds purchased

     (33 )     (35 )     (68 )     (56 )     2       (54 )

Other short-term borrowings

     73       (65 )     8       98       (17 )     81  

Short-term borrowings under AMLF

     299             299                    

Long-term debt

     47       (43 )     4       53       (6 )     47  
                                                

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     715       (1,968 )     (1,253 )     333       (65 )     268  
                                                

Net interest revenue

   $ 365     $ 601     $ 966     $ 212     $ 421     $ 633  
                                                

 

139


Table of Contents

 

Quarterly Summarized Financial Information (Unaudited)

 

(Dollars and shares in millions,

except per share amounts)

   2008 Quarters     2007 Quarters
   Fourth     Third     Second    First     Fourth     Third     Second     First

Total fee revenue

   $ 1,881     $ 1,899     $ 2,006    $ 1,961     $ 1,927     $ 1,799     $ 1,537     $ 1,370

Interest revenue

     1,427       1,027       1,137      1,288       1,454       1,383       1,203       1,172

Interest expense

     584       502       480      663       898       919       818       847
                                                             

Net interest revenue

     843       525       657      625       556       464       385       325

Provision for loan losses

                                             
                                                             

Net interest revenue after provision for loan losses

     843       525       657      625       556       464       385       325

Gains (Losses) related to investment securities, net

     (51 )     (3 )     9      (9 )     (4 )     (23 )     (1 )     1

Gain on sale of CitiStreet interest, net of exit and other associated costs

           350                                   
                                                             

Total revenue

     2,673       2,771       2,672      2,577       2,479       2,240       1,921       1,696

Total expenses

     2,311       1,925       1,841      1,774       2,173       1,689       1,358       1,213
                                                             

Income before income tax expense

     362       846       831      803       306       551       563       483

Income tax expense

     106       369       283      273       83       193       197       169
                                                             

Net income

   $ 256     $ 477     $ 548    $ 530     $ 223     $ 358     $ 366     $ 314
                                                             

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 234     $ 477     $ 548    $ 530     $ 223     $ 358     $ 366     $ 314
                                                             

Earnings per common share from continuing operations:

                 

Basic

   $ .55     $ 1.11     $ 1.36    $ 1.37     $ .58     $ .92     $ 1.09     $ .94

Diluted

     .54       1.09       1.35      1.35       .57       .91       1.07       .93

Earnings per common share:

                 

Basic

   $ .55     $ 1.11     $ 1.36    $ 1.37     $ .58     $ .92     $ 1.09     $ .94

Diluted

     .54       1.09       1.35      1.35       .57       .91       1.07       .93

Average common shares outstanding:

                 

Basic

     431       431       402      388       385       387       336       334

Diluted

     432       435       407      394       392       392       341       339

Dividends per common share

   $ .24     $ .24     $ .24    $ .23     $ .23     $ .22     $ .22     $ .21

Common stock price:

                 

High

   $ 58.05     $ 74.85     $ 85.31    $ 86.55     $ 82.53     $ 73.76     $ 70.58     $ 72.82

Low

     28.06       29.09       63.23      69.75       66.79       59.13       64.21       61.70

Close

     39.33       56.88       63.99      79.00       81.20       68.16       68.40       64.75

 

140


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES; CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

State Street has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that material information relating to State Street and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis required to be disclosed in its reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to State Street’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. For the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2008, State Street’s management carried out an evaluation, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of State Street’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of these disclosure controls and procedures, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that State Street’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2008.

State Street has also established and maintains internal control over financial reporting as a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. In the ordinary course of business, State Street routinely enhances its internal controls and procedures for financial reporting by either upgrading its current systems or implementing new systems. Changes have been made and will be made to State Street’s internal controls and procedures for financial reporting as a result of these efforts. During the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2008, no change occurred in State Street’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, State Street’s internal control over financial reporting.

INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of State Street is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements and other financial information contained in this Form 10-K. Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Management has designed business processes and internal controls and has also established and is responsible for maintaining a business culture that fosters financial integrity and accurate reporting. To these ends, management maintains a comprehensive system of internal controls intended to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of State Street in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. State Street’s accounting policies and internal control over financial reporting, established and maintained by management, are under the general oversight of State Street’s Board of Directors, including State Street’s Examining and Audit Committee.

Management has made a comprehensive review, evaluation, and assessment of State Street’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. The standard measures adopted by management in making its evaluation are the measures in the Integrated Framework published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO Framework).

Based upon its review and evaluation, management has concluded that State Street’s internal control over financial reporting is effective at December 31, 2008, and that there were no material weaknesses in State Street’s internal control over financial reporting as of that date.

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which has audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements contained in this Form 10-K, has issued its written attestation report on its assessment of State Street’s internal control over financial reporting which follows this report.

 

141


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

THE SHAREHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS

STATE STREET CORPORATION

We have audited State Street Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). State Street Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, State Street Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of condition of State Street Corporation as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 of State Street Corporation and our report dated February 26, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

LOGO

Boston, Massachusetts

February 26, 2009

 

142


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information concerning our directors will appear in our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2009, under the caption “Election of Directors.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Information about a current director of State Street who will be retiring as director at the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is as follows:

 

NADER F. DAREHSHORI    Director since 1990

Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and co-founder of Aptius Education, Inc., an educational publishing company, since 2007. Mr. Darehshori, now age 72, was Chairman, director and co-founder of Cambium Learning, Inc., an educational publishing company, from 2004 to 2007. He was Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Houghton Mifflin Company, a publishing company, from 1990 to 2000. Mr. Darehshori is a director of Aviva USA Corporation. He is a trustee of Wellesley College and the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, and a director of the Tanenbaum Center for Interreligious Understanding. Mr. Darehshori received a B.A. degree from the University of Wisconsin.

Information concerning our executive officers appears under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Item 4A of this Form 10-K. Information concerning our Examining and Audit Committee will appear in our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2009, under the caption “Corporate Governance at State Street—Committees of the Board of Directors.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference. Information concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act will appear in our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2009, under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Our Board has adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller. The code of ethics has been posted on our Internet website at www.statestreet.com . We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the code of ethics, and that relates to a substantive amendment or material departure from a provision of the code of ethics, by posting such information on our Internet website at www.statestreet.com . We also intend to satisfy the disclosure requirements of the NYSE listing standards regarding waivers of the Standard of Conduct for Directors, and waivers for executive officers of the Standard of Conduct at State Street, by posting such information on our Internet website at www.statestreet.com.

 

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information in response to this item will appear in our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2009, under the caption “Executive Compensation.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will appear in our Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2009, under the caption “Beneficial Ownership of Shares.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

143


Table of Contents

 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table discloses the number of outstanding common stock options, warrants and rights granted by State Street to participants in equity compensation plans, as well as the number of securities remaining available for future issuance under these plans, as of December 31, 2008. The table provides this information separately for equity compensation plans that have and have not been approved by shareholders.

 

(Shares in thousands)   

(a)

Number of securities

to be issued

upon exercise of

outstanding options,
warrants and rights

   (b)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   (c)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation

plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))

Plan category:

        

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders

  

23,926

   $59.93    9,244

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

  

70

     
            

Total

  

23,996

   $59.93    9,244
            

One compensation plan under which equity securities of State Street are authorized for issuance has been adopted without the approval of shareholders.

In 2001, the Board adopted the State Street Corporation Savings-Related Stock Plan, or “SAYE Plan,” for employees in the United Kingdom. Under the SAYE Plan, employee-participants could commit to save a specified amount from after-tax pay for a fixed period (either three or five years). Savings are deducted automatically. At the end of the period chosen, a tax-free bonus is added by State Street to the savings amount (the level of the bonus depends on the length of the fixed period of savings), and participants have the option to receive the savings and bonus amount in cash, or to use the amount to purchase common stock from State Street at an exercise price equal to the market price of the stock as of the date of joining the SAYE Plan less a discount fixed by State Street at the date of joining. For participants joining the SAYE Plan in 2001, the discount was 15%. There was no discount for participants joining in 2002. Options granted under the SAYE Plan are non-transferable. If a participant withdraws from participation before the end of the fixed period, the options to purchase stock are forfeited. If a participant terminates employment during the period due to retirement, disability, redundancy or sale of the employer from State Street’s group, the options may be exercised within six months of the occurrence, or one year if by reason of death. Under the SAYE Plan, an aggregate of 170,000 shares of common stock was authorized for issuance. The SAYE Plan has been discontinued and no new participations under the SAYE Plan are permitted. At December 31, 2008, there were no outstanding stock options.

In addition, individual directors who are not our employees have received annual awards of deferred stock for a number of shares based on the amount of their annual retainer, payable after the director leaves the Board or attains a specific age. The number of deferred shares includes, in the case of certain directors, additional deferred share amounts in respect of an accrual under a terminated retirement plan, and for all directors is increased to reflect dividends paid on the common stock. Also, directors who are not our employees may receive their annual retainer payable at their option either in shares of our common stock or cash, and may further elect to defer either 50% or 100% until after termination of their services as a director. The number of deferred shares is increased to reflect dividends paid on the common stock. Deferred stock awards totaling 187,258 shares of common stock were outstanding at December 31, 2008; awards made through June 30, 2003 have not been approved by shareholders. Awards of deferred stock made or non-deferred retainer shares paid to individual directors after June 30, 2003 have been or will be made under our 1997 or 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, which was approved by shareholders.

 

144


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions and director independence will appear in our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2009, under the captions “Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance at State Street.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Information concerning principal accounting fees and services will appear in our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2009, under the caption “Relationship with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

145


Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(A)(1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following consolidated financial statements of State Street are included in Item 8 hereof:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statement of Income—Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Consolidated Statement of Condition—As of December 31, 2008 and 2007

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity—Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows—Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(A)(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Certain schedules to the consolidated financial statements have been omitted if they were not required by Article 9 of Regulation S-X or if, under the related instructions, they were inapplicable, or the information was contained elsewhere herein.

(A)(3) EXHIBITS

The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index beginning on page 148 of this Form 10-K are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference to other SEC filings.

 

146


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirement of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, on February 26, 2009, thereunto duly authorized.

 

STATE STREET CORPORATION
By  

/s/ E DWARD J. R ESCH

 

EDWARD J. RESCH,

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

By  

/s/ J AMES J. M ALERBA

 

JAMES J. MALERBA,

Executive Vice President and

Corporate Controller

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on February 26, 2009 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

OFFICERS:

 

/s/ R ONALD E. L OGUE

   

/s/ E DWARD J. R ESCH

RONALD E. LOGUE,

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; Director

   

EDWARD J. RESCH,

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

   

/s/ J AMES J. M ALERBA

   

JAMES J. MALERBA,

Executive Vice President and Corporate Controller

DIRECTORS:

 

/s/ R ONALD E. L OGUE

   

/s/ L INDA A. H ILL

RONALD E. LOGUE    

LINDA A. HILL

/s/ K ENNETT F. B URNES

   

/s/ C HARLES R. L A M ANTIA

KENNETT F. BURNES    

CHARLES R. LAMANTIA

/s/ P ETER C OYM

   

/s/ R ICHARD P. S ERGEL

PETER COYM    

RICHARD P. SERGEL

/s/ N ADER F. D AREHSHORI

   

/s/ R ONALD L. S KATES

NADER F. DAREHSHORI    

RONALD L. SKATES

/s/ A MELIA C. F AWCETT

   

/s/ G REGORY L. S UMME

AMELIA C. FAWCETT     GREGORY L. SUMME

/s/ D AVID P. G RUBER

   

/s/ R OBERT E. W EISSMAN

DAVID P. GRUBER     ROBERT E. WEISSMAN
   

 

147


Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

(filed herewith)

 

3.1    Restated Articles of Organization, as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to State Street’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 28, 2008 filed with the Commission October 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference)
3.2    Amended and Restated By-Laws
4.1    The description of State Street’s Common Stock is included in State Street’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A, as filed on January 18, 1995 and March 7, 1995 (filed on January 18, 1995 and March 7, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference)
4.2   

Warrant dated October 28, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to State Street’s Current Report on Form
8-K dated October 28, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference)

(Note: None of the instruments defining the rights of holders of State Street’s outstanding long-term debt are in respect of indebtedness in excess of 10% of the total assets of State Street and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. State Street hereby agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request a copy of any other instrument with respect to long-term debt of State Street and its subsidiaries.)

10.1†    State Street’s Management Supplemental Retirement Plan Amended and Restated
10.2†   

State Street’s Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan (formerly, “State Street Supplemental Defined Benefit Pension Plan for Executive Officers”) Amended and Restated (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to State Street’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 filed with the Commission on November 4, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference)

10.3†    Form of Employment Agreement with each of Ronald E. Logue and Edward J. Resch, Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to State Street’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 filed with the Commission on November 4, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.4†    Form of Employment Agreement with each of Joseph L. Hooley, Joseph C. Antonellis and
James S. Phalen, Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to State Street’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 filed with Commission on November 4, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.5†    State Street’s Executive Compensation Trust Agreement dated December 6, 1996 (Rabbi Trust)
10.6†    State Street’s 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of awards and agreements thereunder
10.7†    State Street’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to State Street’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed with the Commission February 15, 2008; filed as Exhibit 10.1 to State Street’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 filed with the Commission August 1, 2008, which exhibits are incorporated herein by reference)
10.8†    State Street’s 2006 Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix C to State Street’s definitive Proxy Statement filed with the Commission on March 13, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.9†    State Street’s Management Supplemental Savings Plan, Amended and Restated (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to State Street’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007 filed with the Commission on November 2, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.10†    Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of State Street Corporation, Restated

 

148


Table of Contents

 

10.11†    Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of State Street Bank and Trust Company (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to State Street’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 filed with the Commission on August 4, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.12†    Description of compensation arrangements for non-employee directors
10.13†    Memorandum of agreement of employment of Edward J. Resch, accepted October 16, 2002
10.14†    Separation Agreement between State Street Corporation and William W. Hunt, dated as of January 2, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to State Street’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed with the Commission February 15, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.15†    Form of Waiver dated October 27, 2008 for compensation and benefit matters related to United States Department of Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program by each of
Ronald E. Logue, Joseph L. Hooley, Joseph C. Antonellis, James S. Phalen and Edward J. Resch
10.16†    Form of Omnibus Amendment for compensation and benefits dated October 28, 2008 between State Street Corporation and each of Ronald E. Logue, Joseph L. Hooley,
Joseph C. Antonellis, James S. Phalen and Edward J. Resch
10.17    Purchase Agreement dated as of October 26, 2008 between State Street Corporation and the United States Department of the Treasury (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to State Street’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 27, 2008 filed with the Commission October 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.18A†    Form of Indemnification Agreement between State Street Corporation and each of its directors (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to State Street’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.18B†    Form of Indemnification Agreement between State Street Corporation and each of its executive officers (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to State Street’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.18C†    Form of Indemnification Agreement between State Street Bank and Trust Company and each of its directors (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to State Street’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.18D†    Form of Indemnification Agreement between State Street Bank and Trust Company and each of its executive officers (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to State Street’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference)
11    Computation of Earnings per Share (information appears in note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8)
12    Statement of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21    Subsidiaries of State Street Corporation
23    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
31.2    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer
32    Section 1350 Certifications

 

Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

 

149

Exhibit 3.2

BY-LAWS

of

STATE STREET CORPORATION

As amended through October 16, 2008

ARTICLE I

SHAREHOLDERS

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders of this corporation shall be held at such time and place as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the event an annual meeting is not held at the time fixed in accordance with these by-laws or the time for an annual meeting is not fixed in accordance with these by-laws to be held within 13 months after the last annual meeting, the corporation may designate a special meeting as a special meeting in lieu of the annual meeting, and such meeting shall have all of the effect of an annual meeting. The purposes for which an annual meeting is to be held shall be specified in the corporation’s notice of the meeting and only business within such purposes may be conducted at the meeting.

SECTION 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the chairman of the Board or by the Board of Directors and shall be called by the secretary, or in the case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the secretary, by any other officer, if the holders of at least forty (40) percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue to be considered at the proposed special meeting sign, date and deliver to the secretary one or more written demands for the meeting describing the purpose for which it is to be held. Such demands must include all the information that would be required pursuant to paragraph (b) of Section 7 of this Article I. Such demands may suggest a place, date and hour of such meeting, provided, however, that no such demands shall suggest a date not a full business day or an hour not within normal business hours as the date or hour of such meeting and provided, further, that such date and hour shall be determined by the chairman of the Board or by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place as may be determined by the Board of Directors. The purposes for which a special meeting is to be held shall be described in the corporation’s notice of the meeting and only business within such purposes may be conducted at the meeting.

SECTION 3. Place of Meetings . Meetings of the shareholders may be held within or without the Commonwealth.

SECTION 4. Notice . Except as hereinafter provided, a written notice of each meeting of shareholders stating the place, date and hour and describing the purpose or purposes thereof shall be given by the secretary or an assistant secretary (or by any other officer who is authorized to provide notice of such meeting) no fewer than seven nor more than 60 days before the meeting date to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat and to

 

1


each other shareholder to whom, by law or by the articles of organization, the corporation is required to provide such notice. Such notice shall be given in accordance with Article V of these by-laws. Whenever notice of a meeting is required to be given to a shareholder by law, by the articles of organization or by these by-laws, a written waiver of such notice, signed before or after the meeting by such shareholder or such shareholder’s attorney thereunto authorized, or transmitted by such shareholder or attorney by a method from which it can be determined that the waiver was authorized by the shareholder or attorney, and delivered to the corporation for inclusion with the records of the meeting, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice for such meeting and all adjourned sessions thereof. In addition, a shareholder’s attendance at a meeting: (i) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; and (ii) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

SECTION 5. Action at a Meeting . Except as otherwise provided by the articles of organization, at any meeting of the shareholders a majority of all shares of stock then issued, outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. Though less than a quorum be present, any meeting may without further notice be adjourned to a subsequent date or until a quorum be had, and at any such adjourned meeting any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

When a quorum is present at any meeting, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented and entitled to vote shall be necessary and sufficient to the determination of any questions brought before the meeting, unless a larger or different vote is required by law, by the articles of organization or by these by-laws, provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided by the articles of organization, any election by shareholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the shareholders entitled to vote in such election.

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the articles of organization, each outstanding share entitled to vote on any matter shall have one vote for each such share held of record according to the records of the corporation, and a proportionate vote for any fractional share so held, on each matter voted on at a shareholder meeting. To the extent permitted by law, shareholders may vote either in person or by proxy. The delivery of a proxy on behalf of a shareholder consistent with telephonic or electronically transmitted instructions obtained pursuant to procedures of the corporation reasonably designed to verify that such instructions have been authorized by such shareholder shall constitute execution and delivery of the proxy by or on behalf of the shareholder. Except to the extent permitted by law, no proxy dated more than eleven months before the meeting named therein shall be valid, and unless otherwise expressly limited by its terms, a proxy shall entitle the holder or holders of the proxy to vote at any adjournment of such meeting but shall not be valid after the final adjournment of such meeting. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if authorized by or on behalf of any one of them unless at or prior to the exercise of the proxy the corporation receives written (including by electronic transmission as provided above in this paragraph) notice to the contrary from any one of them. A proxy purporting to be authorized by or on behalf of a shareholder, if accepted by the corporation in its discretion, shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving its invalidity shall rest on the challenger.

 

2


Any election of directors by shareholders and the determination of any other action to come before a meeting of shareholders shall be by ballot if so requested by any shareholder at the meeting entitled to vote thereon but need not be otherwise.

SECTION 6. Action Without a Meeting . Except as otherwise required by law, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if all shareholders entitled to vote on the action consent to the action in writing (including by means of electronic transmission describing the action taken, from which it can be determined that the consent was authorized by the shareholder), which written consents describe the action taken, are signed by all shareholders entitled to vote on the action, bear the date of the signatures of such shareholders and are delivered to the corporation for inclusion with the records of the meetings of shareholders within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation. Each consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting.

SECTION 7. Notice of Shareholder Business and Nomination of Directors .

(a) Meetings of Shareholders . At any meeting of the shareholders, only such business shall be conducted, and only such nominations for director shall be considered, as shall have been properly brought before the meeting as provided in this Section 7. To be properly brought before a meeting, business and nominations must be (i) specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors, (iii) properly brought before a special meeting upon written demands as provided in Section 2 of this Article I or properly requested to be brought before a special meeting in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 7, or (iv) properly requested to be brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder of the corporation who (x) was a shareholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 7, (y) is a shareholder of record on the record date for the meeting and is entitled to vote at such meeting and (z) has complied with the notice procedures and other requirements of this Section 7; provided, however, that a shareholder may not bring or propose to be brought before a meeting any business under this clause (iv) unless such business is a proper matter for shareholder action under Massachusetts law and such business is within the purposes specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting. Other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), clause (iii) of this Section 7(a) shall be the exclusive means for a shareholder to bring business and nominations before any special meeting of the shareholders and clause (iv) of this Section 7(a) shall be the exclusive means for a shareholder to bring business and nominations before any annual meeting of the shareholders. The chairman of the Board or other presiding officer of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether business or a nomination was properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7, and if the chairman or other presiding officer should determine that business or a nomination was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and such business shall not be brought before the meeting.

(b) Annual Meetings . For business and nominations to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder pursuant to clause (iv) of paragraph (a) of this Section 7, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the

 

3


secretary of this corporation and, if the shareholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such business or nomination(s) is to be made, solicits or participates in the solicitation of proxies in support of such business or nomination(s), the shareholder must have timely and accurately indicated its, or such beneficial owner’s, intention to do so as provided below. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice shall be delivered to the secretary of this corporation at the principal executive offices of this corporation not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the regularly-scheduled annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the 60th day prior to such annual meeting and (y) the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a scheduled meeting of shareholders commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above. Such shareholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (I) all information relating to such proposed nominee that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (along with such proposed nominee’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected) and (II) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among (x) the shareholder, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made and the respective affiliates and associates of, or others acting in concert with, such shareholder and such beneficial owner, on the one hand, and (y) each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with such nominee, on the other hand, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the shareholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such Item and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; (B) as to any business (other than nominations for election as a director) that the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, the text of the proposal (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, if such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws of this corporation, the text of the proposed amendment), and a description of any material interest in such business of such shareholder, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made and the respective affiliates and associates of, or others acting in concert with, such shareholder and such beneficial owner; (C) as to the shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the business or nomination(s) is proposed (I) the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on this corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (II) the class or series and number of shares of this corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder and by such beneficial owner, (III) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between such shareholder and such beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with such business or nomination, (IV) a description of any

 

4


agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the shareholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, such shareholder and such beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such shareholder or such beneficial owner with respect to shares of stock of the corporation, and (V) any other information relating to such shareholder and such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the business proposed and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (D) a representation as to whether either such shareholder or beneficial owner, alone or as part of a group, intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the business proposed or elect the nominee and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies from shareholders in support of such business or nominee. Not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting, the information required by Items (A), (B) and (C) of the prior sentence shall be supplemented by the shareholder giving the notice to provide updated information as of the record date. The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish promptly such other information as may be reasonably required to determine the eligibility and qualifications of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable shareholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

(c) Special Meetings . Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be properly brought before a special meeting at which the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected either (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (ii) by any shareholder of the corporation who complies with the notice provisions set forth below and is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of such notice and who is a shareholder of record on the record date for the meeting and is entitled to vote at such meeting. Shareholders desiring to nominate persons for election to the Board of Directors at such a special meeting of shareholders shall deliver a shareholder’s notice that includes all the information that would be required pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 7 to the secretary of this corporation at the principal executive offices of this corporation not earlier than the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the 60th day prior to such special meeting and (y) the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. Such notice shall be updated in the same manner as provided by paragraph (b) of this Section 7. The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish promptly such other information as may be reasonably required to determine the eligibility and qualifications of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable shareholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a scheduled meeting of shareholders commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above.

(d) General . For purposes of this Section 7, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service,

 

5


Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by this corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Section 7 shall obligate the corporation or the Board of Directors to include in its notice of meeting or proxy statement for any annual meeting any proposal or other information submitted by a shareholder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 7; provided, however, that any references in these by-laws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to, and shall not, limit the requirements applicable to shareholder business and nominations contained in this Section 7 . Nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of shareholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or any successor Rule or (ii) of the holders of any series of preferred stock if and to the extent provided for under law, the articles of organization or these by-laws.

SECTION 8. Postponement or Adjournment of Annual or Special Meeting . The Board of Directors acting by resolution may postpone and reschedule any previously scheduled annual or special meeting of shareholders. Any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be adjourned by the chairman of the Board or by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. Number, Election and Term . There shall be a board of not less than three nor more than 30 directors. The number of directors shall be determined from time to time by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. No director need be a shareholder. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the articles of organization, each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified or there is a decrease in the number of directors.

No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

SECTION 2. Resignations . Any director may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the chairman of the Board or to the Board of Directors. Such resignation shall become effective at the time or upon the happening of the condition, if any, specified therein, or, if no such time or condition is specified, upon its receipt. A director who has submitted a resignation effective at a future date shall continue to have all the powers of a director of the corporation, including without limitation the power to vote to fill any vacancy or newly created directorship pursuant to Section 4 of this Article II, until such time as such resignation becomes effective.

 

6


SECTION 3. Removal . At any meeting of the shareholders called for the purpose, the notice of which meeting states that purpose, any director may be removed from office only for cause and only by vote of a majority of the shares issued, outstanding and entitled to vote for the election of directors. At any meeting of the Board of Directors called for the purpose, the notice of which meeting states that purpose, any director may be removed from office for cause by vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

SECTION 4. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships, whether resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a director, or otherwise, may be filled by the shareholders or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and any director so elected shall hold office for a term to expire at the next shareholders’ meeting at which directors are elected, and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified or there is a decrease in the number of directors.

SECTION 5. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times and places within or without the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as the Board of Directors may fix from time to time and, when so fixed, no notice thereof need be given. Unless otherwise prescribed by the Board of Directors, the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held without notice on the day of the annual meeting of the shareholders or the special meeting of the shareholders held in lieu thereof, immediately following the annual meeting at the principal office of the corporation. If in any year a first meeting of the Board of Directors is not held at such time and place, any elections to be held or business to be transacted at such first meeting may be held or transacted at any later meeting of the Board of Directors with the same force and effect as if held or transacted at such first meeting.

SECTION 6. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the president or secretary or by any director. Such special meetings may be held anywhere within or without the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as designated in the notice of the meeting. A written notice stating the place, date and hour (but not necessarily the purposes) of the meeting shall be given to each director by the secretary or an assistant secretary or by the officer or director calling the meeting at least forty-eight hours before such meeting in accordance with Article V of these by-laws. A director may waive any notice before or after the date and time of the meeting. The waiver shall be in writing, signed by the director entitled to the notice, or in the form of an electronic transmission by the director to the corporation, and filed with the minutes or corporate records. A director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him or her of the meeting unless the director at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

SECTION 7. Action at a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided by law, the articles of organization or these by-laws, a quorum of the Board of Directors consists of a majority of the directors then in office, provided always that any number of directors (whether one or more and whether or not constituting a quorum) constituting a majority of directors present at any meeting or at any adjourned meeting may make an adjournment thereof. If a quorum is present when a vote is taken, the affirmative vote of a majority of directors

 

7


present is the act of the Board of Directors, unless the articles of organization or these by-laws require the vote of a greater or different number of directors. A director who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors when corporate action is taken is considered to have assented to the action taken unless: (i) he or she objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, to holding it or transacting business at the meeting; (ii) his or her dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (iii) he or she delivers written notice of his or her dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the corporation immediately after adjournment of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention is not available to a director who votes in favor of the action taken.

SECTION 8. Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the directors may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by the unanimous consent of the members of the Board of Directors. The action must be evidenced by one or more consents describing the action taken, in writing, signed by each director, or delivered to the corporation by electronic transmission, to the address specified by the corporation for the purpose or, if no address has been specified, to the principal office of the corporation, addressed to the secretary or other officer or agent having custody of the records of proceedings of directors, and included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records reflecting the action taken. Action taken under this Section 8 is effective when the last director signs or delivers the consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective date. A consent signed or delivered under this Section 8 has the effect of a meeting vote and may be described as such in any document.

SECTION 9. Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors, who shall have and may exercise (or have exercised under its authority) all the powers of the corporation, except such as by law or by the articles of organization are conferred upon or reserved to the shareholders. In particular, and without limiting the foregoing, the directors may at any time authorize to be issued all or any part of the unissued capital stock of the corporation from time to time authorized under the articles of organization and may determine, subject to any requirements of applicable law, the consideration for which stock is to be issued and the manner of allocating such consideration between capital and surplus. In the event of any vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors then in office, except as otherwise provided by law, shall have and may exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

SECTION 10. Committees . The Board of Directors may appoint from the Board an executive committee or one or more other committees and may delegate to any such committee or committees any or all of the powers of the Board except those which by law, by the articles of organization or by these by-laws may not be so delegated. Such committees shall serve at the pleasure of the Board. Except as provided by law or as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, each such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but, unless otherwise determined by the Board in a manner consistent with law or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as may be provided in these by-laws for the conduct of the business by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 11. Presence Through Communications Equipment . Unless otherwise provided by law or the articles of organization, members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such

 

8


committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can simultaneously hear each other during the meeting and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. Enumeration . The officers of the corporation shall consist of a president, a treasurer and a secretary and such other officers, including without limitation a chairman of the Board of Directors, one or more vice chairmen of the Board of Directors, a clerk and one or more vice presidents, assistant treasurers, assistant secretaries and assistant clerks, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

SECTION 2. Qualifications . Any officer may be, but none need be, a shareholder or a director. The same person may hold at the same time one or more offices. Any officer may be required by the Board of Directors to give a bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties to the corporation, in such form and with such sureties as the Board of Directors may determine.

SECTION 3. Appointments . The president, treasurer and secretary shall be appointed annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of the shareholders. All other officers shall be chosen or appointed by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other time.

SECTION 4. Term . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the articles of organization or by these by-laws, the chairman, president, treasurer and secretary shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified, or in each case until such officer sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. All other officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 5. Resignations . Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the president or to the secretary. Such resignation shall be effective at such later time or upon such later happening of a condition, if any, specified therein or, if no such time or condition is specified, upon its delivery.

SECTION 6. Removal . Any officer may be removed from office with or without cause by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

SECTION 7. Vacancies . Vacancies in any office may be filled by or as authorized by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 8. Certain Duties and Powers . Unless otherwise prescribed by the Board of Directors, the officers designated below, subject at all times to these by-laws and to the direction and control of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise the respective duties and powers set forth below. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, except as otherwise required by law.

 

9


(a) The Chairman of the Board of Directors. The chairman of the Board, if there is one, shall have such duties and powers as are prescribed by the Board of Directors and, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) The Chief Executive Officer. The chief executive officer, if there is one, shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general supervision and control of the business of the corporation and have such other duties and powers as are prescribed by the Board of Directors. If there is no chairman, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the chief executive officer shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

(c) The President. The president shall have such duties and powers as are prescribed by the Board of Directors. If there is no chairman or chief executive officer, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the president shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

(d) The Treasurer. Except as the Board of Directors shall otherwise determine, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of accounts and have such other powers and duties as customarily belong to the office of treasurer or as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

(e) The Secretary. The secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the shareholders and of all proceedings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the secretary from any meeting of the shareholders or from any meeting of the Board of Directors, an assistant secretary, if there be one, otherwise a secretary pro tempore designated by the person presiding at the meeting, shall perform the duties of the secretary at such meeting.

SECTION 9. Other Duties and Powers . Each officer, subject at all times to these by-laws and to the direction and control of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise, in addition to the duties and powers specifically set forth in these by-laws, such duties and powers as are prescribed by law, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his or her office and such duties and powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

SECTION 1. Certificates . Unless the Board of Directors by resolution otherwise provides, each shareholder of record shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates stating the number and the class and the designation of the series, if any, of the shares held by the shareholder, and otherwise in a form approved by the Board of Directors. Each certificate shall be signed by the chairman of the Board, the president or a vice president and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer and shall bear the corporate seal. Such signatures and such seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she was such officer at the time of its issue.

 

10


Every certificate issued for shares of stock at a time when such shares are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the articles of organization, these by-laws or any agreement to which the corporation is a party shall have the restriction noted conspicuously on the certificate.

Every certificate issued for shares of stock at a time when the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall set forth on the face or back of the certificate either (i) a summary of the preferences, limitations and special and relative rights of the shares of each class and series, if any, authorized to be issued, as set forth in the articles of organization, or (ii) a statement of the existence of such preferences, limitations and rights and a statement that the corporation will furnish a copy thereof to the holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge.

SECTION 2. Transfers . The Board of Directors may make such rules and regulations not inconsistent with law, with the articles of organization or with these by-laws as it deems expedient relative to the issue, transfer and registration of stock certificates. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more banks or trust companies, including one which is a subsidiary or affiliate of the corporation, as transfer agents and registrars of the shares of stock of the corporation and may require all stock certificates to be signed by such a transfer agent or registrar or both. The corporation or its agent shall maintain a record of its shareholders, in a form that permits preparation of a list of names and addresses of all shareholders, in alphabetical order, by voting group and by class or series of shares showing the number of shares held by each. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the articles of organization or by these by-laws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of any shares of stock as shown on the books of the corporation as the holder of such shares for all purposes, including the right to receive notice of and to vote at any meeting of shareholders and the right to receive any dividend or other distribution in respect of such shares.

SECTION 3. Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a time, which shall be not more than 70 days before the date of any meeting of shareholders or the date for the payment of any dividend or the making of any distribution to shareholders or the last day on which the consent or dissent of shareholders may be effectively expressed for any purpose, as the record date for determining the shareholders having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof or the right to receive such dividend or distribution or the right to give such consent or dissent, and in such case only shareholders of record on such record date shall have such right, notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the corporation after the record date; or without fixing such record date the directors may for any of such purposes close the transfer books for all or any part of such period. If no record date is fixed and the transfer books are not closed, (i) the record date for determining shareholders having the right to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, and (ii) the record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors acts with respect thereto.

SECTION 4. Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise provided by law, determine the conditions upon which a new certificate of stock may be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, mutilated or destroyed.

 

11


ARTICLE V

MANNER OF NOTICE

Except as otherwise provided in these by-laws or required by law, notices provided for under these by-laws shall conform to the following requirements:

(a) Notice shall be in writing. Notice by electronic transmission is written notice.

(b) Subject to subsection (d) below, notice may be communicated in person; telegraph, teletype or other electronic means; by mail; by electronic transmission; or by messenger or delivery service.

(c) Written notice, other than notice by electronic transmission, by the corporation to its shareholders, in comprehensible form, is effective upon deposit in the United States mail, if mailed postpaid and correctly addressed to the shareholder’s address shown in the corporation’s current record of shareholders.

(d) Written notice by electronic transmission, if in comprehensible form, is effective: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number furnished by the addressee for the purpose; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address furnished by the addressee for the purpose; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the addressee of such specific posting, directed to an electronic mail address furnished by the addressee for the purpose, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the addressee in such manner as the addressee shall have specified to the corporation; provided , however , that notices by any shareholder to the corporation shall not be by any of the forms of electronic transmission set forth in clauses (2), (3) or (4) of this subsection (d). An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(e) Except as provided in subsection (c) of this Article V, written notice, other than notice by electronic transmission, if in comprehensible form, is effective at the earliest of the following: (1) when received; (2) five days after its deposit in the United States mail, if mailed postpaid and correctly addressed; or (3) on the date shown on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested; or if sent by messenger or delivery service, on the date shown on the return receipt signed by or on behalf of the addressee.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the first day of January in each year and end on the last day of December next following.

SECTION 2. Corporate Seal . The seal of the corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

12


SECTION 3. Corporate Records . A copy of the corporation’s articles of organization, by-laws, resolutions creating one or more classes or series of outstanding shares fixing their relevant rights, preferences and limitations, minutes of all meetings of the shareholders for the preceding three years, written communications to shareholders generally within the preceding three years, list of the names and business addresses of the current directors and officers, and most recent annual report for the secretary of state, shall be kept in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts at the principal office of the corporation or at an office of its transfer agent or of its secretary or of its registered agent, if any.

SECTION 4. Voting of Securities . Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise prescribe and as may be limited by law, the chairman of the Board, if there be one, the president and the treasurer and each of them acting singly shall have full power and authority in the name and behalf of the corporation, subject to the instructions of the Board of Directors, to waive notice of, to attend, act and vote at, and to appoint any person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at, any meeting of shareholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation.

SECTION 5. MGL Chapter 110D . The provisions of Chapter 110D of the General Laws shall not apply to this corporation on or after January l, 1988, provided that the Board of Directors has and reserves its right under Chapter 110D to subsequently amend these by-laws to accept the provisions of Chapter 110D.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by the articles of organization, these by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of stock then issued, outstanding and entitled to vote on the matter, provided notice of the substance of the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal is given with the notice of the meeting. These by-laws may also be altered, amended or repealed by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, except with respect to any provision which by law, by the articles of organization or by these by-laws requires action by the shareholders. Action by the shareholders is required to alter, amend or repeal this Article VII so as to increase the power of the directors or reduce the power of the shareholders to alter, amend or repeal these by-laws. Not later than the time of giving notice of the meeting of the shareholders next following the making, amending or repealing by the directors of any by-law, notice stating the substance of the action taken shall be given to all shareholders entitled to vote on amending the by-laws. Any action taken by the directors with respect to these by-laws may be amended or repealed by the shareholders.

 

13

Exhibit 10.1

State Street Corporation

Management Supplemental Retirement Plan

Second Amendment and Restatement, Effective January 1, 2008


STATE STREET CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

Second Amendment and Restatement, Effective January 1, 2008

 

1. Purpose . This Management Supplemental Retirement Plan was adopted effective October 1, 1987 (as the State Street Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan) in order to increase the overall effectiveness of the Company’s executive compensation program so as to attract, retain, and motivate qualified senior management personnel, by providing benefits that are consistent with the particular needs of such personnel, and that are supplemental to benefits provided under the State Street Retirement Plan. The Plan was previously amended and restated, effective January 1, 2008. Except as otherwise specified herein, this document amends and restates the provisions of the Plan, effective January 1, 2008.

 

2. Status of Plan . The Plan is intended to be “a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), 401(a)(1) and 4021(b)(6) of ERISA, and shall be interpreted and administered consistent with that intent. The Plan is intended to be operated in accordance with the requirements applicable to a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder and shall be interpreted and administered consistent with that intent.

 

3. Definitions . When used herein, the following words shall have the meanings indicated below. Terms not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the State Street Retirement Plan, as from time to time amended and in effect.

 

  (a) Actuarial Equivalent means a benefit of equal value to the benefit which otherwise would have been provided, determined on the basis of the actuarial assumptions and methods then in use under the Retirement Plan.

 

  (b) Business Day means each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.

 

  (c) Committee means the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of State Street.

 

  (d) Company means State Street and, as used herein, shall be deemed to include any subsidiary or affiliate of State Street that is a participating employer under the Retirement Plan.


  (e) Disabled means, for any Participant, that the Participant, prior to Separation from Service, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee:

 

  (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or

 

  (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 6 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.

 

  (f) Executive Plan means the State Street Corporation Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan (formerly the State Street Corporation Supplemental Defined Benefit Pension Plan), as amended and restated January 1, 2008.

 

  (g) Participant means any individual described in Section 4.

 

  (h) Plan means this State Street Corporation Management Supplemental Retirement Plan (formerly the State Street Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan), as from time to time amended and in effect.

 

  (i) Retirement Plan means the State Street Retirement Plan, as from time to time amended and in effect.

 

  (j) Retirement Plan Benefit means the benefit actually payable under the Retirement Plan to a Participant or a Participant’s Beneficiary.

 

  (k) Separation from Service means a separation from service, within the meaning of Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(h), with State Street and any other company that would be treated as a single employer with State Street under the first sentence of Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(h)(3); and correlative terms shall be construed to have a corresponding meaning.

 

  (l) Supplemental Plan Benefit means the benefit payable to a Participant or a Beneficiary hereunder.

 

4. Participation . Any individual who was participating in the Plan as of December 31, 2007 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any individual with vested but unpaid benefits under the Plan) shall be a Participant in the Plan effective January 1, 2008. Participation in the plan is terminable by the Committee in its discretion upon written notice to the Participant and termination shall be effective as of the date contained therein, but in no event earlier than the date of such notice. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no individual may become a Participant under this Plan after December 31, 2007.

 

5. Amount of Benefits . Benefits shall be payable hereunder only to (a) Participants who have a Separation from Service on or after their Normal Retirement Date, and their Spouses or other Beneficiaries; (b) Participants who have a Separation from Service prior

 

2


 

to January 1, 2008 after having completed at least five years of Vesting Service, or on or after January 1, 2008 after having completed at least three years of Vesting Service, and their Spouses or other Beneficiaries; (c) Participants who become Disabled, and their Spouses or other Beneficiaries; and (d) Spouses or other Beneficiaries of Participants who die while employed by the Company. Benefits hereunder shall be paid in an amount equal to (1) minus the sum of (2) and (3), where:

 

  (1) is the lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Retirement Plan Benefit as it would be determined under the applicable provisions of the Retirement Plan applied without regard to any provision of the Retirement Plan or any requirement imposed by law upon qualified pension plans which limits the benefits under the Retirement Plan to any maximum amount (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 415 of the Code) and without regard to any such provision of the Retirement Plan or of law which limits the amount of annual compensation of a Participant which may be taken into account in determining benefits (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code);

 

  (2) is the lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s actual Retirement Plan Benefit; and

 

  (3) is the portion, if any, of the amount determined under (1) above that is determined with reference to Basic Credits under Section 4.4(b) of the Retirement Plan, to the extent such portion reflects Base Pay in excess of $500,000.

In the event that a Participant’s coverage under this Plan is terminated or interrupted before the occurrence of any event described in the preceding paragraph, but such Participant nevertheless continues in the employment of the Company until the occurrence of such an event, the amount of his or her benefit shall be adjusted by the Committee in a reasonable and consistent manner to reflect such termination or interruption.

 

6. Time and Form of Payment . Benefits under the Plan shall be paid as follows:

 

  (a) A Participant whose Supplemental Plan Benefit commenced prior to January 1, 2008 shall continue to receive his or her benefits in same form after January 1, 2008.

 

  (b) A Participant who has a Separation from Service on or after January 1, 2008 shall be paid his or her Supplemental Plan Benefit in a single lump sum on the first business day after the date that follows the Participant’s Separation from Service by six months.

 

  (c) A Participant who had a Separation from Service prior to January 1, 2008 but whose Supplemental Plan Benefit has not been paid or commenced prior to January 1, 2009 shall be paid his or her Supplemental Plan Benefit in a single lump sum on July 1, 2009.

 

3


  (d) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b) and (c) above, a Participant who is entitled to payment under the Executive Plan and whose Supplemental Plan Benefit has not been paid or commenced prior to January 1, 2008 shall be paid his or her Supplemental Plan Benefit in three equal installments, on (i) the first Business Day after the date that follows the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service by six months, (ii) the first anniversary of the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service (or if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day), and (iii) the second anniversary of the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service (or if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day).

 

  (e) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) above, if a Participant becomes Disabled and remains Disabled through the payment date specified in (i) or (ii) below, the Participant’s unpaid Supplemental Plan Benefit shall be distributed as follows:

 

  (i) if the Participant is entitled to benefits under the Executive Plan payable pursuant to the provisions set forth in Exhibit A to the Executive Plan, then upon the Participant’s becoming Disabled before benefits have commenced under paragraph (d), and provided the Participant remains Disabled through the first payment date described in this paragraph (e)(ii), the Participant’s Supplemental Plan Benefit shall be paid in three equal installments, with the first installment being paid by the later of (A) the end of the calendar year in which the Participant becomes Disabled, and (B) the fifteenth day of the third month following the date on which the Participant becomes Disabled, and the remaining installments being paid on the first and second anniversaries of the first payment date, provided, that if either the first or the second anniversary of the first payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the immediately following Business Day; and

 

  (ii) if the Participant is not entitled to benefits under the Executive Plan payable pursuant to the provisions set forth in Exhibit A to the Executive Plan, the Participant’s unpaid Supplemental Plan Benefit shall be paid in a single lump sum, by the later of (A) the end of the calendar year in which the Participant becomes Disabled, and (B) the fifteenth day of the third month following the date on which the Participant becomes Disabled, provided the Participant has remained Disabled through the date of payment.

 

  (f) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) above, a Participant’s unpaid Supplemental Plan Benefit shall be distributed in a single lump sum cash payment to the Participant’s Beneficiary or Beneficiaries as soon as practicable (and in all events within 90 days) following the Participant’s death.

 

  (g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, in the event a Participant who has Separated from Service subsequently returns to employment with the

 

4


  Company, payment of the Participant’s Supplemental Plan Benefit accrued prior to such Separation from Service shall not be suspended or otherwise delayed.

 

7. Administration and Claims . The complete authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan shall be placed in the Committee. The determination of the Committee as to any disputed question shall be conclusive. All actions, decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be performed in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner. The Committee has established the procedures set forth on Exhibit A for determining claims for benefits under the Plan. The Committee may modify or update Exhibit A from time to time without any amendment under Section 9 being required.

 

8. Miscellaneous .

 

  (a) Source of payments . All payments hereunder shall be paid from the general assets of State Street, including for this purpose, if State Street in its sole discretion so determines, assets of one or more trusts established to assist in the payment of benefits hereunder. Any trust established pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide that trust assets remain subject to the employer’s general creditors in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy and shall otherwise contain such terms as are necessary to ensure that they do not constitute a “funding” of the Plan for purposes of the Code or ERISA.

 

  (b) Certain tax matters . Payments hereunder shall be reduced by required tax withholdings. If any portion of a Participant’s Supplemental Plan Benefit is determined by the Committee to be includible by reason of Section 409A in a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s income prior to the time provided for payment under paragraph 6 above, such portion shall be paid to the Participant or Beneficiary as soon as practicable.

 

  (c) Inalienability of benefits . Except as required by law, no benefit under, or interest in, the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void. Neither the Participant, nor a Spouse, nor any Beneficiary shall be entitled to have such payments commuted or made otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

  (d) Reclassification of Employment Status . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an individual who is not characterized or treated as a common law employee by the Company shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan. However, in the event that such an individual is reclassified or deemed to be reclassified as a common law employee, the individual shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as of the Entry Date coinciding with or next following the reclassification date (to the extent such individual otherwise qualifies as an to participate in the Plan). If the effective date of any such reclassification is prior to the actual date of such reclassification, in no event shall the reclassified individual be eligible to participate in the Plan retroactively to the effective date of such reclassification.

 

5


  (e) No right of employment . Nothing contained herein, nor any action taken under the provisions hereof, shall be construed as giving any Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company.

 

  (f) Headings . The headings of the sections in the Plan are placed herein for convenience of reference, and, in the case of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such heading, shall control.

 

  (g) Construction . The Plan shall be construed, regulated, and administered in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and applicable federal laws.

 

9. Amendment or Discontinuance . The Committee may amend or discontinue this Plan at any time without prior notice of intent. However, the Company undertakes to ensure that this Plan will be binding upon any present or future parent, subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or any person, firm or corporation with which the Company may be merged or consolidated or which may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. No amendment or discontinuance of the Plan shall deprive any Participant who has had a Separation from Service, or any Spouse or other Beneficiary of a deceased Participant, of any Supplemental Plan Benefits to which he or she was entitled under the Plan as in effect immediately prior to such amendment or discontinuance, and no discontinuance or amendment shall adversely affect the Supplemental Plan Benefit accrued hereunder by any Participant prior to the effective date of such amendment. For purposes of this Section 9, the Supplemental Plan Benefit accrued by a Participant at the time of any amendment or discontinuance shall be deemed to be the benefit to which the Participant would have been entitled under the provisions of Section 5 if the Participant had Separated from Service on the date of such amendment or discontinuance.

Executed this 30 th day of December, 2008.

 

STATE STREET CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Alison A. Quirk
  Executive Vice President

 

6


Exhibit A

STATE STREET CORPORATION

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN CLAIMS PROCEDURES

(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008)

These Claims Procedures for filing and reviewing claims have been established and adopted for the State Street Corporation Management Supplemental Savings Plan, and the State Street Corporation Management Supplemental Retirement Plan (each, a “Plan,” and together, the “Plans”) and are intended to comply with Section 503 of ERISA and related Department of Labor regulations. These amended and restated Claims Procedures are effective for claims made under the Plans on or after January 1, 2008.

1. In General. Any employee or former employee, or any person claiming to be a beneficiary with respect to such a person, may request, with respect to any of the Plans:

 

  a) a benefit payment,

 

  b) a resolution of a disputed amount of benefit payment, or

 

  c) a resolution of a dispute as to whether the person is entitled to the particular form of benefit payment.

A request described above and filed in accordance with these Procedures is a claim, and the person on whose behalf the claim is filed is a claimant. A claim must relate to a benefit which the claimant asserts he or she is already entitled to receive or will become entitled to receive within one year following the date the claim is filed.

2. Effect on Benefit Requests in Due Course. Each Plan has established procedures for benefit applications, selection of benefit forms, designation of beneficiaries, determination of qualified domestic relations orders, and similar routine requests and inquiries relating to the operation of the Plan.

3. Filing of Claims.

 

  a) Each claim must be in writing and delivered by hand or first-class mail (including registered or certified mail) to the Plan Administrator, at the following address:

GHR U.S. Benefits Planning

State Street Corporation

c/o Vice President, GHR-U.S. Benefits Planning

2 Avenue de Lafayette, LCC lE

Boston, MA 02111-1724

A claim must clearly state the specific outcome being sought by the claimant.

 

  b) The claim must also include sufficient information relating to the identity of the claimant and such other information reasonably necessary to allow the claim to be evaluated.

 

  c) In no event may a claim for benefits be filed by a Claimant more than 120 days after the applicable “Notice Date,” as defined below.

 

7


  i) In any case where benefits are paid to the Claimant as a lump sum, the Notice Date shall be the date of payment of the lump sum.

 

  ii) In any case where benefits are paid to the Claimant in the form of an annuity or installments, the Notice Date shall be the date of payment of the first installment of the annuity or payment of first installment.

 

  iii) In any case where the Plan (prior to the filing of a claim for benefits) determines that an individual is not entitled to benefits (for example (without limitation) where an individual terminates employment and the Plan determines that he has not vested) and the Plan provides written notice to such person of its determination, the Notice Date shall be the date of the individual’s receipt of such notice.

 

  iv) In any case where the Plan provides an individual with a written statement of his account as of a specific date or the amounts credit to, or charged against, his account within a specified period, the Notice Date with regard to matters describe in such statement shall be the date of the receipt of such notice by such individual (or beneficiary).

4. Processing of Claims. A claim normally shall be processed and determined by the Plan Administrator within a reasonable time (not longer than 90 days) following actual receipt of the claim. However, if the Plan Administrator determines that additional time is needed to process the claim and so notifies the claimant in writing within the initial 90-day period, the Plan Administrator may extend the determination period for up to an additional 90 days. In addition, where the Plan Administrator determines that the extension of time is required due to the failure of the claimant to submit information necessary in order to determine the claim, the period of time in which the claim is required to be considered pursuant to this Paragraph 4 shall be tolled from the date on which notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information. Any notice to a claimant extending the period for considering a claim shall indicate the circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render a determination with respect to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall not process or adjudicate any claim relating specifically to his or her own benefits under a Plan.

5. Determination of Claim. The Plan Administrator shall inform the claimant in writing of the decision regarding the claim by registered or certified mail posted within the time period described in Paragraph 4. The decision shall be based on governing Plan documents. If there is an adverse determination with respect to all or part of the claim, the written notice shall include:

 

  a) the specific reason or reasons for the denial,

 

  b) reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the denial is based,

 

  c) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary,

 

  d) reference to and a copy of these Procedures, so as to provide the claimant with a description of the relevant Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, a description of the claimant’s rights regarding documentation as described in Paragraph 9, and

 

8


  e) a statement of the claimant’s rights under Section 502(a) of ERISA to bring a civil action with respect to an adverse determination upon review of an appeal filed under Paragraph 6.

For purposes of these Procedures, an adverse determination shall mean determination of a claim resulting in a denial, reduction, or termination of a benefit under a Plan, or the failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) of a benefit or any form of benefit under a Plan. Adverse determinations shall include denials, reductions, etc. based on the claimant’s lack of eligibility to participate in the relevant Plan. All decisions made by the Plan Administrator under these Procedures shall be summarized in a report to be maintained in the files of the Plan Administrator. The report shall include reference to the applicable governing Plan provision(s) and, where applicable, reference to prior determinations of claims involving similarly situated claimants.

6. Appeal of Claim Denials – Appeals Committee. A claimant who has received an adverse determination of all or part of a claim shall have 60 days from the date of such receipt to contest the denial by filing an appeal. An appeal must be in writing and delivered to the Plan Administrator. An appeal will be considered timely only if actually received by the Plan Administrator within the 60-day period or, if sent by mail, postmarked within the 60-day period. The timely review will be completed by the Plan Administrator and should be sent to:

Benefit Plans Committee

State Street Corporation

c/o Vice President, GHR-U.S. Benefits Planning

2 Avenue de Lafayette, LCC lE

Boston, MA 02111-1724

The Appeals Committee shall meet at such times and places as it considers appropriate, shall keep a record of such meetings and shall periodically report its deliberations to the Plan Administrator. Such reports shall include the basis upon which the appeal was determined and, where applicable, reference to prior determinations of claims involving similarly situated claimants. The vote of a majority of the members of the Appeals Committee shall decide any question brought before the Appeals Committee.

7. Consideration of Appeals. The Appeals Committee shall make an independent decision as to the claim based on a full and fair review of the record. The Appeals Committee shall take into account in its deliberations all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant, whether submitted in connection with the appeal or in connection with the original claim, and may, but need not, hold a hearing in connection with its consideration of the appeal. The Appeals Committee shall consider an appeal within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 60 days after receipt of the appeal, unless the Appeals Committee determines that special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing) require an extension of time. If the Appeals Committee determines that an extension of time is required, it will cause written notice of the extension, including a description of the circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Appeals Committee expects to render the determination on review, to be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial 60-day period. In no event shall an extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial period; provided , that in the case of any extension of time required by the failure of the claimant to submit information necessary for the Appeals Committee to consider the appeal, the

 

9


period of time in which the appeal is required to be considered under this Paragraph 7 shall be tolled from the date on which notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the claimant responds to the Appeals Committee’s request for additional information.

8. Resolution of Appeal. Notice of the Appeals Committee’s determination with respect to an appeal shall be communicated to the claimant in writing by registered or certified mail posted within the time period described in Paragraph 7. If the determination is adverse, such notice shall include:

 

  a) the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination,

 

  b) reference to the specific plan provisions on which the adverse determination was based,

 

  c) reference to and a copy of these Procedures, so as to provide the claimant with a description of the claimant’s rights regarding documentation as described in Paragraph 9, and
  d) a statement of the claimant’s rights under Section 502(a) of ERISA to bring a civil action with respect to the adverse determination.

9. Certain Information. In connection with the determination of a claim or appeal, a claimant may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and may request (in writing) copies of any documents, records and other information relevant to the claim. An item shall be deemed relevant to a claim if it:

 

  a) was relied on in determining the claim,

 

  b) was submitted, considered or generated in the course of making such determination (whether or not actually relied on), or

 

  c) demonstrates that such determination was made in accordance with governing Plan documents (including, for this purpose, these Procedures) and that, where appropriate, Plan provisions have been applied consistently with similarly situated claimants.

The Plan Administrator shall furnish free of charge copies of all relevant documents, records and other information so requested; provided , that nothing in these Procedures shall obligate State Street Corporation (“State Street”), the Plan Administrator, or any person or committee to disclose any document, record or information that is subject to a privilege (including, without limitation, the attorney-client privilege) or the disclosure of which would, in the Plan Administrator’s judgment, violate any law or regulation.

10. Rights of a Claimant Where Appeal is Denied.

 

  a) The claimant’s actual entitlement, if any, to bring suit and the scope of and other rules pertaining to any such suit shall be governed by, and subject to the limitations of, applicable law, including ERISA. By extending to an employee or former employee the right to file a claim under these Procedures, neither State Street nor any person or committee appointed as Plan Administrator acknowledges or concedes that such individual is a participant in any particular Plan within the meaning of such Plan or ERISA, and reserves the right to assert that an individual is not a participant in any action brought under Section 502(a).

 

10


  b) In no event may any legal proceeding regarding entitlement to benefits or any aspect of benefits under the Plan be commenced later than the earliest of

 

  i) two years after the applicable Notice Date; or

 

  ii) one year after the date a claimant receives a decision from the Appeals Committee regarding his appeal, or

 

  iii) the date otherwise prescribed by applicable law.

 

  c) Before any legal proceeding can be brought, a participant must exhaust the claim appeals procedures as set forth herein.

11. Special Rules Regarding Disability. Certain benefits under the Plans are contingent upon an individual’s incurring a disability. Where a claim requires a determination by State Street as to whether an individual is “disabled” as defined under the Plan, the additional rules set forth in Schedule 1 to these Procedures shall apply to the claim. However, where disabled status is based upon actual entitlement to benefits under a separate plan in which the individual participates or is otherwise covered, the determination of such status for purposes of each Plan shall be made under such separate disability plan, and any claims or disputes as to disabled status under such plan or program shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures established for that purpose under the separate plan or program.

12. Authorized Representation. A claimant may authorize an individual to represent him/her with respect to a claim or appeal made under these Procedures. Any such authorization shall be in writing, shall clearly identify the name and address of the individual, and shall be delivered to the Plan Administrator at the address listed in Paragraph 3. On receipt of a letter of authorization, all parties authorized to act under these Procedures shall be entitled to rely on such authorization, until similarly revoked by the claimant. While an authorization is in effect, all notices and communications to be provided to the claimant under these Procedures shall also be provided to his/her authorized representative.

13. Form of Communications. Unless otherwise specified above, any claim, appeal, notice, determination, request, or other communication made under these Procedures shall be in writing, with original signed copy delivered by hand or first class mail (including registered or certified mail). A copy or advance delivery of any such claim, appeal, notice, determination, request, or other communication may be made by electronic mail or facsimile. Any such electronic or facsimile communication, however, shall be for the convenience of the parties only and not in substitution of a writing required to be mailed or delivered under these Procedures, and receipt or delivery of any such claim, appeal, notice, determination, request, or other written communication shall not be considered to have been made until the actual posting or receipt of original signed copy, as the case may be.

14. Reliance on Outside Counsel, Consultants, etc. The Plan Administrator and the Appeals Committee may rely on or take into account advice or information provided by such legal, accounting, actuarial, consulting or other professionals as may be selected in determining a claim or appeal, including those individuals and firms that may render advice to State Street or the Plans from time to time.

 

11


15. Amendment of Procedures—Interpretation. These Procedures may be modified at any time and from time to time by written action of the Plan Administrator and shall be deemed automatically modified to incorporate any requirement attributable to a change in the applicable Department of Labor regulations after the date hereof. The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion to interpret and apply these Procedures, including, for purposes of applying these Procedures, such regulations. Further, nothing in these Procedures shall be construed to limit the discretion of the Plan Administrator or its designee to interpret the Plans or, subject to the right of appeal of an adverse determination, the finality of the decision of the Plan Administrator or its designee, all as set forth in the Plans.

 

12


Schedule 1

Special Rules Regarding Certain

Disability Claims

Pursuant to Paragraph 11 in the Claims Procedures, the following special rules supplement the Claims Procedures and apply only in the case of a claim (“Disability Claim”) which requires a determination by State Street as to whether an individual is “disabled” as defined under the Plan.

Time to Process Claims. The Plan Administrator will process and inform the claimant of the determination of the Disability Claim in accordance with Paragraphs 4 and 5 of the Claims Procedures, except that a period of 45 days shall apply instead of the initial 90 days in which to process and determine the Disability Claim. This period may be extended initially by the Plan Administrator for 30 days if the claimant is notified before the end of the original 45-day period that the extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Plan Administrator. This 30-day extension period may be extended by the Plan Administrator for an additional 30 days if the claimant is notified before the end of the first 30-day extension that the extension is necessary due to circumstances beyond the control of the Plan Administrator. Any notice of an extension will explain the reason for the extension, when the Plan Administrator expects to rule on the Disability Claim, the standards on which entitlement to a benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the Disability Claim, and any additional information needed to resolve those issues. If the claimant is informed that he/she needs to provide additional information necessary to resolve Disability Claim issues, the claimant will have 45 days from the date he/she receives the extension notice to provide the additional information.

Determination of Claim and Notice of Determination. If disabled status is based on eligibility for benefits under a long-term disability plan maintained by State Street, the Plan Administrator will determine which long-term disability plan is the applicable plan for the claimant, and whether the claimant would be certified as disabled under such long-term disability plan by applying the standards and definitions used in the long-term disability plan. The Plan Administrator may require and rely on the written report or certification from a licensed physician selected or approved by the Plan Administrator. In addition to the requirements of Paragraph 5 in the Claims Procedures, any written notice of an adverse determination of a Disability Claim will include a copy of any internal rules, guidelines, protocols, or other similar criteria that were relied on in the decision-making, or a statement that the determination was based on the applicable items mentioned above, and that copies of the applicable items will be provided, free of charge, on the claimant’s request. In addition, if the adverse determination is based on a medical necessity, experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, the notice will contain an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment used in the determination, applying the terms of the relevant long-term disability plan to the claimant’s medical circumstances, or a statement that such explanation will be provided, free of charge, upon the claimant’s request.

Appeal of a Claim Denial. Notwithstanding Paragraph 6 of the Claims Procedures, a claimant who has received an adverse determination of all or part of a Disability Claim shall have 180 days from the date of receipt to appeal the denial (“Disability Appeal”). Notwithstanding Paragraph 7 of the Claims Procedures, review of a Disability Appeal will be conducted by the Appeals Committee without deference to the initial adverse benefit determination by the Plan

 

13


Administrator, and no member of the Appeals Committee will participate in the review of a Disability Claim if such member made the adverse benefit determination that is the subject of the Disability Appeal or is the subordinate of the person who made such determinations.

If the adverse determination was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, including determinations with regard to whether a particular treatment, drug, or other item is experimental, investigational, or not medically necessary or appropriate, the Appeals Committee shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment and who was not consulted in connection with the initial claim denial (and who is not the subordinate of any such person). Any medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained will be identified, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 7 and 8 of the Claims Procedures, the Appeals Committee shall consider and communicate its determination with respect to a Disability Appeal within a reasonable time, but not later than 45 days after receipt of the Disability Appeal, unless special circumstances require an extension for processing, in which case a decision will be made within a 45-day extension period.

Resolution of Appeal. In addition to the information required by Paragraph 8 of the Claims Procedures, any written notice by the Appeals Committee of an adverse determination on a Disability Appeal will include a description of any specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, or other similar criteria that were relied on in making the decision, or a statement that the decision was based on the applicable items mentioned above, and copies of the applicable items will be provided, free of charge, upon the claimant’s request. In addition, if the adverse determination of the Disability Appeal is based on a medical necessity, experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, the notice will contain an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment used in the determination, applying the terms of the relevant long-term disability plan to the claimant’s medical circumstances, or a statement that such explanation will be provided, free of charge, at the claimant’s request.

 

14

Exhibit 10.5

STATE STREET BOSTON CORPORATION

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TRUST

This Trust Agreement made as of this 6th day of December, 1996, by and between State Street Boston Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”), Wachovia Bank of North Carolina, N.A. (the “Trustee”), and William M. Mercer, Inc. (the “Consulting Firm”), providing for the establishment of a trust to be known as the State Street Boston Corporation Executive Compensation Trust (hereinafter called the “Trust”) to provide a source for payments required to be made to participants (the “Participants”) under certain nonqualified employee benefit plans of the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company, which plans are listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “Plans”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, the Company is hereby making the contribution described on Exhibit B hereto, and may in the future make additional contributions of cash, Common Stock of the Company (the “Stock”), and/or other property (all such present and future contributions being hereafter referred to as “Contributions”), to the Trust to aid the Company and the Subsidiaries in accumulating funds to satisfy their obligations under the Plans; and

WHEREAS, the Company intends that the Trust Assets (as defined in Section 1(d) below) shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Company and the Subsidiaries in the event the Company or any Subsidiary becomes Insolvent (as defined in Section 4(a)); and

WHEREAS, the Company intends that the Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plans as unfunded plans maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for select management and highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”); and

WHEREAS, the Company intends that the Trust shall remain in existence until all the Trust Assets shall have been distributed to the Participants or reverted to the Company, all in accordance with the provisions of this Trust Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual undertakings of the parties and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto do hereby establish the Trust and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:

SECTION 1: ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST

(a) The Company hereby contributes to the Trust, and the Trustee hereby acknowledges receipt of, the Contribution set forth in Exhibit B hereto, which, together with any future Contributions, shall become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with this Trust Agreement.

(b) The Trust shall be revocable until a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2(f)), at which time it shall become irrevocable.

(c) The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust of which the Company is the grantor, within the meaning of Section 671 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and an unfunded arrangement that does not affect the status of the Plans as unfunded plans maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for select management and highly compensated employees for purpose of Title I of ERISA, and shall be construed accordingly. The Trust is not designed or intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code.

(d) The principal of the Trust and any earnings thereon and other increases thereof shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Company and the Subsidiaries and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes herein set forth. Such principal, increased by any earnings thereon and other increases thereof and reduced by any losses and distributions from the Trust and any other reductions thereof, is sometimes referred to herein as the “Trust Assets.” The Participants shall not have any preferred claim on, nor any beneficial ownership interest in, any of the Trust Assets before the Trust Assets are paid to the Participants pursuant to the terms of this Trust Agreement, and all rights created under the Plans and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of the Participants against the Company and/or one or more of the Subsidiaries, as applicable. The Trust Assets shall at all times be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company and the Subsidiaries under federal and state law in accordance with Section 4.

SECTION 2: ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS TO COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a) The Company shall make additional Contributions to the Trust in accordance with Section 8 of this Trust Agreement, and such other Contributions as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or its delegate deems appropriate from time to time. The Trustee shall be responsible only for Contributions actually received by it hereunder, and the Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility with respect to the timing, amounts and sufficiency of the Contributions made or to be made by the Company hereunder.

(b) The Company shall have the duty to inform the Trustee and the Consulting Firm whenever a “Change of Control” (as defined in Section 2(e) below) occurs. If any two Participants notify the Trustee that a Change of Control has occurred, the Trustee shall so notify the Company and the Consulting Firm and, unless within five business days thereafter the Company delivers to the Trustee and the Consulting Firm an opinion of independent legal counsel to the Company (which opinion may be based upon representations of fact, as long as counsel does not know that such representations are untrue) that a Change of Control has not occurred, then a Change of Control will be deemed to have occurred, and the Trustee and the Consulting Firm will be deemed to have received notice on such fifth business day that a Change of Control has occurred.


(c) Following the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Trustee shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion, and shall give the Company and the Consulting Firm notice of, the “Trust Asset Value” (as defined in Section 2(g) below) and the Consulting Firm shall determine, and give the Company and the Trustee notice of, the “Required Assets” (as defined in Section 2(g) below) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty days, after (i) the date they receive notice that a Change of Control has occurred, and (ii) the end of each calendar quarter thereafter, in each case determined as of the most recent Measurement Date and, in the case of the computation of the Required Assets, based upon the most recent information available to the Consulting Firm pursuant to Section 3(b).

(d) Following a Change of Control, the Company shall contribute to the Trust, in cash, the excess (if any) of the Required Assets over the Trust Asset Value as of each Measurement Date beginning with the date of the Change of Control, plus interest at the Applicable Federal Rate from such Measurement Date through the date of contribution, within three business days after receiving notice thereof.

(e) The Company shall have the right to withdraw assets from the Trust in accordance with this Section 2(e). The Company may exercise this right of withdrawal by giving the Trustee and the Consulting Firm notice of its desire to do so and directing the Trustee to distribute to it and/or to one or more Subsidiaries, all or any portion of the Trust Assets, and the Trustee shall so distribute such Trust Assets as promptly as practicable; provided, that no such distribution shall be made after a Change of Control (regardless of when the Company’s notice of exercise is given) to the extent that the Trust Asset Value as of the most recent Measurement Date before such distribution is made, adjusted to reflect such distribution, would be less than 120 percent of the Required Assets determined as of such Measurement Date.

(f) For purposes of this Trust Agreement, a “Change of Control” shall mean:

(i) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of Stock (the “Outstanding Company Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company, (B) any acquisition by the Company, (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (D) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) below; or

(ii) individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(iii) consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(iv) approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(g) For purposes of this Trust Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) The “Applicable Federal Rate” as of any date means the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code) in effect on that date unless specified herein to the contrary, the applicable federal rate shall be the applicable long term federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code);

(ii) The “Measurement Date” means the last day of a calendar quarter or the date a Change of Control occurs;


(iii) The “Required Assets” means the present value, as of the Measurement Date, of the sum of (x) the maximum aggregate amount that could become payable to the Participants under the Plans if their employment terminated on the six-month anniversary of the Measurement Date, and (y) an estimate of the expenses reasonably likely to be incurred by the Trust from the Measurement Date through such six-month anniversary, including without limitation the Trustee’s and Consulting Firm’s fees as estimated by the Trustee and the Consulting Firm, respectively. In determining the present value of any benefit under a Plan, the Consulting Firm shall use the interest rate in effect for purposes of the Plan on the Measurement Date or, if it produces a larger present value, the interest rate that the Consulting Firm reasonably expects to be in effect on such six-month anniversary, based upon market conditions at the time the determination is being made; and

(iv) The “Trust Asset Value” means the aggregate net fair market value of the Trust Assets as of the relevant Measurement Date.

SECTION 3: PAYMENTS TO PARTICIPANTS

(a) The names and addresses of the Participants and the schedule of payments currently due or expected to become due to the Participants under the Plans (the “Payment Schedule”) are set forth on Exhibit C hereto. The Consulting Firm shall make such amendments to Exhibit C as may be necessary from time to time to ensure that it is complete and accurate; provided, that such amendments shall not be required to be made more frequently than quarterly; and provided, further, that the Consulting Firm shall make such an amendment to update Exhibit C not more than 30 days after receiving notice pursuant to Section 2(b) that a Change of Control has occurred; and provided, further, that the Consulting Firm’s obligation to make any such amendment shall be subject to its having received the information it reasonably determines to be necessary to make such amendment, as provided in Section 3(b). Upon application by a Participant for a benefit under this Trust the Consulting Firm shall update Exhibit C with respect to the individual Participant and notify the Trustee of the updated amount.

(b) The Company shall provide the Consulting Firm with all information necessary to keep Exhibit C up to date on at least a quarterly basis, and in any event within five days after the occurrence of a Change of Control. After a Change of Control, the Consulting Firm may request, but shall not be required to request, that any Participant verify such information requested from the Company or supply any additional information. The Consulting Firm shall be entitled to rely on any information supplied to it pursuant to this paragraph (b) as set forth in Section 12 below.

(c) The Company or any Subsidiary may make payments pursuant to the Payment Schedule directly to the Participants. The Company shall notify the Trustee of its intention to make, or to cause a Subsidiary to make, any such direct payment at least 10 business days before the date such payment is due or, in the case of a series of payments, before the date the first such payment is due. If the Trustee does not receive such notice with respect to any payment or series of payments, or if at any time following a Change of Control it receives a notice from a Participant certifying that the Company and the Subsidiaries have failed to make a payment when due, the Trustee shall promptly make such payment (and any subsequent payments if the missed payment was one of a series) in accordance with the Payment Schedule.

(d) If the Trust Assets are insufficient to make any payment (including interest thereon under Section 3(e) below) that the Trustee is required to make pursuant to Section 3(b) above, the Trustee shall promptly so notify the Company and the Participant, and the Company shall make, or shall cause a Subsidiary to make, such payment to the extent the Trust Assets are insufficient. In such case, if payment is due to more than one Participant, the Trustee shall apply the Trust Assets to provide payment to Participants in the order that payments become due, with payments due on the same date to be paid on a pro-rata basis in proportion to the remaining Trust Assets, based on the amounts owed to such Participants on such payment date.

(e) Any payment, whether made by the Trustee or the Company or a Subsidiary pursuant to Section 3(c) or (d) above, that is made after the date it is due shall be accompanied by a cash payment of interest on the amount of such payment at 120 percent of the short-term applicable federal rate, as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code, from the date the payment is due through the date it is made.

(f) In making payments pursuant to this Section 3, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on, and shall have no duty to inquire into, any written certification by a Participant that the Company and the Subsidiaries have failed to make a payment when due.

(g) The Trustee and the Company shall promptly notify the Consulting Firm of all payments made pursuant to this Section 3.

SECTION 4: TRUST ASSETS SUBJECT TO CLAIMS OF CREDITORS

(a) The Company or any Subsidiary shall be considered “Insolvent” if (i) it is unable to pay its debts as they mature, or (ii) it is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(b) At all times while the Trust is in existence, the Trust Assets shall be subject to the claims of general creditors of the Company and of the Subsidiaries under federal and state law as set forth below. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3, whenever the Trustee has actual knowledge that the Company or any Subsidiary is Insolvent, or has received a “Notice of Insolvency,” as defined in Section 4(c), the Trustee shall suspend making payments to the Participants and shall hold the Trust Assets for the benefit of the general creditors of the Company or the Subsidiary, as applicable, and shall promptly notify the Participants that it is doing so. During any period when payments to the Participants are suspended under this Section 4, the Trustee may nonetheless pay compensation and expenses of the Trustee and the Consulting Firm and taxes payable by the Trust in accordance with Section 8, unless it receives a court order to the contrary. If the Company or the Subsidiary, as applicable, subsequently ceases to be Insolvent without the entry of a court order concerning the disposition of the Trust Assets, the Company shall give notice to the Trustee and the Participants (i) stating that the Company or the Subsidiary, as applicable, is no longer Insolvent and (ii) setting forth the extent to which the Company or any Subsidiary has made directly to the Participants any payments under the Payment Schedule that became due during the period that the Trustee had suspended payments. If the Trustee determines that the Company or the


Subsidiary, as applicable, has ceased to be Insolvent without the entry of a court order concerning the disposition of the Trust Assets, the Trustee shall resume payments pursuant to Section 3, including payments, plus interest as may be required by Section 2(e), that became due during the period of suspension and were not made by the Company or any Subsidiary.

(c) A “Notice of Insolvency” means a written notice from the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company that the Company or a Subsidiary is Insolvent, or a written notice from a person claiming to be a creditor of the Company or a Subsidiary (which person the Trustee considers to be reliable and responsible) alleging that the Company or a Subsidiary is Insolvent. The Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and of each Subsidiary shall have the duty to give the Trustee a Notice of Insolvency immediately upon the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s (as applicable) becoming Insolvent. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon a Notice of Insolvency from the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or a Subsidiary and shall have no duty at any time to inquire whether the Company or any Subsidiary is Insolvent, except in response to a Notice of Insolvency from a person claiming to be a creditor of the Company or a Subsidiary. The Trustee may in all events rely upon such evidence concerning the solvency of the Company and the Subsidiaries as may be furnished to it that provides a reasonable basis for making a determination of whether the Company or a Subsidiary is Insolvent, and such determination shall be made in its sole and absolute discretion.

SECTION 5: ACCOUNTING BY THE TRUSTEE AND THE CONSULTING FIRM; PROVISION OF INFORMATION BY THE COMPANY

(a) The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be done, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Trustee. Within sixty days following the close of each calendar year and within sixty days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company and the Consulting Firm a written statement of its administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be, and the book and fair market value of any such asset. The Consulting Firm shall send a copy of such written account to each Participant.

(b) The Company shall furnish the Consulting Firm and the Trustee with copies of the Plans and any and all amendments thereto. The Company shall promptly provide the Consulting Firm with any and all information the Consulting Firm reasonably requests or the Company believes would be useful to the Consulting Firm in carrying out its duties hereunder, and shall promptly update such information as and if it changes. The Company shall also use its best efforts to cause each Participant to provide the Consulting Firm with all information that it may reasonably request in order to determine the amount of any payments due to the Participant under the Plans.

(c) All accounts, books and records maintained pursuant to this Section 5 shall be open to inspection and audit at all reasonable times by the Company and the Participants.

SECTION 6: INVESTMENT AUTHORITY

(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Trust Agreement, the Trustee shall have full discretion in and sole responsibility for investment, management and control of the Trust Assets. Except as provided in Section 6(c) below, all rights associated with Trust Assets shall be exercised by the Trustee or the person designated by the Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by the Participants. The Trustee shall to the extent prudently possible and consistent with any applicable Investment Guidelines (as defined in Section 6(b) below) invest the Trust Assets.

(b) The Company shall have the right (but not the obligation) to direct the manner in which the Trustee shall invest the Trust Assets by delivering to the Trustee, from time to time before a Change of Control, written investment guidelines (“Investment Guidelines”). The Trustee shall follow such Investment Guidelines until the Company revokes them by written notice to the Trustee or delivers new Investment Guidelines; provided, that the Trustee shall not follow Investment Guidelines to the extent they would require the Trustee to invest the Trust in a manner that would violate applicable law. In no event shall Investment Guidelines delivered to the Trustee after a Change of Control have any force or effect.

(c) The Trustee may invest in securities (including stock or rights to acquire stock) issued by the Company, but only pursuant to Investment Guidelines complying with Section 6(b) above. The Company shall have the right to exercise any voting rights with respect to such securities unless it directs the Trustee to do so.

(d) Prior to a Change of Control, and subject to approval by the Trustee after a Change of Control, the Company shall have the right at any time, and from time to time, in its sole discretion, to substitute assets of equal fair market value for any Trust Assets. This right is exercisable by the Company in a nonfiduciary capacity without the approval or consent of any person in a fiduciary capacity.

(e) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Trust Agreement, the Trustee is authorized and empowered:

(i) To purchase, hold, sell, invest and reinvest the Trust Assets, together with income therefrom;

(ii) To hold, manage and control all property at any time forming part of the Trust Assets;


(iii) To sell, convey, transfer, exchange and otherwise dispose of the Trust Assets from time to time in such manner, for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as it shall determine;

(iv) To make payments from the Trust as provided hereunder;

(v) To cause any property of the Trust to be issued, held or registered in the individual name of the Trustee, or in the name of its nominee, or in such form that title will pass by delivery; provided, that the records of the Trustee shall indicate the true ownership of such property; and

(vi) To do all other acts necessary or desirable for the proper administration of the Trust Assets as though the absolute owner thereof, and to exercise all the further rights, powers, options and privileges granted, provided for or vested in trustees generally under applicable federal or North Carolina law, as amended from time to time, it being intended that, except as herein otherwise provided, the powers conferred upon the Trustee herein shall not be construed as being in limitation of any authority conferred by law, but shall be construed as in addition thereto;

provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as a Trust Asset, the Trustee shall have no power to name as beneficiary of that policy any person other than the Trust, nor to assign the policy (as distinct from converting it to a different form) to a person other than a successor Trustee, nor to loan to any person other than the Trust the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy; and provided, further, that notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee under this Trust Agreement or applicable law, the Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of Section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Code.

SECTION 7: RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY OF TRUSTEE AND CONSULTING FIRM

(a) The Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. The Trustee shall discharge its responsibility for the investment, management and control of the Trust Assets solely pursuant to the terms of this Trust Agreement.

(b) The Consulting Firm shall not be a fiduciary with respect to the Trust or any Plan.

(c) The Trustee and the Consulting Firm may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for the Company) with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in accordance with the advice of such counsel, and the Company shall be responsible for the payment of any such expenses and compensation.

(d) The Trustee may hire agents, accountants, and financial consultants, and rely on their advice given and the Company shall be responsible for the payment of their reasonable expenses and compensation.

SECTION 8: COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE AND CONSULTING FIRM AND TAXES

The Trustee and the Consulting Firm shall each be entitled to receive such reasonable compensation for their services as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Trustee or the Consulting Firm, as the case may be. The Trustee and Consulting Firm shall also be entitled to receive their reasonable expenses incurred with respect to the administration of the Trust, including without limitation fees incurred pursuant to Sections 7(c) and (d) of this Trust Agreement and any expenses incurred in the course of appointing a successor Trustee pursuant to Section 9(b) or a successor Consulting Firm pursuant to Section 10(b). Such compensation and expenses shall be paid by the Company or a Subsidiary, and if not so paid, shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Assets. To the extent that any taxes are payable by the Trust to any federal, state, local or foreign taxing authorities on account of earnings on or transactions involving Trust Assets, such taxes shall be paid by the Company or a Subsidiary, and if not so paid, shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Assets. In the event any Trust Assets are used pursuant to the preceding sentences to pay compensation, expenses or taxes, the Trustee shall so notify the Company and the Company shall promptly contribute, or cause a Subsidiary to contribute, to the Trust the amount of such payments, plus interest thereon at 120 percent of the short-term applicable federal rate, as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code, from the date of such use through the date of the Contribution.

SECTION 9: RESIGNATION AND REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time during the term of this Trust by delivering to the Company a written notice of its resignation. The Company may remove the Trustee at any time before a Change of Control by delivering to the Trustee a written notice of such removal. Such resignation or removal shall take effect upon the earlier of (i) 60 days from the date of delivery of such notice or (ii) the appointment of a successor Trustee. If, within 60 days of the delivery of notice of such resignation or removal, a successor Trustee shall not have been appointed, the Trustee may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(b) In the event that the Trustee gives notice of its resignation, or the Company gives notice of its removal of the Trustee, in accordance with Section 9(a), a bank or trust company shall be appointed successor Trustee. Before a Change of Control, such appointment shall be made by the Company, and after a Change of Control, it shall be made by the Consulting Firm subject to the minimum standards set forth in Exhibit D hereto. The Company shall promptly notify the Consulting Firm of the name and address of a successor Trustee appointed by it, and the Consulting Firm shall promptly notify the Participants of the name and address of every successor Trustee. The Trustee shall thereupon deliver to the successor Trustee all property of this Trust, together with such records and documents as may be reasonably required to enable the successor Trustee to properly administer the Trust, reserving such funds as it reasonably deems necessary to cover its unpaid bills and expenses.


(c) Upon appointment of a successor Trustee, all right, title and interest of the resigning Trustee in the Trust Assets and all rights and privileges under this Trust Agreement theretofore vested in the resigning Trustee shall vest in the successor Trustee where applicable, and thereupon all future liability of the resigning Trustee shall terminate; provided, however, that the Trustee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver all documents and written instruments that are necessary to transfer and convey the right, title and interest in the Trust Assets, and all rights and privileges to the successor Trustee.

(d) Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall be interpreted as depriving the Trustee or the Company of the right to have a judicial settlement of the Trustee’s accounts, and upon any proceeding for a judicial settlement of the Trustee’s accounts or for instructions the only necessary parties thereto will be the Trustee and the Company.

SECTION 10: RESIGNATION AND REPLACEMENT OF CONSULTING FIRM

(a) The Consulting Firm may resign at any time during the term of this Trust by delivering to the Company a written notice of its resignation. The Company may remove the Consulting Firm at any time before a Change of Control by delivering to the Consulting Firm a written notice of such removal. Such resignation or removal shall take effect upon the earlier of (i) 60 days from the date of delivery of such notice or (ii) the appointment of a successor Consulting Firm.

(b) In the event that the Consulting Firm gives notice of its resignation, or the Company gives notice of its removal of the Consulting Firm, in accordance with Section 10(a), a firm of compensation or retirement plan consultants or certified public accountants shall be appointed the successor Consulting Firm. Before a Change of Control, such appointment shall be made by the Company, and after a Change of Control, it shall be made by the Trustee subject to the minimum standards set forth in Exhibit E hereto. The Consulting Firm shall thereupon deliver to the successor Consulting Firm all records and documents in its possession as may be reasonably required to enable the successor Consulting Firm properly to carry out its duties under this Trust Agreement. The Company and the Trustee shall each promptly notify the other of the name and address of a successor Consulting Firm appointed by it, and a successor Consulting Firm shall promptly notify the Participants of its appointment, name and address.

SECTION 11: AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

(a) This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed by the Trustee, the Company and the Consulting Firm; provided, that after a Change of Control, this Trust Agreement may not be amended in any manner adverse to any Participant unless such Participant gives his or her signed consent to such amendment, and Exhibit A hereto may not be amended without the consent of a majority of the Participants; and provided, further, that Exhibit C hereto may be amended only as provided in Section 3(a) hereof.

(b) Before a Change of Control, the Trust shall be revocable by the Company. After a Change of Control, the Trust shall be irrevocable and may be terminated only upon the receipt by the Trustee of a certification from the Consulting Firm that (i) all liabilities to the Participants under the Plans have been satisfied or (ii) it has received the signed consent to the termination of the Trust of each Participant who remains entitled to payments pursuant to the Plans; provided, that if the Company or the Consulting Firm notifies the Trustee that any payment made from the Trust or to be made pursuant to the Plans is being contested, litigated or otherwise disputed, the Trust shall remain in effect until such contest, litigation or dispute is resolved. Upon such a termination of the Trust, the Trustee shall promptly transfer the Trust Assets (if any) to the Company.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Company determines, in good faith based upon an opinion of counsel, which opinion is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that because of a change in law or in the interpretation thereof occurring after the date of this Agreement, one or more Participants is likely to be subject to immediate income taxation with respect to his or her benefit under any of the Plans, then (i) if such determination is made before a Change of Control, the Company may direct to Trustee to distribute, and the Trustee shall distribute, to the Company and/or one or more Subsidiaries, the minimum amount of Trust Assets that the Company determines, in good faith based upon such opinion of counsel, will result in such taxation not being likely, and (ii) if such determination is made after a Change of Control the Company shall, or if such determination is made before a Change of Control the Company may, direct the Trustee to pay (and the Trustee shall pay) to each such Participant, in full or partial satisfaction of the obligations of the Company and Subsidiaries to such Participant under the relevant Plan (the extent of such satisfaction to be determined by the Company, if such payment occurs before a Change of Control, and by the Consulting Firm, if such payment occurs after a Change of Control), an amount equal to the amount with respect to which the Company has so determined such Participant will be subject to tax.

SECTION 12: PROTECTION OF THE TRUSTEE AND THE CONSULTING FIRM

(a) The Company, and its successors agree, to the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as provided in the next sentence, to indemnify each of the Trustee and the Consulting Firm against and hold it harmless from any claim or liability that may be asserted against it by the Company or any other party, by reason of its: (i) taking or refraining from taking any action under this Trust Agreement including, without limitation, the appointment of a successor Trustee by the Consulting Firm or the appointment of a successor Consulting Firm by the Trustee; (ii) relying upon a certification of an authorized representative of the Company, or (in the case of the Trustee) the Consulting Firm, with respect to any instruction, direction or approval of the Company until a subsequent certification is filed with it; (iii) acting upon any instrument, certificate, or paper believed by it to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons (and neither the Trustee nor the


Consulting Firm shall be under any duty to make any investigation or inquiry as to any statement contained in any such writing but may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of the statements therein contained); and (iv) in the case of the Trustee, making distributions in accordance with the terms of this Trust Agreement and information or directions furnished to the Trustee by the Participants, the Consulting Firm or the Company. The foregoing indemnity shall not apply to claims or liabilities resulting from or arising out of the Trustee’s or the Consulting Firm’s (as the case may be) own negligence or willful misconduct. All persons dealing with the Trustee are released from inquiry into the decision or authority of the Trustee and from seeing to the application of any monies, securities or other property paid or delivered to the Trustee.

(b) In the event the Trustee or the Consulting Firm undertakes or is a defendant in any litigation arising in connection with this Trust Agreement, the Company shall indemnify it against its actual and prospective costs, expenses and liability, including counsel fees.

(c) The protection afforded the Trustee and the Consulting Firm by this Section and this Trust Agreement shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 13: NOTICES

(a) All notices, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Company:

State Street Boston Corporation

225 Franklin Street

Boston, MA 02110

Attention: General Counsel

If to the Trustee:

Wachovia Bank of North Carolina, N.A.

301 North Church Street

Mail Code 31013

Winston-Salem, NC 27102

Attention: Beverley H. Wood

If to the Consulting Firm:

William M. Mercer, Inc.

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attention: Office Head

If to the Participants:

To the addresses set forth in Exhibit C

or to such other address as a party shall have furnished to the others in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

SECTION 14: SEVERABILITY AND ALIENATION

(a) Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition without invalidating or in any other way limiting the remaining provisions hereof.

(b) The rights and benefits of the Participants under this Trust Agreement, and the payments to the Participants from the Trust Assets, may not be anticipated, assigned, alienated or subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process except as required by law. Any attempt by a Participant to anticipate, alienate, assign, sell, transfer, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void. The Trust Assets shall not in any manner be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any Participant, and payments hereunder shall not be considered assets of any Participant in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy.

SECTION 15: GOVERNING LAW

This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of North Carolina, without reference to principles of conflicts of law.


SECTION 16: MISCELLANEOUS

(a) The Trustee shall be neither individually nor severally liable for any taxes of any kind levied or assessed under the existing or future laws against the Trust Assets. The Trustee shall withhold from each payment to a Participant any Federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required by applicable laws and regulations to be withheld, in accordance with the Consulting Firm’s instructions, and shall deliver and pay over such amounts to the Company for its payment to the appropriate taxing authorities.

(b) Any payment to a Participant by the Trustee in accordance with Section 3 of this Trust Agreement shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Trustee, the Company and the Subsidiaries under the Plans. Nothing in this Trust shall relieve the Company or any Subsidiary of any liability to make payments under the Plans, except to the extent such liability is met by payments pursuant to Section 3 of this Trust Agreement.

(c) Headings in this Trust Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of the provisions hereof.

(d) This Trust Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and said counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

(e) This Trust Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their successors and assigns.

(f) Any action of the Company or the Consulting Firm pursuant to this Trust Agreement, including without limitation all orders, requests, directions, instructions and communications of information, shall be in writing signed on its behalf by an officer or named designee of the Company or the Consulting Firm (as the case may be).

(g) If at any time while this Trust is in existence, a Participant should die or a legal guardian should be appointed for a Participant, references herein to the Participant shall be deemed to include the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate or such legal guardian, as the case may be.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, the Trustee and the Consulting Firm have executed this Trust Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

STATE STREET BOSTON CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Susan Comeau

Name:   Susan Comeau
Title:   Executive Vice President of Global Human Resources

 

WACHOVIA BANK OF NORTH CAROLINA, N.A.
By:  

/s/ Beverley H. Wood

Name:   Beverley H. Wood
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

WILLIAM M. MERCER, INC.
By:  

/s/ James J. McCaffrey

Name:   James J. McCaffrey
Title:   Principal


EXHIBIT A

NONQUALIFIED EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

1. State Street Boston Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan effective October 1, 1987 and last amended October 19, 1995.

2. State Street Boston Corporation Supplemental Defined Benefit Pension Plan effective January 1, 1995.

3. Individual Retirement Agreement for Edward Allinson dated September 14, 1990.

4. Individual Retirement Agreement for Marshall Carter dated July 23, 1991.

5. Individual Retirement Agreement for Jacques-Phillippe Marson dated July 1, 1992.

6. Individual Retirement Agreement for Ronald O’Kelley dated December 1, 1995.

7. Individual Retirement Agreement for Albert Petersen dated August 1, 1991.

8. Individual Retirement Agreement for John Towers dated September 7, 1994.

9. Individual Retirement Agreement for Preston Breed, dated December 1968, as amended in 1973 and 1990.

10. Individual Retirement Agreement for William Edgerly dated June 16, 1983.

11. Individual Retirement Agreement for Evelyn Gale dated January, 1974.

12. Individual Retirement Agreement for Peter Madden dated March 21, 1991.

13. Severance Agreement for Claver Terranova dated October, 1990.

14. Individual Retirement Agreement for Norton Sloan dated March 1, 1987.


EXHIBIT B

COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS

One million dollars ($1,000,000) shall be contributed no later than by December 31, 1996.

Additional contributions shall be made after such date in amounts determined in accordance with the provisions of this Trust.


EXHIBIT C

PAYMENT SCHEDULE

A. FORMER EMPLOYEES IN PAY STATUS AS OF THE DATE OF THIS EXHIBIT C

 

Name

  

Address

   Amount of
Payment
  

Form of Payment

  

Periodicity

  

Beneficiary (if any)

Ronald A. Golz    27 Curve St. Sherborn, MA 01770    $ 233.99    100% Joint & Survivor Annuity    monthly    Geraldine A. Golz
Betty Gulick    140 Till Rock Ln. Norwell, MA 02061    $ 136.08    Life Annuity    monthly    none
Bradford Tripp    9 Ringbolt Rd. Hingham, MA 02043    $ 1,468.35    Life Annuity with 120 Payments Guaranteed    monthly    Jane L. Tripp
N. Preston Breed    25 Somerset St. Belmont, MA 02178    $ 272.21    100% Joint & Survivor Annuity    monthly    Elaine C. Breed
William S. Edgerly    32 Highland St. Cambridge, MA 02138    $ 4,311.52    Life Annuity    monthly    none
Evelyn Gale    61 Agnes Rd. South Dennis, MA 02660    $ 30.33    Life Annuity    monthly    none
Claver Terranova    1 Royal Crest Dr., Apt. #9 North Andover, MA 01845    $ 764.27    50% Joint & Survivor Annuity    monthly    Anthony Terranova
Norton Sloan    P.O. Box 570 Ipswich, MA 01938    $ 5,649.73    50% Joint & Survivor Annuity    monthly    Sandra S. Sloan

B. FORMER EMPLOYEES NOT IN PAY STATUS AS OF THE DATE OF THIS EXHIBIT C

 

Name

  

Address

   Accrued
Benefit
  

Form of

Payment

  

Periodicity

  

Beneficiary
(if any)

  

Benefit

Commencement

Date

Peter Madden   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351

Boston, MA 02101

   $ 8,880.83    Life Annuity    monthly    none    4/1/97


C. ACTIVE EMPLOYEES AS OF THE DATE OF THIS EXHIBIT C

 

Name

  

Address

  

Accrued
Benefit

  

Form of

Payment

  

Periodicity

  

Benefit
Commencement
Date

  

Accrued

Benefit
Upon Change in
Control

Jerome Abarbanel   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

F. Gregory Ahern   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

A. Edward Allinson   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Robert Almanas   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Schofield Andrews III   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Joseph Antonellis   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Steven Arst   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Lawrence Atkinson   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Kenneth Austin, Jr.   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Robert Balsbaugh   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Jacqueline Bell   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

George Bird, IV   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Susan Bonfeld   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Louise Borke   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Anne Bowen   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Mark Bowler   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Paul Brakke   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Peter Braun   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Drew Breakspear   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Laurence Brody   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

John Brown   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Laurette Bryan   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Carol Cacciamani   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Dale Carleton   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD


Marshall Carter   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

   TBD   

Life

Annuity

   monthly   

65th

birthday

   TBD
Charles Cassidy   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Thomas Cataldo   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Joseph Chow   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Susanne Clark   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Susan Comeau   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Elizabeth Coxe   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Kathleen Cuoculo   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Charles Dahm   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

James Darr   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Jeffrey Davis   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Brenton Dickson IV   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

R. Hillard Ebling   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

David Elwood   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Sanford England   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Gary Enos   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Howard Fairweather   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Mary Fenoglio   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

John Fiore   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Gustaff Fish, Jr.   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

George Fesus   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Agustin Fleites   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Robert Furdak   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

David Gaffney   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

John Grady   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD


Alan Greene   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

   TBD   

Life

Annuity

   monthly   

65th

birthday

   TBD
Vincent Grippa   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Timothy Hagerty   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Timothy Harbert   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

F. Charles Hindmarsh   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Douglas Holmes   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Andrew Howieson   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

William Hunt   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Chris Hynes   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Thomas Johnson   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Robert Kelliher, Jr.   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Clark Kellogg   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Gary King   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Stephen Kistner   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Peter Leahy   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Ronald Logue   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Nicholas Lopardo   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Trevor Lukes   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Philip Lussier   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Lynden Lyman   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

James MacDonald   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Jacques-Philip Marson   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Larry Martin   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Michael McNabb   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Theodore Miller, Jr.   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Katherine Morello   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD


Sharon Morin   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

   TBD   

Life

Annuity

   monthly   

65th

birthday

   TBD
James Murphy III   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

John O'Donnell   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Albert Petersen   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

James Phalen   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Christopher Pope   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Richard Poznysz   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

James Quale   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

William Reghitto   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Arlene Rockefeller   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

John Robinson, Jr.   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Thomas Rogerson   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Martin Rogosa   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

John Rusher III   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

George Russell   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Jeffrey Ruzicka   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Anthony Ryan   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Ralph Sautter   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Daniel Schneider   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Rex Schuette   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

John Serhant   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

David Sexton   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Stanley Wade Shelton   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

William Shipman   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Graham Sida   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD


Marc Simons   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

   TBD   

Life

Annuity

   monthly   

65th

birthday

   TBD
Alexander Sopyla   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

David Spina   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Peter Stoneberg   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Kenneth Stuart   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Robert Tartar   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Jeffrey Taylor   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

James Thompson, Jr.   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

John Towers   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Heydon Traub   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Ralph Vitale   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Barry Weinstein   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Michael Williams   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

Robert Williams   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD

David Wright   

State Street Boston Corp.

P.O. Box 351 Boston, MA 02101

  

TBD

  

Life

Annuity

  

monthly

  

65th

birthday

  

TBD


EXHIBIT D

MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE

1. The successor trustee must not be affiliated with the Company or any Company, entity or group which acquires the Company pursuant to a Change in Control.

2. The successor trustee must provide trust services to ten or more nonqualified trusts where the trust arrangement (commonly referred to as a Rabbi Trust) does not affect the status of any underlying nonqualified plan as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for select management and highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of ERISA.

3. The successor trustee has at least $25 billion in assets under trustee custodianship.

4. The successor trustee has at least $5 billion in assets under discretionary investment management.

5. The successor trustee has more than one investment product and several classes of assets under management.

6. The successor trustee’s investment products have competitive performance (net of fees), in the sole and absolute judgment of the Consulting Firm, relative to market and peer group indices.

7. The successor trustee must have been in the business of providing trust services to both nonqualified and qualified plans for a period of 10 years immediately prior to its selection.

Notwithstanding the seven minimum standards set forth in this Schedule B, the Consulting Firm may waive any one or more of these minimum standards if the Consulting Firm, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that any such standard or standards can not reasonably be satisfied.


EXHIBIT E

MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR SUCCESSOR CONSULTING FIRM

1. The successor consulting firm shall have an office located in Boston, Massachusetts or within 60 miles of Boston, Massachusetts.

2. The successor consulting firm must have at least ten offices in major metropolitan areas in the United States of America. The employees in each of such offices shall include actuaries who are Fellows of the Society of Actuaries and are Enrolled Actuaries under ERISA.

3. The successor consulting firm must have been in the business of providing defined contribution and defined benefit plan recordkeeping services to both nonqualified and qualified plans for a period of five years immediately prior to the Change in Control.

4. The successor consulting firm must not have a significant relationship, in the sole and absolute judgment of the Trustee, with the Company.

Notwithstanding the four minimum standards set forth in this Schedule C, the Trustee may waive any one or more of these minimum standards if the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that any such standard or standards can not reasonably be satisfied.

EXHIBIT 10.6

STATE STREET CORPORATION

1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to advance the interests of State Street Corporation (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries by enhancing their ability to attract and retain employees and other persons or entities who are in a position to make significant contributions to the success of the Company and its subsidiaries through ownership of shares of the Company’s common stock (“Stock”).

The Plan is intended to accomplish these goals by enabling the Company to grant Awards in the form of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Unrestricted Stock Awards, Deferred Stock Awards, Performance Awards, or Supplemental Grants, or combinations thereof, all as more fully described below.

2. ADMINISTRATION

Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), the Plan will be administered by a Committee of the Board designated for such purpose (the “Committee”). The Committee shall consist of at least two directors. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and all determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members. Any determination of the Committee under the Plan may be made without notice or meeting of the Committee by a writing signed by a majority of the Committee members. During such times as the Stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), except as the Board may otherwise determine, all members of the Committee shall be “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act and “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

The Committee will have authority, not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan and in addition to other authority granted under the Plan, to (a) grant Awards at such time or times as it may choose; (b) determine the size of each Award, including the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award; (c) determine the type or types of each Award; (d) determine the terms and conditions of each Award; (e) waive compliance by a holder of an Award with any obligations to be performed by such holder under an Award and waive any terms or conditions of an Award; (f) amend or cancel an existing Award in whole or in part (and if an Award is canceled, grant another Award in its place on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall specify), except that the Committee may not, without the consent of the holder of an Award, take any action under this clause with respect to such Award if such action would adversely affect the rights of such holder; (g) prescribe the form or forms of instruments that are required or deemed appropriate under the Plan, including any written notices and elections required of Participants (as defined below), and change such forms from time to time; (h) adopt, amend and rescind rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan; and (i) interpret the Plan and decide any questions and settle all controversies and disputes that may arise in connection with the Plan. Such determinations and actions of the Committee, and all other determinations and actions of the Committee made or taken under authority granted by any provision of the Plan, will be conclusive and will bind all parties. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as limiting the power of the Committee to make adjustments under Section 7.3 or Section 8.6.

3. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN*

The Plan will become effective on the date on which it is approved by the stockholders of the Company. Awards may be made prior to such stockholder approval if made subject thereto. No Award may be granted under the Plan after December 18, 2006, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.


4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8.6 below, the aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be delivered under the Plan will be 8,000,000. If any Award requiring exercise by the Participant for delivery of Stock terminates without having been exercised in full, or if any Award payable in Stock or cash is satisfied in cash rather than Stock, the number of shares of Stock as to which such Award was not exercised or for which cash was substituted will be available for future grants.

Subject to Section 8.6(a), the maximum number of shares of Stock as to which Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted to any Participant in any one calendar year is 800,000, which limitation shall be construed and applied consistently with the rules under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The maximum number of shares of Restricted Stock that may be delivered under the Plan shall not exceed 40% of the total number of shares authorized for issuance.

Stock delivered under the Plan may be either authorized but unissued Stock or previously issued Stock acquired by the Company and held in treasury. No fractional shares of Stock will be delivered under the Plan.

5. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

Each key employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (an “Employee”) and each other person or entity (including without limitation non-Employee directors of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company) who, in the opinion of the Committee, is in a position to make a significant contribution to the success of the Company or its subsidiaries will be eligible to receive Awards under the Plan (each such Employee, person or entity receiving an Award, “a Participant”). A “subsidiary” for purposes of the Plan will be a corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock.

6. TYPES OF AWARDS

6.1. OPTIONS

(a) Nature of Options. An Option is an Award giving the recipient the right on exercise thereof to purchase Stock.

Both “incentive stock options,” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (any Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option being hereinafter referred to as an “ISO”), and Options that are not ISOs, may be granted under the Plan. ISOs shall be awarded only to Employees. An Option awarded under the Plan shall be a non-ISO unless it is expressly designated as an ISO at time of grant.

 

*   Common Stock shares have been adjusted for the 2 for 1 stock split effective April 30, 1997.


(b) Exercise Price. The exercise price of an Option will be determined by the Committee subject to the following:

(1) The exercise price of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Stock subject to the Option, determined as of the time the Option is granted. In no event shall the exercise price of an option, once granted, be lowered through a repricing of the option. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “repricing” shall include an amendment to the exercise price of an existing option or the cancellation of an option followed by a regrant at a lower exercise price, but shall not include an assumption or replacement described in Section 7.3(b) or an adjustment to the exercise price of an option described in the first sentence of Section 8.6(b).

(2) In no case may the exercise price paid for Stock which is part of an original issue of authorized Stock be less than the par value per share of the Stock.

(c) Duration of Options. The latest date on which an Option may be exercised will be the tenth anniversary of the day immediately preceding the date the Option was granted, or such earlier date as may have been specified by the Committee at the time the Option was granted.

(d) Exercise of Options. An Option will become exercisable at such time or times, and on such conditions, as the Committee may specify. The Committee may at any time and from time to time accelerate the time at which all or any part of the Option may be exercised. Any exercise of an Option must be in writing, signed by the proper person and delivered or mailed to the Company, accompanied by (1) any documents required by the Committee and (2) payment in full in accordance with paragraph (e) below for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised.

(e) Payment for Stock. Stock purchased on exercise of an Option must be paid for as follows: (1) in cash or by check (acceptable to the Company in accordance with guidelines established for this purpose), bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Company or (2) if so permitted by the Committee at or after the grant of the Option or by the instrument evidencing the Option, (i) through the delivery (including by attestation of ownership) of shares of Stock which have been outstanding for at least six months (unless the Committee approves a shorter period) and which have a fair market value equal to the exercise price, (ii) by delivery of an unconditional and irrevocable undertaking by a broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing permissible forms of payment.

(f) Discretionary Payments. If (i) the market price of shares of Stock subject to an Option (other than an Option which is in tandem with a Stock Appreciation Right as described in Section 6.2 below) exceeds the exercise price of the Option at the time of its exercise, and (ii) the person exercising the Option so requests the Committee in writing, the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel the Option and cause the Company to pay in cash or in shares of Common Stock (at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share) to the person exercising the Option an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the Stock which would have been purchased pursuant to the exercise (determined on the date the Option is canceled) and the aggregate exercise price which would have been paid.

6.2. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

(a) Nature of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right or SAR is an Award entitling the holder on exercise to receive an amount in cash or Stock or a combination thereof (such form to be determined by the Committee) determined in whole or in part by reference to appreciation, from and after the date of grant, in the fair market value of a share of Stock. SARs may be based solely on appreciation in the fair market value of Stock or on a comparison of such appreciation with some other measure of market growth such as (but not limited to) appreciation in a recognized market index. The date as of which such appreciation or other measure is determined shall be the exercise date unless another date is specified by the Committee.


(b) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with, or independently of, Options granted under the Plan.

(1) Rules Applicable to Tandem Awards. When Stock Appreciation Rights are granted in tandem with Options, (a) the Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable only at such time or times, and to the extent, that the related Option is exercisable and will be exercisable in accordance with the procedure required for exercise of the related Option; (b) the Stock Appreciation Right will terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the related Option, except that a Stock Appreciation Right granted with respect to less than the full number of shares covered by an Option will not be reduced until the number of shares as to which the related Option has been exercised or has terminated exceeds the number of shares not covered by the Stock Appreciation Right; (c) the Option will terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the exercise of the related Stock Appreciation Right; and (d) the Stock Appreciation Right will be transferable only with the related Option.

(2) Exercise of Independent Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right not granted in tandem with an Option will become exercisable at such time or times, and on such conditions, as the Committee may specify. The Committee may at any time accelerate the time at which all or any part of the Right may be exercised.

Any exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right must be in writing, signed by the proper person and delivered or mailed to the Company, accompanied by any other documents required by the Committee.

6.3. RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED STOCK.

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant shares of Restricted Stock in such amounts and upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine subject to the restrictions described below.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement. The Committee may require, as a condition to an Award, that a recipient of a Restricted Stock Award enter into a Restricted Stock Award Agreement, setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award. In lieu of a Restricted Stock Award Agreement, the Committee may provide the terms and conditions of an Award in a notice to the Participant of the Award, on the Stock certificate representing the Restricted Stock, in the resolution approving the Award, or in such other manner as it deems appropriate.

(c) Transferability and Other Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.3, the shares of Restricted Stock granted herein may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable period or periods established by the Committee and the satisfaction of any other conditions or restrictions established by the Committee (such period during which a share of Restricted Stock is subject to such restrictions and conditions is referred to as the “Restricted Period”).

Except as the Committee may otherwise determine under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 below, if a Participant retires or suffers a Status Change (as defined at Section 7.2(a) below) for any reason during the Restricted Period, the Company may purchase the shares of Restricted Stock subject to such restrictions and conditions for the amount of cash paid by the Participant for such shares; provided, that if no cash was paid by the Participant such shares of Restricted Stock shall be automatically forfeited to the Company without consideration.

During the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the Company shall have the right to retain in the Company’s possession the certificate or certificates representing such shares.

(d) Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.3, a share of Restricted Stock covered by a Restricted Stock grant shall become freely transferable by the Participant upon completion of the Restricted Period, including the passage of any applicable period of time and satisfaction of any conditions to vesting. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the right at any time to waive all or any part of the restrictions and conditions with regard to all or any part of the shares held by any Participant.


(e) Voting Rights, Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Restricted Period, Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights and shall receive all regular cash dividends paid with respect to such shares. Except as the Committee shall otherwise determine, any other cash dividends and other distributions paid to Participants with respect to shares of Restricted Stock including any dividends and distributions paid in shares shall be subject to the same restrictions and conditions as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(f) Unrestricted Stock. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, sell to any Participant shares of Stock free of restrictions under the Plan for a price which is not less than the par value of the Stock.

(g) Notice of Section 83(b) Election. Any Participant making an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to Restricted Stock must provide a copy thereof to the Company within 10 days of filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service.

(h) Shares delivered under Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan. In the case of an award under the Company’s Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan which is payable in shares of Stock, the holder of such award shall be deemed a Participant hereunder and any such Shares shall be treated as having been sold to the Participant as Unrestricted Stock or Restricted Stock hereunder (or as Deferred Stock under Section 6.4, if delivery is deferred) for a price equal to the cash payment under the award in lieu of which the Stock is being delivered under the Award.

6.4. DEFERRED STOCK.

A Deferred Stock Award entitles the recipient to receive shares of Stock to be delivered in the future. Delivery of the Stock will take place at such time or times, and on such conditions, as the Committee may specify. The Committee may at any time accelerate the time at which delivery of all or any part of the Stock will take place. At the time any Award described in this Section 6 is granted, the Committee may provide that, at the time Stock would otherwise be delivered pursuant to the Award, the Participant will instead receive an instrument evidencing the Participant’s right to future delivery of Deferred Stock.

6.5. PERFORMANCE AWARDS; PERFORMANCE GOALS.

(a) Nature of Performance Awards. A Performance Award entitles the recipient to receive, without payment, an amount in cash or Stock or a combination thereof (such form to be determined by the Committee) subject to the attainment of performance goals. Performance goals may be related to personal performance, corporate performance, departmental performance or any other category of performance established by the Committee. The Committee will determine the performance goals, the period or periods during which performance is to be measured and all other terms and conditions applicable to the Award.

(b) Other Awards Subject to Performance Condition. The Committee may, at the time any Award described in this Section 6 is granted, impose the condition (in addition to any conditions specified or authorized in this Section 6 or any other provision of the Plan) that performance goals be met prior to the Participant’s realization of any vesting, payment or benefit under the Award. Any such Award made subject to the achievement of performance goals (other than an Option or SAR granted with an exercise price not less than fair market value) shall be treated as a Performance Award for purposes of Section 6.5(c) below. However, an Award under the Company’s Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan shall not be considered a Performance Award for purposes of this Plan.

(c) Limitations and Special Rules. No more than an aggregate of 500,000 shares of Stock (or their equivalent fair market value in cash) may be delivered to any Participant under Performance Awards made from and after the effective date of the Plan and prior to December 19, 2006. In the case of any Performance Award intended to qualify for the performance-based remuneration exception described at Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and the regulations thereunder (an “exempt award”), the Committee shall


in writing preestablish one or more specific, objectively determinable performance goal or goals (based solely on one or more qualified performance criteria) no later than ninety (90) days after the commencement of the period of service to which the performance relates (the “performance period”) (or at such other time as is required to satisfy the conditions of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and the regulations thereunder). For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified performance criterion is any of the following determined (to the extent relevant) on either a consolidated or business-unit basis: (i) return on equity, (ii) earnings per share, (iii) the Company’s total shareholder return during the performance period compared to the total shareholder return of a generally recognized market reference (e.g., the S & P 500 or the S & P Financial Index); (iv) revenue growth; (v) operating leverage; or (vi) market share. To the extent consistent with qualification of an exempt award under Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the Committee may provide that performance goals be adjusted in order to eliminate the effect of extraordinary items (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) or changes in the Stock by reason of an event described in Section 8.6(a).

6.6. SUPPLEMENTAL GRANTS.

In connection with any Award, the Committee may at the time such Award is made or at a later date, provide for and grant a cash award to the Participant (“Supplemental Grant”) not to exceed an amount equal to (1) the amount of any Federal, state and local income tax on ordinary income for which the Participant may be liable with respect to the Award, determined by assuming taxation at the highest marginal rate, plus (2) an additional amount on a grossed-up basis intended to make the Participant whole on an after-tax basis after discharging all the Participant’s income tax liabilities arising from all payments under this Section 6. Any payments under this subsection (b) will be made at the time the Participant incurs or is expected to incur Federal income tax liability with respect to the Award.

7. EVENTS AFFECTING OUTSTANDING AWARDS

7.1. DEATH, RETIREMENT OR DISABILITY.

If the employment of an Employee Participant terminates by reason of death, retirement at or after the normal or early retirement age under any retirement plan or supplemental retirement agreement maintained by the Company or any subsidiary (“retirement”), or disability as determined (subject to such additional rules as the Committee may prescribe) in accordance with the long term disability plan of the Company and its subsidiaries covering the Participant or, if there is no such plan, in accordance with a determination of disability by the Social Security Administration (“disability”), the following will apply except as the Committee may otherwise determine:

(a) All Options and Stock Appreciation Rights held by the Participant or a transferee immediately prior to such termination of employment, whether or not then exercisable, may be exercised by the Participant or such transferee (or if the Option or SAR was held by the Participant at death, by the Participant’s executor or administrator or the person or persons to whom the Option or Right is transferred by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution), in accordance with the terms of the Option or SAR or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, during the period that ends on the later of (1) one year after death, or (ii) one year after the Option or SAR, or the last installment of such Option or SAR if there is more than one, first becomes exercisable. In no event, however, shall an Option or Stock Appreciation Right remain exercisable beyond the latest date on which it could have been exercised without regard to this Section 7.

(b) In the case of termination of employment occurring by reason of death or disability, all Restricted Stock held by the Participant immediately prior to such termination of employment shall be vested. In the case of termination of employment occurring by reason of retirement, all Restricted Stock held by the Participant immediately prior to retirement must be transferred to the Company (and, in the event the certificates representing such Restricted Stock are held by the Company, such Restricted Stock will be so transferred without any further action by the Participant) in accordance with Section 6.3(c) above.


(c) Any payment or benefit under a Deferred Stock Award, Performance Award, or Supplemental Grant to which the Participant was not irrevocably entitled prior to termination of employment will be forfeited and the Award canceled as of the time of such termination of employment.

7.2. OTHER TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

If a Participant who is an Employee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death, retirement, or disability (as defined at Section 7.1 above), or if there is a termination of the consulting, service or similar relationship in respect of which a non-Employee Participant was granted an Award hereunder (such termination of the employment or other relationship being hereinafter referred to as a “Status Change”), the following will apply except as the Committee may otherwise determine:

(a) All Options and Stock Appreciation Rights held by the Participant (or if the Option or Right was previously transferred, by the transferee) that were not exercisable immediately prior to the Status Change shall terminate at the time of the Status Change. Any Options or Rights that were exercisable immediately prior to the Status Change will continue to be exercisable for a period of three months, and shall thereupon terminate; provided, that if the Participant should die within such three-month period, the Option or Right shall be exercisable (to the extent it was exercisable immediately prior to death) for a period of one year following the Status Change. In no event, however, shall an Option or Stock Appreciation Right remain exercisable beyond the latest date on which it could have been exercised without regard to this Section 7.

(b) All Restricted Stock held by the Participant at the time of the Status Change must be transferred to the Company (and, in the event the certificates representing such Restricted Stock are held by the Company, such Restricted Stock will be so transferred without any further action by the Participant) in accordance with Section 6.3(c) above.

(c) Any payment or benefit under a Deferred Stock Award, Performance Award, or Supplemental Grant to which the Participant was not irrevocably entitled prior to the Status Change will be forfeited and the Award canceled as of the date of such Status Change.

(d) For purposes of this Section 7.2, in the case of a Participant who is an Employee, a Status Change shall not be deemed to have resulted by reason of (i) a sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence approved for purposes of the Plan by the Committee, so long as the Employee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by statute or by contract, or (ii) a transfer of employment between the Company and a subsidiary or between subsidiaries, or to the employment of a corporation (or a parent or subsidiary corporation of such corporation) issuing or assuming an Option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies.

7.3 CERTAIN CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

Except as otherwise provided by the Committee at the time of grant, in the event of a consolidation or merger in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or which results in the acquisition of substantially all the Company’s outstanding Stock by a single person or entity or by a group of persons and/or entities acting in concert, or in the event of the sale or transfer of substantially all the Company’s assets or a dissolution or liquidation of the Company (a “covered transaction”), the following rules shall apply:

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, all outstanding Awards requiring exercise will cease to be exercisable, and all other Awards to the extent not fully vested (including Awards subject to conditions not yet satisfied or determined) will be forfeited except as required under Section 7.4 below, as of the effective time of the covered transaction, provided that the Committee may in its sole discretion (but subject to Section 7.4 below in the case of a covered transaction that constitutes a Change of Control), on or prior to the effective date of the covered transaction, (1) make any outstanding Option and Stock Appreciation Right exercisable in full, (2) remove the restrictions from any Restricted Stock, (3) cause the Company to make any payment and provide any benefit under any Deferred Stock Award, Performance Award or Supplemental Grant, and (4) remove any performance or other conditions or restrictions on any Award; or


(b) With respect to an outstanding Award held by a Participant who, following the covered transaction, will be employed by or otherwise providing services to an entity which is a surviving or acquiring entity in the covered transaction or an affiliate of such an entity, the Committee may at or prior to the effective time of the covered transaction, in its sole discretion and in lieu of the action described in paragraph (a) above, arrange to have such surviving or acquiring entity or affiliate assume any Award held by such Participant outstanding hereunder or grant a replacement award which, in the judgment of the Committee, is substantially equivalent to any Award being replaced.

7.4. CHANGE OF CONTROL PROVISIONS.

(a) Impact of Event. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Change of Control:

(1) Acceleration of Options and SARs; Effect on Other Awards. All Options and SARs outstanding as of the date such Change of Control is determined to have occurred and which are not then exercisable shall (prior to application of the provisions of Section 7.3 above, in the case of a Change of Control that also constitutes a covered transaction) become exercisable to the full extent of the original grant, all shares of Restricted Stock which are not otherwise vested shall vest, and holders of Performance Awards granted hereunder as to which the relevant performance period has not ended as of the date such Change of Control is determined to have occurred shall be entitled at the time of such Change of Control to receive a cash payment per Performance Award equal to such amount, if any, as shall be specified in the Award.

(2) Restriction on Application of Plan Provisions Applicable in the Event of Termination of Employment. After a Change of Control (but subject to Section 7.3 above), Options and SARs shall remain exercisable following a termination of employment or other service relationship (other than termination by reason of death, disability (as determined by the Company) or retirement) for seven (7) months following such termination or until expiration of the original terms of the Option or SAR, whichever period is shorter.

(3) Restriction on Amendment. In connection with or following a Change of Control, neither the Committee nor the Board may impose additional conditions upon exercise or otherwise amend or restrict an Option, SAR, share of Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock Award or Performance Award, or amend the terms of the Plan in any manner adverse to the holder thereof, without the written consent of such holder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any right granted pursuant to this Section 7.4 would make a Change of Control transaction ineligible for pooling of interests accounting under applicable accounting principles that but for this Section 7.4 would otherwise be eligible for such accounting treatment, the Committee shall have the authority to substitute Stock for the cash which would otherwise be payable pursuant to this Section 7.4 having a fair market value equal to such cash.

(b) Definition of Change of Control. For purposes of the Plan, a “Change of Control” shall mean the happening of any of the following events:

(1) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of either (x) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (y) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); excluding, however, the following acquisitions of Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (iv) any acquisition by any Person pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (3) of this Section 7.4; or


(2) Individuals who, as of the effective date of the Plan, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to such effective date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

(3) Consummation by the Company of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (“Business Combination”); excluding, however, such a Business Combination pursuant to which (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed with respect to the Company prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(4) The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

8. GENERAL PROVISIONS

8.1. DOCUMENTATION OF AWARDS.

Awards will be evidenced by such written instruments, if any, as may be prescribed by the Committee from time to time. Such instruments may be in the form of agreements to be executed by both the Participant and the Company, or certificates, letters or similar instruments, which need not be executed by the Participant but acceptance of which will evidence agreement to the terms thereof.

8.2. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS.

Except as specifically provided by the Plan, the receipt of an Award will not give a Participant rights as a stockholder; the Participant will obtain such rights, subject to any limitations imposed by the Plan or the instrument evidencing the Award, only upon the issuance of Stock. However, the Committee may, on such conditions as it deems appropriate, provide that a Participant will receive a benefit in lieu of cash dividends that would have been payable on any or all Stock subject to the Participant’s Award had such Stock been outstanding. Without limitation, the Committee may provide for payment to the Participant of amounts representing such dividends, either currently or in the future, or for the investment of such amounts on behalf of the Participant.


8.3. CONDITIONS ON DELIVERY OF STOCK.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restriction from shares previously delivered under the Plan (a) until all conditions of the Award have been satisfied or removed, (b) until, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all applicable Federal and state laws and regulation have been complied with, (c) if the outstanding Stock is at the time listed on any stock exchange or The Nasdaq National Market, until the shares to be delivered have been listed or authorized to be listed on such exchange or market upon official notice of notice of issuance, and (d) until all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been approved by the Company’s counsel. If the sale of Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company may require, as a condition to exercise of the Award, such representations or agreements as counsel for the Company may consider appropriate to avoid violation of such Act and may require that the certificates evidencing such Stock bear an appropriate legend restricting transfer.

If an Award is exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or transferee, the Company will be under no obligation to deliver Stock pursuant to such exercise until the Company is satisfied as to the authority of such representative.

8.4. TAX WITHHOLDING.

The Company will withhold from any cash payment made pursuant to an Award an amount sufficient to satisfy all federal, state and local withholding tax requirements (the “withholding requirements”).

In the case of an Award pursuant to which Stock may be delivered, the Committee will have the right to require that the Participant or other appropriate person remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy the withholding requirements, or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Committee with regard to such requirements, prior to the delivery of any Stock. If and to the extent that such withholding is required, the Committee may permit the Participant or such other person to elect at such time and in such manner as the Committee provides to have the Company hold back from the shares to be delivered, or to deliver to the Company, Stock having a value calculated to satisfy the withholding requirement. The Committee may make such share withholding mandatory with respect to any Award at the time such Award is made to a Participant.

If in connection with the exercise of an ISO the Committee determines that the Company could be liable for withholding requirements with respect to the exercise or with respect to a disposition of the Stock received upon exercise, the Committee may require as a condition of exercise that the person exercising the ISO agree (a) to provide for withholding under the preceding paragraph of this Section 8.4, if the Committee determines that a withholding responsibility may arise in connection with tax exercise, (b) to inform the Company promptly of any disposition (within the meaning of Section 424(c) of the Code) of Stock received upon exercise, and (c) to give such security as the Committee deems adequate to meet the potential liability of the Company for the withholding requirements and to augment such security from time to time in any amount reasonably deemed necessary by the Committee to preserve the adequacy of such security.

8.5. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS.

Unless otherwise permitted by the Committee, no Award (other than an Award in the form of an outright transfer of cash or Unrestricted Stock) may be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during a Participant’s lifetime an Award requiring exercise may be exercised only by the Participant (or in the event of the Participant’s incapacity, the person or persons legally appointed to act on the Participant’s behalf). The Committee may in its discretion permit transfers to other persons or entities.

8.6. ADJUSTMENTS IN THE EVENT OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.

(a) In the event of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares, recapitalization or other change in the Company’s capitalization, or other distribution to common stockholders other than normal cash


dividends, after the effective date of the Plan, the Committee will make any appropriate adjustments to the maximum number of shares that may be delivered under the Plan under the first paragraph of Section 4 above and to the limits described in the second paragraph of Section 4 and in Section 6.5(c).

(b) In any event referred to in paragraph (a), the Committee will also make any appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to Awards then outstanding or subsequently granted, any exercise prices relating to Awards and any other provision of Awards affected by such change. The Committee may also make such adjustments to take into account material changes in law or in accounting practices or principles, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions, dispositions or similar corporate transactions, or any other event, if it is determined by the Committee that adjustments are appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan; provided, that adjustments pursuant to this sentence shall not be made to the extent it would cause any Award intended to be exempt under Section 162(m)(4)(C) to fail to be so exempt.

(c) In the case of ISOs or Awards intended to satisfy the performance-based remuneration exception under Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, the adjustments described in (a) and (b) will be made only to the extent consistent with continued qualification of the option under Section 422 of the Code (in the case of an ISO) or Section 162(m) of the Code.

8.7. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS, ETC.

Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the grant of Awards will confer upon any person any right to continued retention by the Company or any subsidiary as an Employee or otherwise, or affect in any way the right of the Company or subsidiary to terminate an employment, service or similar relationship at any time. Except as specifically provided by the Committee in any particular case, the loss of existing or potential profit in Awards granted under the Plan will not constitute an element of damages in the event of termination of an employment, service or similar relationship even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Company to the Participant.

8.8. NONCOMPETITION RESTRICTIONS, ETC.

The Committee may provide in connection with any Award that the Participant’s rights to enjoyment of the Award or to any cash or Stock deliverable under the Award be conditioned upon the Participant’s agreeing not to compete with the Company and its subsidiaries, not to disclose confidential information, and not to solicit employees, advisors or business from the Company and its subsidiaries, the terms of any such agreement or undertaking to be determined by the Committee.

8.9. DEFERRAL OF PAYMENTS.

The Committee may agree at any time, upon request of the Participant and subject to such rules as the Committee may determine, to defer the date on which any future payment under an Award will be made.

8.10. PAST SERVICES AS CONSIDERATION.

Where a Participant purchases Stock under an Award for a price equal to the par value of the Stock the Committee may determine that such price has been satisfied by past services rendered by the Participant.

9. EFFECT, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

Neither adoption of the Plan nor the grant of Awards to a Participant will affect the Company’s right to grant to such Participant awards that are not subject to the Plan, to issue to such Participant Stock as a bonus or otherwise, or to adopt other plans or arrangements under which Stock may be issued to Employees.

The Committee may at any time or times amend the Plan or any outstanding Award for any purpose which may at the time be permitted by law, or may at any time terminate the Plan as to any further grants of


Awards, provided that (except to the extent expressly required or permitted by the Plan) no such amendment will, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, effectuate a change for which stockholder approval is required in order for the Plan to continue to qualify for the award of ISOs under Section 422 of the Code or for the award of performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, nor shall any such amendment adversely affect the rights of a holder of an Award without such holder’s consent.


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE

STATE STREET CORPORATION 1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Amendment No. 2 to the State Street Corporation 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

RECITAL

The Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has approved the following amendments to the Plan:

1. Clause (a) of the second paragraph of Section 2 of the Plan is amended and clarified, effective as of the original effective date of the Plan, to read as follows: “(a) grant Awards to such eligible persons and at such time or times as it may choose;”

2. Section 2 of the plan, is further amended, as of the date set forth below, by adding thereto the following new paragraph:

“The Committee may delegate to any officer or officers of the Corporation the authority to exercise the authority described at clauses (a) through (g) of the preceding paragraph with respect to any Award to a person who at the time of the Award is not and in the reasonable determination of the officer or officers exercising such authority with respect to such Award is not expected to be an executive officer of the Company or a person otherwise described in Section 162 (m) (3) of the Code or the regulations thereunder.”

3. Except as amended above, the Plan remains in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this instrument of amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 3rd day of March, 1998.

STATE STREET CORPORATION

 

By:  

/s/ Trevor Lukes

Name:   Trevor Lukes
Title:   Senior Vice President


AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO THE

STATE STREET CORPORATION

1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Amendment No. 3 to the State Street Corporation 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

RECITAL

The stockholders of State Street Corporation have approved the following amendment to the Plan:

1. To increase the aggregate number of shares that may be delivered under the Plan, subject to adjustment as provided in the Plan, from 8,000,000 to 15,900,000.

2. Except as amended above, the Plan remains in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this instrument of amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 24th day of April, 2000.

State Street Corporation

 

By:  

/s/ Trevor Lukes

Name:  

Trevor Lukes

Title:  

Senior Vice President


AMENDMENT NO. 4

STATE STREET CORPORATION

1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Amendment No. 4 to the State Street Corporation 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

RECITAL

The Board of Directors of State Street Corporation have approved the following amendment to the Plan:

1. Section 5 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding to the end thereof the following new sentence:

The term “subsidiary” shall include such other entities (in which the Corporation has a direct or indirect ownership interest) as the Committee may from time to time designate, subject to such limitations and conditions as the Committee may specify.

2. The amendment of the Plan set forth above shall be effective July 1, 2000.

3. Except as amended above, the Plan remains in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this instrument of amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 28/th/ day of June, 2000.

STATE STREET CORPORATION

 

By:  

/s/ Trevor Lukes

Name:  

Trevor Lukes

Title:  

Senior Vice President


1997 Equity Incentive Plan

STATE STREET CORPORATION

1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

The State Street Corporation 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as previously amended and adjusted for stock dividends, is hereby further amended as follows:

1. The first paragraph of Section 2 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), the Plan will be administered by a committee of the Board designated for such purpose (the “Committee”). During such time as the Stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), except as the Board may otherwise determine, the Committee shall consist of at least two members who are both “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act and “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). If the Committee includes members who are not non-employee directors or outside directors as so defined, it shall act and shall be deemed to have acted through a subcommittee consisting solely of its non-employee and outside director members.”

2. The first sentence of Section 4 of the Plan is amended by deleting the existing share limit (taking into account all previous stock dividends and increases, 31,800,000 shares) and replacing it with the number “46,800,000”.

3. The last sentence of the second paragraph of Section 4 of the Plan (begins: “The maximum number of shares of Restricted Stock . . .”) is amended in its entirety to read as follows: “The maximum number of shares of Restricted Stock that may be delivered under the Plan shall not exceed 25% of the total number of shares authorized for issuance.”

4. The last sentence of Section 5 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“A “subsidiary” for purposes of the Plan will be a corporation or other entity whose employees would be treated as employees of a subsidiary of the Company for purposes of the rules promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the use of Form S-8. Options intended to be “incentive stock options” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Code (any Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option being hereinafter referred to as an “ISO”) may be granted only to an individual who is, at the time of grant, an employee of the Company or of a corporation that would be treated as a subsidiary of the Company under Section 424(f) of the Code.”

5. The second sentence of Section 6.1(a) of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“Both ISOs and options that are not ISOs may be granted under the Plan.”

6. Section 6.1(f) of the Plan is deleted.

7. Section 6.5(c) of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Limitations and Special Rules. No more than an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of Stock (or their equivalent fair market value in cash) may be delivered to any Participant under Performance Awards made from and after the effective date of the Plan and prior to December 19, 2006. In the case of any Performance Award intended to qualify for the performance-based remuneration exception described at Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and the regulations thereunder (an “exempt award”), the Committee shall in writing preestablish one or more specific, objectively determinable performance goal or goals (based solely on one or more qualified performance


criteria) no later than ninety (90) days after the commencement of the period of service to which the performance relates (the “performance period”) (or at such other time as is required to satisfy the conditions of section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and the regulations thereunder). For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified performance criterion is any of the following determined (to the extent relevant) on either a consolidated or business-unit basis: (i) return on equity; (ii) earnings per share; (iii) the Company’s total shareholder return during the performance period compared to the total shareholder return of a generally recognized market reference (e.g., the S & P 500 or the S & P Financial Index); (iv) revenue growth; (v) market share; (vi) earnings; or (vii) revenue. To the extent consistent with qualification of an exempt award under Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the Committee may provide that performance goals be adjusted in order to eliminate the effect of extraordinary or other non-recurring events or changes in the Stock by reason of an event described in Section 8.6(a).”

8. Section 7.1(a) of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) All Options and Stock Appreciation Rights held by the Participant or a transferee immediately prior to such termination of employment, whether or not then exercisable, may be exercised by the Participant or such transferee (or if the Option or SAR was held by the Participant at death, by the Participant’s executor or administrator or the person or persons to whom the Option or SAR is transferred by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution), in accordance with the terms of the Option or SAR or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, during the period that ends on the later of (i) one year after the date of such termination of employment, or (ii) one year after the Option or SAR, or the last installment of such Option or SAR if there is more than one, first becomes exercisable. In no event, however, shall an Option or SAR remain exercisable beyond the latest date on which it could have been exercised without regard to this Section 7.”

9. Section 7.1(a) of the Plan is further amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) All Options and Stock Appreciation Rights held by the Participant or a transferee immediately prior to termination of employment by reason of retirement or disability, whether or not then exercisable, may be exercised by the Participant or such transferee, in accordance with the terms of the Option or SAR or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, during the period that ends on the later of (i) one year after the date of such termination of employment, or (ii) one year after the Option or SAR, or the last installment of such Option or SAR if there is more than one, first becomes exercisable. All Options and SARs held by the Participant or a transferee prior to termination of employment by reason of death, whether or not then exercisable, may be exercised by (i) the Participant’s executor or administrator or the person or persons to whom the Option or SAR is transferred by law or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, if the Option or SAR was held by the Participant at death, or (ii) by the Participant’s transferee, if the Option or SAR was held by such transferee at the Participant’s death, in either case during the period that ends one year after the date of death. In no event, however, shall an Option or SAR remain exercisable beyond the latest date on which it could have been exercised without regard to this Section 7.”

10. Section 7.1(b) of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“In the case of termination of employment by reason of death or disability, all Restricted Stock held by the Participant immediately prior to such termination of employment shall be vested and the right to receive any payment or benefit under any Deferred Stock Award then held by the Participant shall be vested and accelerated. In the case of termination of employment by reason of retirement, all Restricted Stock held by the Participant immediately prior to retirement must be transferred to the Company (and, in the event the certificates representing such Restricted Stock are held by the Company, such Restricted Stock will be so transferred without any further action by the Participant) in accordance with Section 6.3(c) above and all of the Participant’s rights under any Deferred Stock Award, other than rights to any payment or benefit to which the Participant had become irrevocably entitled prior to retirement, will be forfeited. “


11. Section 7.1(c) of the Plan is amended by deleting the words “a Deferred Stock Award,”.

12. Section 7.2 of the Plan is amended as follows:

(i) The words “If a Participant who is an Employee” at the beginning of Section 7.2 are deleted and replaced with the words: “Except as provided at Section 7.2(d) below, if a Participant who is an Employee”.

(ii) Section 7.2(d) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new text:

“Except as the Committee may otherwise determine, a Participant who ceases to be an Employee but in connection therewith continues to provide consulting or advisory services to the Company or its subsidiaries, or who ceases to be a consultant or advisor to the Company or its subsidiaries but in connection therewith becomes an Employee, will not be deemed to have suffered a Status Change until such time as he or she ceases to provide services to the Company and its subsidiaries in any of such capacities (whether as an Employee, consultant or advisor). Except as the Committee may otherwise determine, if a subsidiary by which a Participant is employed or to which he or she is providing services ceases to be a subsidiary (by sale, disposition or otherwise), the Participant will thereupon be treated as having suffered a Status Change unless, in connection with such event, he or she continues to be employed by or continues otherwise to provide services to the Company or its continuing subsidiaries.”

13. The paragraph at the end of Section 7.4(a) of the Plan (begins: “Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any right granted pursuant to this Section 7.4 would make a Change of Control transaction ineligible for pooling of interests . . .”) is deleted.

14. The last paragraph of Section 8.4 of the Plan (begins: “If in connection with the exercise of an ISO . . .”) is amended by deleting the words “may arise in connection with tax exercise” and replacing them with the words “may arise in connection with the exercise”.

15. Section 8.5 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“No ISO nor, except as the Committee may otherwise determine, any other Award (other than an Award in the form of an outright transfer of cash or Unrestricted Stock) may be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or exercised, during the Participant’s lifetime, other than by the Participant (or, in the event of the Participant’s incapacity, the person or persons legally appointed to act on the Participant’s behalf). The Committee in its discretion may permit transfers of Awards other than ISOs to other persons or entities.”

16. The Plan is amended by adding a new Section 8.10, to read in its entirety as follows:

“8.10 Special Terms for Non-U.S. Participants

The Committee may establish special rules under the Plan (which may be, but need not be, consistent with the rules applicable to Participants and Awards generally) for Awards to Participants employed by or otherwise providing services to non-U.S. subsidiaries; provided, that no such special rules shall be established without the approval of the stockholders of the Company to the extent they would be ineffective without such stockholder approval if accomplished as an amendment to the Plan pursuant to Section 9.”

17. The amendments made by paragraphs 2 and 7 above are contingent upon approval by the Board of Directors of State Street Corporation. The amendment made by paragraph 2 above and the provisions of Section 6.5(c) of the Plan as amended by paragraph 7 above are also contingent upon approval of the stockholders of the Company. The amendments made by paragraphs 3, 4, 5, 6, 12 and 13 above are effective immediately as to awards granted after the date hereof. The amendments made by paragraphs 8, 9, 10 and 11 above are effective immediately as to awards under the Plan made on or after the date hereof. The other amendments made by this instrument of amendment are clarifications of existing language and are effective as of the original effective date of the Plan.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this instrument of amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 20th day of December, 2001.

 

STATE STREET CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ JOHN R. TOWERS


STATE STREET CORPORATION

225 Franklin Street

Boston, MA 02110

Notification of Grant of Performance Award

March 3, 2004

 

Re:   
   Performance Award

Dear                     :

This letter shall serve as an agreement between you and State Street Corporation (the “Company”) setting forth the terms and conditions relating to the Performance Award granted to you under the Company’s 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), if certain performance targets are met during designated performance periods.

 

1.   Grant of Performance Award.

You have been granted an Award consisting of          units (a “Performance Award”) entitling you to payment as described below upon satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Award. The Award has been granted with respect to the performance period (the “Performance Period”) commencing January 1, 2004 and ending on December 31, 2005 (the “Maturity Date”).

 

2.   Performance Targets: Committee Certification.

Your Performance Award shall be earned as follows:

(a) Earnings Per Share (EPS). Seventy percent (70%) of the Performance Awards granted (            ) shall be earned based upon the Company’s fully diluted aggregated earnings per share (EPS), as reported, during the Performance Period.

(b) Return on Equity (ROE). Thirty percent (30%) of the Performance Awards granted (            ) shall be based on the Company’s average return on common stockholders’ equity (ROE), as reported, during the Performance Period.

The specific EPS and ROE targets were established by the Committee on March 3, 2004 and are attached. Achievement of the specific performance target(s) will be a condition to the earning of any payment under this Award. The earning of the Award is also conditioned upon Committee certification, following the close of the Performance Period, that the specific performance targets have been achieved.

 

3.   Form of Payment.

(a) Each Performance Award is payable in cash, on or before the March 31st next following the end of the Performance Period, in an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of the Company’s common stock, $1.00 par value (the “Common Stock”). For this purpose, fair market value shall mean the average of the closing high and low prices of the Common Stock on the ten trading days preceding the end of the Performance Period.

(b) Upon your request made prior to January 1st of the year of the end of the Performance Period, payment under this Award may be deferred on such terms and for such period as the Committee may approve. The deferred amount will be credited to the Restoration & Voluntary Deferral Plan.


4.   Non-Transferability, Etc.

The Award, including Performance Awards represented thereby, shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

5.   Termination of Employment

 

(a)  

No amount shall be paid in respect of the Award in the event that you cease to be employed by the Company prior to the end of the Performance Period, except as the Committee may otherwise determine.

 

(b)  

Any payment under the Award pursuant to an exercise by the Committee of its discretion under (a) above will take into account the time between the date your employment so terminated and the end of the Performance Period. In addition, payment to you of any unearned Performance Awards after termination of your employment otherwise than by reason of your death shall be subject to the conditions that until the Maturity Date you shall (i) not engage whether directly or indirectly, in any manner or capacity as advisor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, employee, member of any association, or otherwise, in any business or activity which is at the time competitive with any business or activity conducted by the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, and (ii) be available at reasonable times for consultations at the request of the Company’s management with respect to phases of the business with which you were actively connected during your employment. In the event that either of the above conditions is not fulfilled, you shall receive no payment of the unearned Performance Award. Any determination by the Board of Directors [Committee] that you are, or have engaged in a competitive business or activity as aforesaid or not have been available for consultations as aforesaid shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing this paragraph 5(c) shall be inapplicable following a Change of Control.

 

6.   Acceleration of Performance Award.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of a Change of Control occurring prior to the Maturity Date, you shall be entitled at the time of such Change of Control to receive a cash payment per Performance Award equal to the adjusted fair market value of a share of the Common Stock. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “adjusted fair market value” shall mean the higher of the (i) the highest average of the reported daily high and low prices per share of the Common Stock during the 60 day period prior to the first date of actual knowledge by the Board of Directors of a Change of Control, and (ii) if the Change of Control is the result of a transaction or series of transactions described in Section 7.4(b)(1) or (3) of the Plan, the highest price per share of the Common Stock paid in such transaction series of transactions (which in the case of a transaction described in Section 7.4(b)(1) of the Plan shall be the highest price per share of the Common Stock as reflected in a Schedule 13D filed by the person having made the acquisition.

 

7.   Changes in Capitalization or Corporate Structure.

The aggregate number of Performance Awards reflected in the Award shall be appropriately adjusted pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Plan to reflect transactions, events or circumstances described in said Section 8.6.

 

8.   Amendments to Performance Units.

Subject to the specific limitations set forth in the Plan, the Board of Directors [Committee] may at any time suspend or terminate any rights or obligations relating to Performance Awards prior to their Maturity Date without your consent.


9.   Compliance with Section 162(m).

The Committee shall exercise its discretion with respect to this award in all cases so as to preserve the deductibility of payments under the Award against disallowance by reason of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code).

 

10.   Provisions of the Plan.

The provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, and all terms not other wise defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. You acknowledge that you have received a copy of the Plan [and a copy of the Prospectus for the Plan].

If the Award and the foregoing terms and conditions are acceptable to you, please sign the enclosed counterpart of this letter and return the same to the undersigned.

 

Very Truly Yours,
STATE STREET CORPORATION
By  

 

  Boon Ooi
  Senior Vice President

The undersigned hereby accepts the Award and the Performance Awards represented thereby on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth above.

 

 

 

 

Dated:  

 


FORM OF PERFORMANCE AWARD AGREEMENT UNDER THE 1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STATE STREET CORPORATION

Performance Award Agreement

(Name)

 

Re:   Performance Award

Dear                     :

This letter shall serve as an agreement (the “Agreement”) between you and State Street Corporation (the “Company”) setting forth the terms and conditions relating to the Performance Award granted to you under the Company’s 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), which shall be payable if certain performance and other conditions are satisfied as described below.

1. Grant of Performance Award.

You have been granted an award (the “Award) consisting of a total of          units (“Units”). To be entitled to any payment under the Award, you must execute this Agreement and return a fully executed copy to the Company, and all terms and conditions of this Award must have been satisfied. The Award will be payable, if at all, based in part on the achievement by the Company of certain performance measures (described below and in Exhibit I) over the two-year period commencing January 1, 2006 and ending on December 31, 2007 (the “Performance Period”). The date on which the Performance Period ends (December 31, 2007) is referred to herein as the “Maturity Date.”

2. Performance Targets: Committee Certification.

Whether your Award will be paid and if so in what amounts will depend in part (i) as to seventy (70%) percent of the Award (the “EPS Portion”), on the Company’s achievement of specified earnings per share targets as described in (a) below and in Exhibit I, and (ii) as to the remaining thirty (30%) percent of the Award (the “ROE Portion”), on the Company’s achievement of specified return on shareholders’ equity targets as described in (b) below and in Exhibit I.

(a) Earnings Per Share (EPS) . Subject to the other terms and conditions of the Award, the Company’s full diluted aggregated earnings per share from continuing

 

1


operations (“EPS”) for the Performance Period will determine how much, if any, of the EPS Portion of the Award will be payable. Exhibit I sets forth the EPS threshold that must be achieved if any of the EPS Portion is to be payable and the higher EPS target that must be achieved if the entire EPS Portion is to be payable, with interpolation for EPS performance between those limits.

(b) Return on Equity (ROE) . Subject to the other terms and conditions of the Award, the Company’s average return on shareholders’ equity from continuing operations (“ROE”) will determine how much, if any, of the ROE Portion of the Award will be payable. Exhibit I sets forth the ROE threshold that must be achieved if any of the ROE Portion is to be payable and the higher ROE amounts that must be achieved if higher percentages, or the entirety, of the ROE Portion is to be payable, with interpolation for ROE performance between those limits.

The specific EPS and ROE performance targets for the Performance Period were established by the Committee on March 1, 2006 and are set forth on Exhibit I, attached hereto and made a part hereof. Subject to the other terms and conditions of the Award, payment under this Award will only be made if the Committee certifies, following the close of the Performance Period, that the pre-established threshold performance targets have been exceeded on the Maturity Date and then only to the extent of the level of performance so certified as having been achieved.

3. Form of Payment.

Any portion of the Award earned by reason of a Committee certification as described above will be payable in shares of the Company’s common stock (“Common Stock”) on or before the March 31 next following the end of the Performance Period. The number of shares to be paid will be determined by multiplying the number of Units set forth in paragraph 1, above, by the Total Funding Percentage. For this purpose, “Total Funding Percentage” means the sum of the weighted funding percentages achieved for each of the ROE and EPS performance targets, respectively, for the Performance Period as certified by the Committee.

4. Non — Transferability, Etc.

This Award shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and it may be exercised during your lifetime only by you. Any attempt to assign or transfer the Award, either voluntarily or involuntarily, contrary to the provisions hereof, shall be null and void and without effect and shall render the Award itself null and void.

 

2


5. Termination of Employment

No amount shall be paid in respect of the Award in the event that you cease to be employed by the Company prior to the end of the Performance Period, except as the Committee may otherwise determine in its sole discretion. Any payment under the Award pursuant to an exercise by the Committee of its discretion under the preceding sentence will take into account the time between the date on which your employment so terminated and the end of the Performance Period. In addition, payment to you of any unearned Award after termination of your employment otherwise than by reason of your death shall be subject to the conditions that until the date on which the Award is paid you shall (i) not engage whether directly or indirectly, in any manner or capacity as advisor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, employee, member of any association, or otherwise, in any business or activity which is at the time competitive with any business or activity conducted by the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, and (ii) be available at reasonable times for consultations at the request of the Company’s management with respect to phases of the business with which you were actively connected during your employment. In the event that either of the above conditions is not fulfilled, you shall receive no payment under this Award. Any determination by the Committee that you are, or have engaged in a competitive business or activity as aforesaid or not have been available for consultations as aforesaid shall be conclusive and binding on all persons. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this paragraph 5(b) shall be inapplicable following a Change of Control

6. Acceleration of Performance Award.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of a Change of Control occurring prior to the Maturity Date, you shall be entitled at the time of such Change of Control to receive a cash payment equal to the adjusted fair market value of a share of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of Units set forth in paragraph 1, above. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “adjusted fair market value” shall mean the higher of the (i) the highest average of the reported daily high and low prices per share of the Common Stock during the 60-day period prior to the first date of actual knowledge by the Board of Directors of circumstances that resulted in a Change of Control, and (ii) if the Change of Control is the result of a transaction or series of transactions described in Section 7.4(b)(1) or (3) of the Plan, the highest price per share of the Common Stock paid in such transaction series of transactions (which in the case of a transaction described in Section 7.4(b)(1) of the Plan shall be the highest price per share of the Common Stock as reflected in a Schedule 13D filed by the person having made the acquisition

7. Changes in Capitalization or Corporate Structure.

The Award is subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Plan in the circumstances therein described.

 

3


8. Amendments to Performance Units.

Subject to the specific limitations set forth in the Plan, the Committee may at any time suspend or terminate any rights or obligations relating to the Award prior to the Maturity Date without your consent.

9. Compliance with Section 162(m).

The Committee shall exercise its discretion with respect to this Award in all cases so as to preserve the deductibility of payments under the Award against disallowance by reason of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code).

10. Provisions of the Plan.

The provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, and all terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. You acknowledge that you have received a copy of the Plan and a copy of the Prospectus for the Plan.

If the Award and the foregoing terms and conditions are acceptable to you, please sign the enclosed counterpart of this letter and return the same to the undersigned.

 

Very truly yours,
STATE STREET CORPORATION
By  

 

  Boon S. Ooi
  Senior Vice President

The undersigned hereby accepts the Award on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth above.

 

 

(Name)

 

Dated:  

 

 

4


Election to Defer

Performance Award Payment

Executive Compensation Committee

State Street Corporation

225 Franklin Street

Boston, MA 02110

 

Attention:    Boon Ooi
   Senior Vice President
   Human Resources & Organizational Performance

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned is a participant (the “Participant”) in the “1997 Equity Incentive Plan”, Cycle. Payments, if any, under the Plan with respect to such Cycle, unless deferred, are to be made on or before          (the “Payments”), subject to the provisions of paragraph 3(b) of the Performance Award Agreement between the undersigned and State Street dated             . Pursuant to said Plan and Agreement, the Participant hereby elects to defer (choose one):

 

(    ) $    (or 100% of the Payments, if less)
(    )    % of the Payments

(the deferred amount with interest thereon as provided below being the “Deferred Payment”) until (Date) , (Year) subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

This deferral of the Deferred Payment is made upon the following terms and conditions prescribed by the Executive Compensation Committee:

1)

Deferral Period. The deferral period shall not be less than two years from             , nor more than ten years from such date.

2)

Lump Sum. The Deferred Payment when paid will be paid in a single cash lump sum.

3)

Non-Assignable. The Deferred Payment may not be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered. In the event of death of the undersigned prior to the complete distribution of the Deferred Payment, any portion of such Deferred Payment that has not been distributed shall be paid or distributed to: .

4)

Irrevocable Election. The deferral is irrevocable except in the event of the Participant’s death, other termination of the Participant’s employment, or a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan). In the event of the Participant’s death, the Deferred Payment will be made to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following death. In the event of the Participant’s termination of employment for any reason other than death, the Deferred Payment will be made to the Participant as soon as practicable after such termination of employment. Upon a Change in Control the Deferred Payment will be made to the Participant as soon as practicable after such event.

5)

Interest. The amount deferred will accrue interest, annually, at a rate effective to the yield to maturity on the 360-day Treasury bill with an issue date closest to                     , and with issue dates closest to                      of each succeeding year. In no event, however, shall the interest payable with respect to the Deferred Payments be greater than the maximum interest rate, if any, permitted under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the regulations thereunder or interpretations thereof.


6)

Withholding. The Deferred Payment shall be reduced by withholding taxes and other legally required deductions at the time of distribution.

7)

Reports. State Street shall provide the Participant with a statement of the amount of the Deferred Payment (including the interest accrued thereon) as of the end of each calendar year.

8)

No Funding. State Street will not fund the Deferred Payment. State Street’s obligation to pay the Deferred Payment constitutes a mere promise to pay, will be paid solely from the general assets of State Street and the Participant’s rights shall be only those of an unsecured general creditor.

9)

Limitation. The deferral of the Deferred Payment shall not give the Participant any right to be retained as an employee.

The undersigned hereby agrees to the foregoing terms and conditions with respect to the Deferred Payment and by signing below intends and agrees to be legally bound thereby.

 

            Very Truly Yours,
     

 

 

     
Witness      
Dated:      

 

      The foregoing election is accepted.
              State Street Corporation
     

 

      Boon Ooi
      Senior Vice President
Dated:      

 

     


STATE STREET CORPORATION

1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Non-qualified Stock Option Award Agreement

Subject to your acceptance of the terms set forth in this agreement, State Street Corporation (the “Company”) has awarded to you the option to purchase shares of common stock (“Stock”) of the Company, detailed in your award Certificate on this website and pursuant to the State Street Corporation 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and certain conditions set forth below (the “NQO Award Agreement”). A copy of the Plan document and the Company’s Prospectus are located on this website for your reference. All terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Plan, except as otherwise expressly provided. The term “vest” as used herein means the lapsing of the restrictions described herein and in the Plan with respect to one or more options to purchase shares of Stock. The terms of the NQO Award Agreement are as follows:

1.

Term and Exercise Period. Subject to paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof and to this paragraph 1, the Option shall vest according to the vesting schedule detailed in your Certificate of Stock Option Grant on this website. In no event, however, shall the exercise of the Option or any installment thereof be made later than ten (10) years from the original grant date. You may not exercise the Option with respect to less than fifty (50) shares at any one time except when the number of remaining shares of the Option is less than fifty (50); and except as is otherwise provided herein you may not exercise the Option or any installment thereof unless you are then an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries.

2.

Method of Exercising Option. You may exercise the vested option before the grant expiration date by stating the number of shares (but not fewer than fifty (50) shares or the remaining shares under the Option, if fewer) which the exercise is intended to cover and paying in full for the aggregate grant price for such shares, in cash, or by certified or bank check. In lieu of a cash payment in full, you may pay the grant price through the delivery (including by attestation of ownership) of a whole number of shares of Common Stock of the Company held for at least six months with a fair market value equal to the grant price less any cash included in the tender. Payment for any shares subject to an Option may also be made by delivering a properly executed notice to the Company, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the aggregate grant price, and, if required, the amount of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes. Certificates for shares that you purchased shall be promptly delivered per your instructions to you or your broker.

3.

Employee Rights and Duties. You shall not have any right of a stockholder with respect to the shares covered by the Option prior to the issuance thereof nor shall this agreement grant you any rights of employment with the Company.

4.

Non-Transferability. The Option shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and it may be exercised only by you during your lifetime. Any attempt to assign or transfer the Option, either voluntarily or involuntarily, contrary to the provisions hereof, shall be null and void and without effect and shall render the Option itself null and void.

5.

Termination of Employment.

a)

If your employment terminates by reason of disability (as set forth in Section 7.1 for the Plan) or retirement at or after the normal or early retirement age under any retirement plan or supplemental retirement agreement maintained by the Company or any subsidiary prior to exercise, expiration, surrender or cancellation of the Option, the Option shall remain exercisable after the date of such termination of employment in accordance with the Plan and this agreement whether or not such Option was exercisable at the time of such termination during the period that ends on the later of (i) one (1) year after the Option first becomes exercisable or if exercisable in installments after the last installment becomes exercisable; and (ii) one (1) year from termination of employment.


b)

If your employment terminates by reason of death, whether or not then exercisable, all Options held by you prior to termination may be exercised by your executor or administrator or the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred by law or the applicable laws of descent and distribution during the period that ends one year after the date of death. In no event, however, shall an Option remain exercisable beyond the grant expiration date.

c)

If your employment terminates for any reason other than death, disability or retirement prior to exercise, expiration, surrender or cancellation of the Option, such Option shall terminate three (3) months from the date of such termination, during which period the Option may be exercised only to the extent that it was exercisable on the date of such termination. In the event that the award recipient is eligible to receive severance when terminated from the Company, the Option shall continue to vest through the end of the “bridging period” as defined in the Company’s severance policy; under such circumstances, the Option shall terminate three (3) months from the date the bridging period ends. If you die within such three (3) month period, the Option shall expire (1) year after the date of your termination, during which period the Option may be exercised at any time by the person or persons to whom your rights shall pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent or distribution, but only to the extent it was exercisable on the date of such termination. In no event, however, may the Option be exercised after the grant expiration date set out in the applicable Certificate.

d)

Your rights with respect to any unexercised Option after termination of your employment other than by reason of death shall be subject to the conditions that until any such Option is exercised you shall (i) not engage either directly or indirectly, in any manner or capacity as advisor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, employee, member of any association, or otherwise, in any business or activity which is at the time competitive with any business or activity conducted by the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, and (ii) be available at reasonable times for consultations at the request of the Company’s management with respect to phases of the business with which you were actively connected during your employment. In the event that either of the above conditions is not fulfilled, you shall forfeit all rights to any unexercised Option. Any determination by the Board of Directors that you are, or have, engaged in a competitive business or activity as aforesaid or have not been available for consultations as aforesaid shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing this paragraph shall be inapplicable following a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan).

6.

Acceleration of Options. Upon a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan), all Options outstanding as of the date of such Change of Control is determined to have occurred and which are not then exercisable shall become fully exercisable. Optionees subject to Section 16 shall have certain rights to receive cash in lieu of exercising the option in the amount of the Spread, all as set forth in the Plan; provided, that for purposes of this Option, “Spread” shall mean, with respect to any share subject to the Option, the excess of fair market value of such share on the date of exercise over the per-share grant price. After a Change of Control (but subject to Section 7.3 of the Plan), the Option shall remain exercisable following a termination of your employment other than by reason of your death, disability or retirement for a period of seven (7) months after termination of employment, or until expiration of the original term of the Option, whichever period is shorter.

7.

Changes in Capitalization. The Board of Directors of the Company may make appropriate adjustments in the aggregate number and kind of shares and the grant price per share subject to the Option when it deems such action necessary by reason of any stock dividend, split or any recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, combination or similar transaction.

8.

Withholding. The Committee will have the right to require that you remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any withholding tax requirements, or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Committee with regard to such requirements, prior to the delivery of any Stock. If and to the extent that such withholding is required, the Committee may permit you to elect at such time and in such manner as the Committee provides to satisfy your withholding tax requirement with the proceeds from the sale of shares resulting from your option exercise.


9.

Securities Act Considerations. The shares of Common Stock acquired by you upon exercise of the Option are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). Under current regulations, you may freely resell all or a part of such shares from time to time, provided you are not deemed to be an “affiliate” of the Company as that term is defined in the Act. Officers filing Forms 4—Statement of Changes in Beneficial Ownership are deemed to be affiliates. As an affiliate of the Company, you may resell such shares only pursuant to a currently effective registration statement on Form S-3 or Form S-1 as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or pursuant to Rule 144 or other exemption under the Act.

By your accepting this agreement, this agreement shall take effect as a sealed instrument.


STATE STREET CORPORATION

1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement

Subject to your acceptance of the terms set forth in this agreement, State Street Corporation (the “Company”) has awarded to you the option, qualifying as incentive stock options under Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to purchase shares of common stock (“Stock”) of the Company, detailed in your award Certificate on this website and pursuant to the State Street Corporation 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and certain conditions set forth below (the “ISO Award Agreement”). A copy of the Plan document and the Company’s Prospectus are located on this website for your reference. All terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Plan, except as otherwise expressly provided. The term “vest” as used herein means the lapsing of the restrictions described herein and in the Plan with respect to one or more options to purchase shares of Stock. The terms of the ISO Award Agreement are as follows:

1.

Term and Exercise Period. Subject to paragraphs 6 and 7 hereof and to this paragraph 1, the Option shall vest according to the vesting schedule detailed in your Certificate of Stock Option Grant. In no event, however, shall the exercise of the Option or any installment thereof be made later than ten (10) years from the original grant date. You may not exercise the Option with respect to less than fifty (50) shares at any one time except when the number of remaining shares of the Option is less than fifty (50); and except as is otherwise provided herein you may not exercise the Option or any installment thereof unless you are then an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries.

2.

Method of Exercising Option. You may exercise the vested option before the grant expiration date by stating the number of shares (but not fewer than fifty (50) shares or the remaining shares under the Option, if fewer) which the exercise is intended to cover and paying in full for the aggregate grant price for such shares, in cash, or by certified or bank check. In lieu of a cash payment in full, you may pay the grant price through the delivery (including by attestation of ownership) of a whole number of shares of Common Stock of the Company held for at least six months with a fair market value equal to the grant price less any cash included in the tender. Payment for any shares subject to an Option may also be made by delivering a properly executed notice to the Company, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the aggregate grant price, and, if required, the amount of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes. Certificates for shares that you purchased shall be promptly delivered per your instructions to you or your broker.

3.

ISO Tax Treatment. No ordinary taxable income is realized by the optionee upon the grant or exercise of an ISO. If no disposition of shares issued to an optionee pursuant to the exercise of an ISO is made by the optionee within two years from the date of grant or within one year after exercise, then upon a later sale of such shares, any gain or loss recognized in the sale will be taxed to the optionee as a long-term capital gain or loss. If shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of an ISO are disposed of by the optionee prior to the expiration of the two-year or one-year holding periods (a “disqualifying disposition”), generally the optionee will realize ordinary income in the year of disposition in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares at exercise (or, if less, the amount realized on a sale of such shares) over the option price thereof. Any further gain recognized will be taxed as short-term or long-term capital gain. Exercise of an ISO increases the optionee’s alternative minimum taxable income (“AMTI”) by an amount equal, in general, to the excess of the fair market value of the shares acquired under the option over the option price. This increase may result in an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) liability to the optionee.


4.

Employee Rights and Duties. You shall not have any right of a stockholder with respect to the shares covered by the Option prior to the issuance thereof nor shall this agreement grant you any rights of employment with the Company.

5.

Non-Transferability. The Option shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and it may be exercised only by you during your lifetime. Any attempt to assign or transfer the Option, either voluntarily or involuntarily, contrary to the provisions hereof, shall be null and void and without effect and shall render the Option itself null and void.

6.

Termination of Employment.

a)

Generally, an ISO will not be eligible for the tax treatment described above if it is exercised more than three months following termination of employment (one year following termination of employment, in the case of termination by reason of permanent and total disability), except in certain cases where the ISO is exercised after the death of the optionee. If an ISO is exercised at a time when it no longer qualifies for the tax treatment described above, the option is treated as a nonqualified option.

b)

If your employment terminates by reason of disability (as set forth in Section 7.1 for the Plan) or retirement at or after the normal or early retirement age under any retirement plan or supplemental retirement agreement maintained by the Company or any subsidiary prior to exercise, expiration, surrender or cancellation of the Option, the Option shall remain exercisable after the date of such termination of employment in accordance with the Plan and this agreement whether or not such Option was exercisable at the time of such termination during the period that ends on the later of (i) one (1) year after the Option first becomes exercisable or if exercisable in installments after the last installment becomes exercisable; and (ii) one (1) year from termination of employment.

c)

If your employment terminates by reason of death, whether or not then exercisable, all Options held by you prior to termination may be exercised by your executor or administrator or the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred by law or the applicable laws of descent and distribution during the period that ends one year after the date of death. In no event, however, shall an Option remain exercisable beyond the grant expiration date.

d)

If your employment terminates for any reason other than death, disability or retirement prior to exercise, expiration, surrender or cancellation of the Option, such Option shall terminate three (3) months from the date of such termination, during which period the Option may be exercised only to the extent that it was exercisable on the date of such termination. In the event that the award recipient is eligible to receive severance when terminated from the Company, the Option shall continue to vest through the end of the “bridging period” as defined in the Company’s severance policy; under such circumstances, the Option shall terminate three (3) months from the date the bridging period ends. If you die within such three (3) month period, the Option shall expire (1) year after the date of your termination, during which period the Option may be exercised at any time by the person or persons to whom your rights shall pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent or distribution, but only to the extent it was exercisable on the date of such termination. In no event, however, may the Option be exercised after the grant expiration date set out in the applicable Certificate.

e)

Your rights with respect to any unexercised Option after termination of your employment other than by reason of death shall be subject to the conditions that until any such Option is exercised you shall (i) not engage either directly or indirectly, in any manner or capacity as advisor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, employee, member of any association, or otherwise, in any business or activity which is at the time competitive with any business or activity conducted by the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, and (ii) be available at reasonable times for consultations at the request of the Company’s management with respect to phases of the business with which you were actively connected during your


employment. In the event that either of the above conditions is not fulfilled, you shall forfeit all rights to any unexercised Option. Any determination by the Board of Directors that you are, or have, engaged in a competitive business or activity as aforesaid or have not been available for consultations as aforesaid shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing this paragraph shall be inapplicable following a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan).

7.

Acceleration of Options. Upon a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan), all Options outstanding as of the date of such Change of Control is determined to have occurred and which are not then exercisable shall become fully exercisable. Optionees subject to Section 16 shall have certain rights to receive cash in lieu of exercising the option in the amount of the Spread, all as set forth in the Plan; provided, that for purposes of this Option, “Spread” shall mean, with respect to any share subject to the Option, the excess of fair market value of such share on the date of exercise over the per-share grant price. After a Change of Control (but subject to Section 7.3 of the Plan), the Option shall remain exercisable following a termination of your employment other than by reason of your death, disability or retirement for a period of seven (7) months after termination of employment, or until expiration of the original term of the Option, whichever period is shorter.

8.

Changes in Capitalization. The Board of Directors of the Company may make appropriate adjustments in the aggregate number and kind of shares and the grant price per share subject to the Option when it deems such action necessary by reason of any stock dividend, split or any recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, combination or similar transaction.

9.

Withholding. The Committee will have the right to require that you remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any withholding tax requirements, or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Committee with regard to such requirements, prior to the delivery of any Stock. If and to the extent that such withholding is required, the Committee may permit you to elect at such time and in such manner as the Committee provides to satisfy your withholding tax requirement with the proceeds from the sale of shares resulting from your option exercise. If at any time an ISO is exercised, the Committee determines that the Company could be liable for withholding requirements with respect to a disposition of the Common Stock received upon exercise, the Committee may require as a condition of exercise that the person exercising the ISO agree (i) to inform the Company promptly of any disposition (within the meaning of Section 424(c) of the Code) of Common Stock received upon exercise, and (ii) to give such security as the Committee deems adequate to meet the potential liability of the Company for the withholding requirements and to augment such security from time to time in any amount reasonably deemed necessary by the Committee to preserve the adequacy of such security.

10.

Securities Act Considerations. The shares of Common Stock acquired by you upon exercise of the Option are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). Under current regulations, you may freely resell all or a part of such shares from time to time, provided you are not deemed to be an “affiliate” of the Company as that term is defined in the Act. Officers filing Forms 4—Statement of Changes in Beneficial Ownership are deemed to be affiliates. As an affiliate of the Company, you may resell such shares only pursuant to a currently effective registration statement on Form S-3 or Form S-1 as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or pursuant to Rule 144 or other exemption under the Act.

By your accepting this agreement, this agreement shall take effect as a sealed instrument.


STATE STREET CORPORATION

1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

Subject to your acceptance of the terms set forth in this agreement, State Street Corporation (the “Company”) has awarded to you “restricted” shares of common stock (“Stock”) of the Company, detailed in your award Certificate on this website and pursuant to the State Street Corporation 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and certain conditions set forth below (the “Restricted Stock Award Agreement”). A copy of the Plan document and the Company’s Prospectus are located on this website for your reference. All terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Plan, except as otherwise expressly provided. The term “vest” as used herein means the lapsing of the restrictions described herein and in the Plan with respect to one or more shares of Stock.

In consideration of the Company’s accepting this Restricted Stock Award Agreement and transferring to you, the award recipient, the shares of Stock provided for herein and in the accompanying award Certificate, you hereby agree with the Company as follows:

1.

If certificates for the shares awarded hereunder are issued, the certificates for any unvested shares shall be held by the Company with blank stock powers to be used in the event of forfeiture. If unvested shares are held in book entry form, the Company may give stop transfer instructions to the depository to ensure compliance with the provisions hereof.

2.

The shares of Stock acquired by you hereunder pursuant to this Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as provided below and in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference with the same effect as if set forth herein in full.

3.

In the event you cease to be employed by the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason, including retirement, other than death or disability (as hereinafter defined), the Stock acquired hereunder, less any shares that have previously vested, shall be immediately forfeited to the Company. You hereby (i) acknowledge that the shares of stock issued to you under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be held in book entry form on the books of Equiserve Trust Company, N.A. (or another institution specified by the Company), and irrevocably authorize the Company to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate a transfer of the record ownership of any such shares that are unvested and forfeited hereunder, (ii) agree to deliver to the Company, as a precondition to the issuance of any stock certificate or certificates with respect to unvested shares of Stock hereunder, one or more stock powers, endorsed in blank, with respect to such shares, and (iii) agree to sign such other powers and take such other actions as the Company may reasonably request to accomplish the transfer or forfeiture hereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, “disability” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 of the Plan.

4.

The shares acquired hereunder shall vest in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 4 and applicable provisions of the Plan, as specified on your award Certificate provided in each case that you are then, and since the grant date have continuously been, employed by the Company or its subsidiaries. In the event that you are eligible to receive severance when terminated from the Company, the unvested shares of Stock shall continue to vest through the end of the “bridging period” as defined in the Company’s severance policy. In the event of a Change of Control of the Company, as defined in Section 7.4 of the Plan, all shares acquired hereunder that have not previously been forfeited shall immediately vest, provided that you are then employed by the Company or its subsidiaries.


5.

Any stock certificates representing unvested shares shall be held by the Company, and any such certificate (and to the extent determined by the Company, any other evidence of ownership of unvested shares) shall contain the following legend:

THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS (INCLUDING FORFEITURE) OF THE STATE STREET CORPORATION 1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN THE REGISTERED OWNER AND STATE STREET CORPORATION. COPIES OF SUCH PLAN AND AGREEMENT ARE ON FILE IN THE OFFICES OF STATE STREET CORPORATION.

6.

As soon as practicable following the vesting of any such shares the Company shall cause a stock certificate or certificates covering such shares, without the aforesaid legend, to be issued and delivered to the award recipient, subject to the payment by the award recipient by cash or other means acceptable to the Company of any withholding taxes due in connection with such vesting.

7.

You shall be entitled to any and all dividends or other distributions paid with respect to all shares of Stock acquired hereunder which have not been forfeited or otherwise disposed of and shall be entitled to vote any such shares; provided, however, that any property (other than cash) distributed with respect to a share of Stock (the “associated share”) acquired hereunder, including without limitation a distribution of Stock by reason of a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise, or a distribution of other securities with respect to an associated share, shall be subject to the restrictions of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement in the same manner and for so long as the associated share remains subject to such restrictions, and shall be promptly forfeited to the Company if and when the associated share is so forfeited.

8.

You understand that once a certificate has been delivered to you in respect of shares of Stock acquired hereunder which have vested, you will be free to sell the shares of Stock evidenced by such certificate, subject to applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws.

9.

You expressly acknowledge that the vesting of the shares of Stock acquired hereunder will give rise to ordinary income, subject to tax withholding. The amount of income realized will be the fair market value of the shares upon vesting when the substantial risk of forfeiture lapses. You expressly acknowledge and agree that your rights hereunder are subject to your paying to the Company in cash, or by selling shares of Stock acquired hereunder, or by the delivery of previously acquired Stock, all taxes required to be withheld in connection with such vesting.

10.

You also acknowledge that you may elect, within 30 days of the date of grant, under Section 83(b) of the IRS Code, to recognize income at the time of the award. If you make an 83(b) election, you must pay tax withholding based on the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. If these shares are subsequently forfeited, the taxes paid are forfeited, and you may not claim a loss with respect to the income recognized or on the shares forfeited.

By your accepting this agreement, this agreement shall take effect as a sealed instrument.


OFFER OF GRANT OF AWARD  

STATE STREET CORPORATION

STATE STREET GLOBAL ADVISORS

One Lincoln Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

<DATE>

Re: SSgA Performance-Based Equity Award

Dear <Employee>:

As a member of a select group of key management of SSgA, you have been chosen to participate in SSgA’s Performance-Based Equity Program. This letter shall serve as an agreement between you and State Street Corporation (the “Company”) setting forth the terms and conditions relating to the Performance Award granted to you under the Company’s 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), if certain performance targets are met during designated performance periods.

 

1.   Grant of Performance Award.

You have been granted a Performance Award (“Award”) consisting of          units entitling you to payment as described below upon satisfaction of the terms and conditions of the plan. The Award has been granted with respect to the performance period (the “Performance Period”) commencing January 1, 2004 and ending on December 31, 2006 (the “Maturity Date”).

 

2.   Performance Targets: Committee Certification.

Your Award shall be earned as follows:

The Performance Awards granted shall be earned based upon SSgA’s compounded annual growth in Net Income Before Taxes (NIBT) during 2004, 2005, and 2006.

The specific NIBT targets were established by the Board of Directors (“Committee”) on March 3, 2004 and are attached. Achievement of the specific performance target(s) will be a condition to the earning of any payment under this Award. The earning of the Award is also conditioned upon Committee certification, following the close of the Performance Period, that the specific performance targets have been achieved.

 

3.   Form of Payment.

(A)

Each Award is payable in stock, on or before March 31st following the end of the Performance Period, in an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of the Company’s common stock, $1.00 par value (the “Common Stock”) multiplied by the performance factor. For this purpose, fair market value shall mean the average of the closing high and low prices of the Common Stock on the ten trading days preceding the end of the Performance Period.

(B)

Upon your request made prior to January 1st of the year of the end of the Performance Period, payment under this Award may be deferred on such terms and for such period as the Committee may approve. The deferred amount will be credited to the Restoration & Voluntary Deferral Plan.


4.   Non—Transferability, Etc.

The Award, including Performance Awards represented thereby, shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

5.   Termination of Employment

Except as hereinafter expressly provided, no payment shall be made under an Award unless the Participant has been continuously employed by State Street Corporation and its subsidiaries (“State Street”) from the date of the Award through the date of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

In the case of a Participant whose employment with State Street terminates by reason of death, “disability” (as that term is defined in Section 7.1 of the Plan), or “retirement” (as that term is defined in Section 7.1 of the Plan) at any time during the Performance Period applicable to the award, shall vest and be paid a cash payment per Performance Award equal to the adjusted fair market value of a share of the Common Stock multiplied by the performance factor as of the date of termination for each performance period. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “adjusted fair market value” shall mean the higher of the highest average of the reported daily high and low prices per share of the Common Stock during the 60 day period prior to the termination date.

 

6.   Acceleration of Performance Award.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of a Change of Control occurring prior to the Maturity Date, you shall be entitled at the time of such Change of Control to receive a cash payment per Performance Award equal to the adjusted fair market value of a share of the Common Stock. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “adjusted fair market value” shall mean the higher of the (i) the highest average of the reported daily high and low prices per share of the Common Stock during the 60 day period prior to the first date of actual knowledge by the Board of Directors of a Change of Control, and if the Change of Control is the result of a transaction or series of transactions described in Section 7.4(b)(1) or (3) of the Plan, the highest price per share of the Common Stock paid in such transaction series of transactions (which in the case of a transaction described in Section 7.4(b)(1) of the Plan shall be the highest price per share of the Common Stock as reflected in a Schedule 13D filed by the person having made the acquisition.

 

7.   Changes in Capitalization or Corporate Structure.

The aggregate number of Performance Awards reflected in the Award shall be appropriately adjusted pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Plan to reflect transactions, events or circumstances described in said Section 8.6.

 

8.   Amendments to Performance Units.

Subject to the specific limitations set forth in the Plan, the Committee may at any time suspend or terminate any rights or obligations relating to Performance Awards prior to their Maturity Date without your consent.

 

9.   Compliance with Section 162(m).

The Committee shall exercise its discretion with respect to this award in all cases so as to preserve the deductibility of payments under the Award against disallowance by reason of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).


10.   No Hire/No Solicitation/Non-Compete Agreement.

Each Award Agreement with a Participant under the Program shall incorporate by reference, and the Participant by signing such Award Agreement and accepting the Award shall be bound by, the following:

(A)

The Participant shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Corporation all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to SSgA, the Bank and the Corporation, or any of its subsidiaries and/or affiliates, and their respective businesses and Clients (as defined below), including but not limited to Clients’ identities and any and all information regarding or relating to their business relationship with SSgA, the Bank and/or the Corporation, or any of its subsidiaries and/or affiliates, which shall have been obtained by the Participant during the Participant’s employment by SSgA, the Bank and/or the Corporation, or any of its subsidiaries and/or affiliates and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by the Participant or representatives of the Participant in violation hereof). After termination of the Participant’s employment, for any reason, the Participant shall not, without the prior written consent of the Corporation or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Corporation and those designated by it. The term “Client(s)” means any person or entity that is a customer or client of SSgA, the Bank and/or the Corporation, or any of its subsidiaries and/or affiliates.

(B)

During the term of employment of the Participant and during the Non-solicitation Period (as defined below), the Participant shall not, without the prior written consent of the Corporation, (i)(a) solicit, directly or indirectly (other than through a general solicitation of employment not specifically directed to employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries and/or affiliates), the employment of; (b) hire or employ; (c) recruit; or (d) in any way assist another in soliciting or recruiting the employment of, or (ii) induce the termination of the employment of, any person who within the previous 12 months was an officer or principal of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries and/or affiliates. The term “Non-solicitation Period” means the period beginning on the date of termination of the Participant’s employment with the Corporation or its subsidiaries and/or affiliates (the “Termination Date”) and ending eighteen (18) months after the Termination Date.

(C)

During the term of employment of the Participant and during the Non-solicitation Period, the Participant shall not, without the prior written consent of the Corporation, engage in the Solicitation of Business (as defined below) from any Client on behalf of any person or entity other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries and/or affiliates. The term “Solicitation of Business” means the attempt through direct or indirect contact by the Participant or by any other person or entity with the Participant’s assistance with a Client with whom the Participant has had or with whom persons supervised by the Participant have had significant personal contact while employed by the Corporation or its subsidiaries or its affiliates to induce such Client to (i) transfer its business from the Corporation and/or its subsidiaries and/or affiliates to any other person or entity; (ii) cease or curtail its business with the Corporation and/or its subsidiaries and/or affiliates; or (iii) divert a business opportunity from the Corporation and/or its subsidiaries and/or affiliates to any other person or entity.

(D)

For and during a period of eighteen (18) months following termination of employment for any reason, the Participant shall not engage, either directly or indirectly, in any manner or capacity as advisor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director or employee of, or as consultant to, any of the Top Five (5) (as defined below) institutions, or their subsidiaries.

The Top Five (5) institutions shall mean the five institutions with the highest value of total assets under management as listed in Institutional Investor’s annual ranking of America’s Top Money Managers, Total Assets Under Management (historically published in the month of July) or Pensions & Investments’ annual ranking of Top Firms Ranked By Worldwide Assets (historically published in the month of May) (each such institution, its subsidiaries and/or affiliates being referred to as “Institution(s)”) published most recently prior to the Termination Date (the “Publication Date”); provided, that if one or both of these publications change the title of their rankings, the ranking(s) utilized will be ranking(s) of total assets


under management; and provided further, that if one or both of these publications change their names, or cease to carry out the described annual rankings, the ranking(s) utilized will be by the publication(s) that are recognized in the worldwide investment community as the most trustworthy rankings, as determined by the Committee. If for any reason the publications used to determine the Top Five (5) institutions have different rankings, then any Institution listed in the Top Five (5) list of any such publication will be considered an Institution in the Top Five (5). For purposes of this Agreement, the Top Five (5) institutions shall be determined without regard to, and shall not include, the Corporation or its subsidiaries, affiliates and divisions.

For purposes of this paragraph V(a)4., any successor entity to an Institution, by way of merger, acquisition (either of stock or substantially all of the assets), reorganization, change of name or other similar event occurring subsequent to the Publication Date, shall be treated as the Institution.

(E)

In the event of a breach by the Participant of any of the foregoing, (a) the Participant shall forfeit all rights to any and all Awards then held by the Participant, and (b) the Corporation may seek injunctive relief in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other relief to which it may be entitled, including the relief described at (a) immediately above.

(F)

Upon and following the occurrence (as determined by the Committee) of a “covered transaction” as defined in IV(c)2., the non-solicitation and non-competition restrictions described in paragraphs 2., 3., and 4. above shall cease to apply.

 

11.   Provisions of the Plan.

The provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, and all terms not other wise defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. You acknowledge that you have received a copy of the Plan.

If the Award and the foregoing terms and conditions are acceptable to you, please sign the enclosed counterpart of this letter and return the same to the undersigned.

 

Very Truly Yours,
STATE STREET CORPORATION
By:  

 

  John F. Marrs Jr.

The undersigned hereby accepts the Award and the Performance Awards represented thereby on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth above.

 

 

 

Dated:

 


                , 200  

Re: Deferred stock award

Dear                         :

As a participant in the Directors’ Deferred Stock Plan, please find below the terms and conditions relating to your 200   award.

 

  1.   The number of shares of Stock awarded to you for 200   is         , which equals the number of whole shares obtained by dividing $         by the closing price of a share of Stock on                 , 200  . This letter describes the terms under which these shares of Stock have been awarded to you (the “Terms”).

 

  2.   The shares described in paragraph 1 plus any additional shares of Stock determined under paragraph 4 below (the shares described in paragraph 1 plus the shares described in paragraph 4 being hereinafter referred to as the “200   shares”) will be issued to you as soon as practicable following the later of (i) the date you cease to be a director, or (ii) the date specified in a deferral election described in paragraph 3. In the event of your death prior to the issuance of the 200   shares, the 200   shares will be issued to your designated beneficiary(ies). You may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by delivering to                 , or to his successor or designate (the “Administrator”), a written beneficiary designation in form satisfactory to the Administrator. Your designation (or change in designation) will be effective when received in satisfactory form by the Administrator. If you should die without having named a beneficiary, your 200   shares will be issued to the executor or administrator of your estate.

 

  3.   At any time not later than twelve months prior to the date you cease to be a director, you may elect to defer receipt of the 200   shares to a later date specified in the election. Any election described in the preceding sentence must be in writing and shall take effect only when delivered to the Administrator in a form satisfactory to the Administrator. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, no such election may specify a deferred date for receipt of the 200   shares that is more than ten (10) years following the date you cease to be a director. Any election received by the Administrator within the twelve-month period preceding the date you cease to be a director shall be void and shall have no force or effect hereunder. If you make an effective election under this paragraph to defer receipt of the 200   shares, and you die prior to issuance of the shares, the 200   shares shall be issued as soon as practicable following your death to your designated beneficiary(ies) or to the executor or administrator of your estate if no beneficiary has been designated or survives.

 

  4.   You will not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to the 200   shares until they have been issued to you. However, if any dividends and distributions (other than distributions described in paragraph 5) are paid on the Stock prior to the date you cease to be a director, the number of your 200   shares will be increased by the number of shares obtained as follows: by dividing the total dividend or distribution you would have received if you had owned the 200   shares credited to your account on the dividend or other distribution declaration date, by the closing price of a share of Stock on the date the dividend or distribution was paid.

 

  5.   The number and kind of shares constituting the 200   shares shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board to reflect stock splits, stock dividends or similar changes in the capitalization of State Street Corporation (the “Corporation”).

 

  6.   Your rights to the 200   shares are only those of an unsecured creditor of the Corporation. Nothing in the Terms or otherwise shall be construed as obligating the Corporation to establish a trust or otherwise to set aside Stock or funds to meet its obligations under the Terms.

 

133


  7.   Nothing in the Terms or otherwise shall obligate the Corporation to register the shares of Stock to be issued hereunder. You acknowledge that federal and state securities laws or other laws may limit the extent to which you or your beneficiary(ies) may sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Stock issued under the Terms. Under currently applicable rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, you are required to report the award described above as a 200   exempt award.

 

  8.   The Board may at any time vote to accelerate the issuance of the 200   shares to you.

 

  9.   You agree that as a precondition to the issuance of any of the 200   shares, you will pay to the Corporation such amounts, if any, as are required to be withheld by the Corporation in respect of the award and payments described herein.

 

  10.   The Terms and the award described herein shall be construed and administered by the Board in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the determination of the Board shall be binding on all persons.

If you agree with the terms set forth above, please so indicate by signing the accompanying copy of this letter and returning it to my attention.

 

STATE STREET CORPORATION
By:  

 

Acknowledged and agreed as of the date set forth above:

 

 

 

134


FORM OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AWARD AGREEMENT UNDER THE 1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STATE STREET CORPORATION

1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement

Subject to your acceptance of the terms set forth in this agreement (this “Award Agreement”), State Street Corporation (the “Company”) has awarded to you “stock appreciation rights” (“SARs”) with respect to the number of shares of common stock of the Company (“Stock”) detailed in your Award statement on this website (the “Statement”) and pursuant to the State Street Corporation 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and certain conditions set forth below. Each SAR represents the right, subject to the terms and conditions of this Award, to obtain upon exercise an amount equal to the appreciation in value of one share of Stock, as more fully described below.

A copy of the Plan document and the Company’s Prospectus are located on this website for your reference. All terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Plan, except as otherwise expressly provided herein. The term “vest” as used herein means the lapsing of the restrictions described herein and in the Plan with respect to the exercise of the Award or portion thereof. To vest in all or any portion of this Award as of any date, you must have been continuously employed with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (as determined under the Plan) from and after the date hereof and until (and including) the applicable vesting date.

The terms of your Award are as follows:

 

1.   Term and Exercise Period . Subject to paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof and to this paragraph 1, the Award shall vest according to the vesting schedule detailed in your Statement. In no event, however, may you exercise any SAR later than ten (10) years from the original grant date of the Award (the “Final Exercise Date”). You may not exercise fewer than fifty (50) SARs at any one time except when the number of remaining SARs is less than fifty (50); and, except as is otherwise provided herein, you may not exercise any SAR unless you are then an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates (as determined under the Plan).

 

2.   Method of Exercise . You may exercise any vested SAR on or before the Final Exercise Date by stating the number of vested SARs being exercised, specific instructions for which are found on this website. Payment shall be made in whole shares of Stock plus cash in lieu of any fractional share, with the number of shares of Stock payable to you (before any reduction for withholding taxes or other deductions in accordance with paragraph 8 below) determined by multiplying (i) times (ii) and dividing the resulting product by (iii), where:

(i) is the number of SARs being exercised;

(ii) is the excess of (A) the average of the high and low trading prices of one share of Stock on the date of exercise, over (B) is the per-share grant price specified in your Statement; and

 

1


(iii) is the average of the high and low trading price of one share of Stock on the date of exercise.

For purposes of illustration only: assume an award of 100 SARs with a grant price of $65 per share, and assume further that 30 SARs are exercised when the value of the Stock (the average of the high and low trading prices on the date of exercise) is $75 per share. Upon exercise, you would be entitled to four (4) shares of Stock (that is: (i) 30, times (ii) $10 per share (the per-share appreciation amount), divided by (iii) $75) less applicable taxes and other withholdings in accordance with paragraph 8 below.

 

3.   Shareholder Rights; Employee Rights . You are not entitled to any rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares of Stock subject to the Award until you exercise the Award, and then you shall have the rights of a shareholder only as to those shares of Stock that are transferred to you upon exercise. Nothing in this Award shall be construed to guarantee you any right of employment with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate or to limit the discretion of any of them to terminate your employment at any time, with or without cause.

 

4.   Non-Transferability . This Award shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and it may be exercised during your lifetime only by you. Any attempt to assign or transfer the Award, either voluntarily or involuntarily, contrary to the provisions hereof, shall be null and void and without effect and shall render the Award itself null and void.

 

5.   Termination of Employment .

(a) If your employment terminates by reason of “disability” or “retirement,” any SAR that has not earlier expired or been exercised, surrendered or canceled shall be treated, subject to Section 7.3 of the Plan, as follows:

(i) if the SAR was not exercisable immediately prior to such termination of employment, it shall become exercisable thereafter in accordance with the Plan and this Award Agreement on the same basis as if there had been no termination of employment, and shall remain exercisable until the “disability/retirement termination date,” and

(ii) if the SAR was already exercisable at the time of termination of employment, it shall continue to be exercisable thereafter until the “disability/retirement termination date.”

For purposes of this Award Agreement, “disability” shall have the meaning given in Section 7.1 of the Plan; “retirement” shall mean termination of employment at or after your having reached age 55 and completed 10 years of service or your having attained age 65; and “disability/retirement termination date” shall mean the date which is the later of (i) the day immediately preceding the first anniversary of the date the last vesting tranche under the Award first becomes exercisable (or the day preceding the first anniversary of the date the whole Award becomes exercisable, if the whole Award vests on a single date), and (ii) the day immediately preceding the first anniversary of the date of termination of employment. If you

 

2


die after your employment has terminated but before your right to exercise has expired, the Award shall instead expire one year after the date of your death (but not later than the Final Exercise Date); during that period the Award may be exercised at any time by the person or persons to whom your rights with respect thereto shall have passed by will or by the applicable laws of descent or distribution, but only to the extent it was exercisable on the date of such termination. In no event may the Award be exercised later than the Final Exercise Date.

(b) If your employment terminates by reason of death, all SARs held by you prior to termination, whether or not then exercisable, may be exercised, subject to Section 7.3 of the Plan, by your executor or administrator or the person(s) to whom the SARs are transferred by law or the applicable laws of descent and distribution during the period that ends one year after the date of death, but in no event later than the Final Exercise Date.

(c) If your employment terminates for any reason other than death, disability (as defined in clause (a)) or retirement (as defined in clause (a)), any SAR that was exercisable immediately prior to such termination of employment shall expire, subject to Section 7.3 of the Plan, three months from the date of such termination of employment (but not later then the Final Exercise Date) and may be exercised during that period. If you die within such three-month period, the SARs shall expire, subject to Section 7.3 of the Plan, one year after the date of your death (but not later than the Final Exercise Date), during which period the SARs may be exercised at any time by the person or persons to whom your rights shall pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent or distribution.

(d) Your rights with respect to any unexercised SARs after termination of your employment other than by reason of death shall be subject to the conditions that until any such SARs are exercised you shall (i) not engage either directly or indirectly, in any manner or capacity as advisor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, employee, member of any association, or otherwise, in any business or activity which is at the time competitive with any business or activity conducted by the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, and (ii) be available at reasonable times for consultations at the request of the Company’s management with respect to phases of the business with which you were actively connected during your employment. In the event that either of the above conditions is not fulfilled, you shall forfeit all rights to any unexercised SARs. Any determination by the Committee that you are, or have, engaged in a competitive business or activity as aforesaid or have not been available for consultations as aforesaid shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing this paragraph shall be inapplicable following a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan).

 

6.   Acceleration of SARs . Upon a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan), all SARs outstanding as of the date such Change of Control is determined to have occurred and which are not then exercisable shall become fully exercisable. If you are subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, you shall have certain rights to receive cash in lieu of exercising the SARs in the amount of the Spread, all as set forth in the Plan; provided, that for purposes of this SARs, “Spread” shall mean, with respect to any share of Stock subject to the SARs, the excess of the fair market value of such share on the date of exercise over the per-share grant price. After a Change of Control (but subject to Section 7.3 of the Plan), the SARs will remain exercisable following a termination of your employment other than by reason of your death, disability or retirement for a period of seven months after termination of employment, or until expiration of the original term of the SARs, whichever period is shorter.

 

3


For purposes hereof, “fair market value” shall mean the average of the high and low trading price of a share of Stock on the reference date.

 

7.   Changes in Capitalization, etc . The Award is subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Plan in the circumstances therein described.

 

8.   Withholding . You are required as a condition of exercise to satisfy all applicable tax and other withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the exercise. The Committee may require you to remit cash to the Company in an amount sufficient to satisfy any withholding tax requirements or to make other arrangements satisfactory to the Committee with regard to such requirements. If and to the extent that such withholding is required, the Committee may permit you to elect at such time and in such manner as the Committee provides to satisfy your withholding tax requirement with the proceeds from the sale of shares resulting from exercise of your SARs.

 

9.   Agreement to be Bound by Plan Terms . By accepting this Award electronically or by exercising any SAR hereunder, you will be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed that you are bound by the terms of this Award Agreement and the Plan.

 

10.   Sealed Instrument . This Award Agreement will take effect as a sealed instrument.

 

4

Exhibit 10.10

STATE STREET CORPORATION

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR DIRECTORS

(January 1, 2008 Restatement)

 

ARTICLE I

NAME AND PURPOSE OF PLAN AND DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Name and Effective Date . The Plan set forth herein is an amendment, restatement and continuation of the State Street Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, originally established effective June 19, 1975. Except as otherwise provided, this restatement shall have effect with respect to amounts earned in respect of services on or after January 1, 2008.

 

1.2 Deferrals Prior to 2005 . Deferrals of amounts earned in respect of services prior to January 1, 2005, as to which the applicable terms and conditions have not been materially modified on or after October 4, 2004, shall remain subject to their original terms and to the State Street Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors in effect prior to October 4, 2004.

 

1.3 Deferrals Prior to 2008 . Deferrals not described in Section 1.2 made prior to January 1, 2008 shall be subject to the terms of the Plan as set forth herein. With respect to such deferrals, the Plan Administrator shall honor the original terms of payment, except that any reference therein to termination of employment shall be deemed to require a Separation from Service, and shall also honor any changes in time or form of payment made pursuant to available transition relief; provided , however , that any change in time or form of payment after December 31, 2008 will be subject to Section 5.4.

 

1.4 Definitions . Capitalized terms have the meaning set forth below unless a different meaning is required by the context:

 

  (a) Account ” means an account established for a Participant’s benefit under Section 3.4.

 

  (b) Annual Stock Award ” means the annual award of shares of Stock to Directors.

 

  (c) Beneficiary ” means the person or persons designated by a Participant in writing, subject to such rules as the Plan Administrator may prescribe, to receive benefits under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death. In the absence of an effective designation at the time of a Participant’s death, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his or her surviving spouse or domestic partner, or if none, his or her issue per stirpes , or if none, his or her surviving parents, or if none, his or her estate.


  (d) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

  (e) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

  (f) Compensation ” means a Director’s Retainer Fees, Meeting Fees, and Annual Stock Award.

 

  (g) Corporation ” means State Street Corporation and any successor thereto.

 

  (h) Deferred Compensation Agreement ” means a written agreement described in Section 3.1. Each Deferred Compensation Agreement shall be in a form approved by or acceptable to the Plan Administrator.

 

  (i) Director ” means a director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

  (j) Disabled ” and “ Disability ,” with respect to a Participant, mean that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or that the Participant has been determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

 

  (k) Entry Date ” means each January 1.

 

  (l) ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

  (m) Meeting Fees ” means the fees payable in cash to Directors for attendance at Board and Board committee meetings.

 

  (n) Participant ” means a Director who elects to participate in the Plan or who has an Account under the Plan.

 

  (o) Plan ” means the State Street Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as from time to time amended and in effect.

 

  (p) Plan Administrator ” means the Plan Administrator appointed pursuant to Section 6.1

 

  (q) Plan Year ” means the calendar year

 

  (r) Retainer Fees ” means any annual retainer payable to a Director, whether payable in cash or Stock.

 

2


  (s) Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code, including the regulations and other applicable Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder.

 

  (t) Separation from Service ” means a “separation from service” (as defined at Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations) from State Street and all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a single “service recipient” with State Street under Section 1.4094-1(h)(3) of the Treasury Regulations; and correlative terms shall be construed to have a corresponding meaning.

 

  (t) Stock ” means the common stock of the Corporation.

ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

2.1 Commencement of Participation . Except as the Board otherwise determines (consistent with the requirements of Section 409A), a Director may elect, prior to any Entry Date following his or her election to the Board, to commence participation as of such Entry Date.

 

2.2 Termination of Participation . A Director shall remain a Participant until his or her Accounts have been fully distributed.

ARTICLE III

ELECTION TO DEFER

 

3.1 Deferred Compensation Agreement . Prior to the beginning of any Plan Year, a Director may elect to defer a portion of his or her Compensation in respect of services performed in such Plan Year by entering into a Deferred Compensation Agreement with respect to such Compensation. Compensation that is deferred shall be credited to one or more Accounts of the Participant as soon as practicable after the Compensation would otherwise have been paid.

 

3.2 Election Procedures .

 

  (a) Advance elections required . A Deferred Compensation Agreement must be entered into, if at all, irrevocably prior to the applicable Entry Date for the Plan Year in which the services to which the Compensation relates is to be performed (or by such earlier date as the Plan Administrator may prescribe consistent with the requirements of Section 409A). Once a Deferred Compensation Agreement becomes effective for a Plan Year, it may not be modified or revoked by the Participant.

 

3


  (b) Other requirements . Except as otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, a new Deferred Compensation Agreement must be timely executed for each Plan Year.

 

3.3 Compensation to be Deferred . A Director may elect to defer either 50% or 100%, but no other or different portion or percentage, of each type of Compensation ( i.e. , Annual Stock Award, Meeting Fees, and Retainer Fees) which may become payable to him or her currently with respect to services as a Director during any Plan Year by entering into a Deferred Compensation Agreement with respect to 50% or 100%, as the case may be, of any such Compensation.

 

3.4 Accounts. The Plan Administrator shall establish an Account or Accounts for each Participant reflecting elective deferrals and any adjustments under this Section 3.4.

 

  (a) Stock deferrals . An Account established for a Participant in connection with the deferral of an award otherwise payable in shares of Stock shall be denominated in Stock units (each representing a share of Stock). An Account described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be equitably adjusted by the Plan Administrator to reflect any stock dividends, stock splits or combinations of shares (including a reverse stock split), recapitalizations or other changes in the Corporation’s capital structure, and shall be adjusted in connection with the payment of any dividend or other distribution on the Stock to reflect the notional (hypothetical) reinvestment of the amount of the dividend or distribution in additional shares of Stock, such additional shares being treated thereafter (including with respect to subsequent dividends and distributions) in the same manner as the shares initially deferred. Any notional reinvestment shall be deemed to have been made using the closing price of the Stock on the date the dividend or other distribution was paid.

 

  (b) Cash deferrals . All Accounts not described in Section 3.4(a) shall be adjusted for notional (hypothetical) investment experience as described in this Section 3.4(b). The Plan Administrator shall designate for purposes of the Plan one or more investment alternatives (each, a “tracking option”), including, if the Plan Administrator so determines, a tracking option notionally invested in shares of Stock and, if the Plan Administrator so determines, a tracking option that offers a return of notional interest. Each Participant shall have the opportunity to allocate Accounts not described in Section 3.4(a) and/or additional cash deferrals among the available tracking options. Amounts allocated under the Plan to a tracking option shall be treated as notionally invested in that tracking option. In the absence of an affirmative allocation by a Participant, the Plan Administrator may

 

4


designate a default tracking option and treat the Accounts and/or deferrals (or such portions thereof as shall not have been affirmatively allocated) as being notionally invested in the default tracking option. The Plan Administrator shall periodically adjust Accounts to reflect increases or decreases attributable to these notional investments, and with respect to any Account invested in a tracking option notionally invested in Stock, shall also adjust such Account in the manner described in Section 3.(a). Except as otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator and subject to such rules as the Plan Administrator may prescribe, a Participant may make notional investment changes once per calendar month with respect to existing deferrals and/or future deferrals. The Plan Administrator may, at the direction of the Board, at any time and from time to time, eliminate or add tracking options or substitute a new for an existing tracking option, including with respect to balances already notionally invested under the Plan. The Corporation may, but need not, purchase securities or other investments with characteristics similar to the tracking options from time to time offered under the Plan, but any such securities or other investments shall remain part of the Corporation’s general assets.

 

3.5 Miscellaneous . The Plan Administrator shall maintain such records and prepare such reports as it considers to be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of the Plan. In addition to the adjustments to Accounts referred to in Section 3.4 above, the Plan Administrator shall increase each Account to reflect additional deferrals and shall decrease the Account to reflect distributions.

ARTICLE IV

VESTING

 

4.1 Vesting of Accounts . All Accounts are fully vested at all times. However, the fact that an Account is fully vested shall not give a Participant or Beneficiary or any other person any right to receive the value of such Account except in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

ARTICLE V

PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS

 

5.1 Time of Payment ; In General . Each Participant shall elect, not later than the date of each Deferred Compensation Agreement entered into, for the portion of his or her Accounts under the Plan attributable to the Compensation so deferred is to be paid, or commence to be paid, in accordance with Section 5.2 below, either:

 

  (a) at Separation from Service whenever occurring, or

 

  (b) at a specified date not earlier than the date five years after the

 

5


effective date of such Deferred Compensation Agreement.

In the absence of an affirmative election, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected payment upon Separation from Service.

 

5.2 Payment Rules .

 

 

(a)

Time of Payment . The Corporation shall pay or commence to pay the applicable portion of a Participant’s Accounts under the Plan on or as soon as practicable following triggering event under Section 5.1 above (i.e., either Separation from Service or, if so specified, a specified date) entitling the Participant or his or her Beneficiaries to a distribution; provided, that a payment shall be made in all events not later than the end of the calendar year in which the triggering event occurs or, if later, the 15 th day of the third month following the date on which the triggering event occurs.

 

 

(b)

Death . If a Participant should die before the specified distribution triggering event, his or her Accounts shall be paid in a single payment to his or her Beneficiaries as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death, and in all events not later than the end of the calendar year in which the Participant dies or, if later, the 15 th day of the third month following the date on which the Participant dies.

 

 

(c)

Disability . If a Participant becomes Disabled before the specified distribution date, his or her Accounts shall be paid in a single payment to the Participant as soon as practicable following the event of Disability, and in all events not later than the end of the calendar year in which the Participant becomes Disabled or, if later, the 15 th day of the third month following the date on which the Participant becomes Disabled.

 

5.3 Amount and Form of Payment .

 

  (a) Amount of Payment . The amount payable to any Participant or Beneficiary shall be all or a portion of the balance of the Participant’s Accounts to the extent subject to the applicable election, adjusted as described below in the case of installment payments.

 

  (b) Form of payment . Payment of all or a portion a Participant’s Accounts shall be made in a single payment or in annual installments over a period of two to 10 years as elected by means of the respective Deferred Compensation Agreement. Where payment is to be made in installments, the amount of each installment shall be determined by dividing the total amount standing to the Participant’s credit under each Account that is subject to the election immediately prior to the

 

6


installment by the number of installments remaining to be paid. In the absence of an affirmative election, a Participant shall be deemed to have elected to receive a single payment.

 

  (c) Medium of payment. Deferrals of Compensation otherwise payable in cash, and related notional earnings, shall be paid in cash. Deferrals of Compensation otherwise payable in shares of Stock, together with notionally reinvested dividends, shall be paid by delivery of shares of Stock.

 

5.4 Changes to Distribution Elections . Subject to Section 5.5 below, a Participant may not change the form or payment commencement date for payment of his or her Accounts except in accordance with the following rules:

 

  (a) Change in commencement date . At any time prior to a date that is at least 12 months preceding the Plan Year in which an Account or portion thereof would otherwise have been paid (if payable in a single payment rather than in installments) or in which payment would have commenced (if payable in installments), a Participant may elect to defer the payment or payment commencement date to a specified date at least five years following the date on which the amount would otherwise be paid or commence to be paid.

 

  (b) Change in form of payment . A Participant who has elected (or is deemed to have elected) to receive his or her benefit in a single payment may instead elect installments, and a Participant who has elected installment payments may instead elect a single payment, provided in each case that the change is elected in accordance with the requirements of subsection (a) above.

 

  (c) Effectiveness of change . No change to an election as to the time or form of payment will take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made.

 

5.5 Special Rule for 2007 and 2008 . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may permit Participants or Beneficiaries with an Account under the Plan to elect a new form and time of distribution, not later than December 31, 2008, in a manner consistent with transition guidance under Section 409A, subject to such limitations and restrictions as the Plan Administrator may impose. Such an election made in 2007 may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2007 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2007 that would not otherwise be payable in 2007, and such an election made in 2008 may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2008 that would not otherwise be payable in 2008.

 

7


ARTICLE VI

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

6.1 Plan Administrator . Except as the Board may otherwise determine, the Plan Administrator shall be the Executive Vice President-Global Human Resources as from time to time in office, or his or her delegate. The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretionary authority to interpret the Plan and to decide all matters under the Plan. Such interpretations and decisions shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Participants and any person claiming under or through any Participant, in the absence of clear and convincing evidence that the Plan Administrator acted arbitrarily and capriciously. No individual acting as Plan Administrator may determine his or her own rights or entitlements under the Plan, if any.

 

6.2 Outside Services . The Plan Administrator may engage counsel and such clerical, financial, investment, accounting, and other specialized services as the Plan Administrator may deem necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon any opinions, reports, or other advice furnished by counsel or other specialists engaged for that purpose and, in so relying, shall be fully protected in any action, determination, or omission made in good faith.

 

6.3 Indemnification . To the extent permitted by law and not prohibited by its charter or by-laws, the Corporation will indemnify and hold harmless every person who serves or who has served (directly or by delegation) as Plan Administrator and his or her estate if he or she is deceased from and against all claims, loss, damages, liability and reasonable costs and expenses incurred in carrying out his or her responsibilities as Plan Administrator, unless due to the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such individual; provided , that counsel fees and amounts paid in settlement must be approved by the Corporation, and provided further that this Section 6.3 will not apply to any claims, loss, damages, liability or costs and expenses which are covered by a liability insurance policy maintained by the Corporation or by the individual. The provisions of the preceding sentence shall not apply to any corporate trustee, insurance company, investment manager or outside service provider (or to any employee of any of the foregoing) except as the Corporation specifies in writing.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

7.1 Amendment: Termination . By action of the Board, the Corporation reserves the absolute right at any time and from time to time to amend any or all provisions of the Plan or to terminate the Plan.

 

8


  7.2 Effect of Amendment or Termination. No action under Section 7.1 shall operate to reduce the balance of a Participant’s Accounts other than through a distribution to the Participant or his or her Beneficiaries. No Plan amendment or instrument of termination will accelerate or defer distributions under the Plan or otherwise alter the availability of elections or other rights under the Plan except as permitted by Section 409A and applicable guidance thereunder.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

8.1 Source of Payments . All amounts payable hereunder to Participants and their Beneficiaries shall be paid from the general assets of the Corporation.

 

8.2 No Warranties . The Corporation does not warrant or represent in any way that the value of a Participant’s Accounts will increase or not decrease. Each Participant and his or her Beneficiaries assume all risk in connection with any change in such value.

 

8.3 Inalienability of Benefits . Except as required by law, no benefit under, or interest in, the Plan or any Account shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void.

 

8.4 Expenses . The Corporation shall pay all costs and expenses incurred in operating and administering the Plan.

 

8.5 Headings . The headings of the sections in the Plan are placed herein for convenience of reference, and, in the case of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such heading, shall control.

 

8.6 Acceptance of Plan Terms . By executing a Deferred Compensation Agreement, a Participant agrees, for himself or herself and on behalf of his or her Beneficiaries, to abide by the terms of the Plan and the determinations of the Plan Administrator with respect thereto.

 

8.7 Section 409A . The Plan and all related instruments shall be construed and administered consistent with the objective that all deferrals and payments under the Plan will comply with the requirements of Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, deferrals of amounts earned and vested prior to January 1, 2005 (including any earnings thereon determined in accordance with Section 409A) shall be administered consistent with the objective that such deferrals will remain exempt from the requirements of Section 409A.

 

8.8 Construction . The Plan shall be construed, regulated, and administered in accordance with applicable federal laws and the laws of the Commonwealth of

 

9


Massachusetts without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

Executed this 30th day of December, 2008.

 

 

STATE STREET CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Alison A. Quirk
 

Alison A. Quirk

Executive Vice President Global Human Resources

 

10

Exhibit 10.12

DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

For the period beginning on the date of the 2008 Annual Meeting until the 2009 Annual Meeting, directors who are not employees of State Street or the Bank received the following compensation:

 

   

Annual retainer—$75,000, payable at their election in shares of the Registrant’s common stock or in cash;

 

   

Meeting fees—$1,500 for each Board and committee meeting attended, payable in cash;

 

   

A deferred stock award in an amount equal to $110,000 divided by the closing price of the stock on April 30, 2008 (together with additional stock amounts to reflect dividend and distribution amounts paid during deferral);

 

   

An additional annual retainer for the Lead Director of $25,000, payable at his or her election in shares of the Registrant’s common stock or in cash;

 

   

An additional annual retainer for the Examining and Audit Committee Chair of $25,000, payable at his or her election in shares of the Registrant’s common stock or in cash;

 

   

An additional annual retainer for each other Committee Chair of $15,000, payable at their election in shares of the Registrant’s common stock or in cash;

 

   

An additional annual retainer for each member of the Examining and Audit Committee, other than the Chair, of $10,000 payable at their election in shares of the Registrant’s common stock or in cash; and

 

   

A pro-rated annual retainer and deferred stock award for any director who was elected to the Board after the 2008 Annual Meeting.

Pursuant to State Street’s Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, directors may elect to defer the receipt of 50% or 100% of their (i) retainers, (ii) meeting fees, and/or (iii) annual award of shares of common stock. Directors also may elect to receive all of their retainers in cash or shares of common stock. Directors who elect to defer the cash payment of their retainers and/or meeting fees may also make notional investment elections with respect to such deferrals, with a choice of one or more of five notional investment fund returns, including one that tracks the performance of State Street common stock. To the extent the amounts are deferred, they will be paid (i) on the date elected by the director, either the date of his or her termination of service on the Board or a future date specified, and (ii) in the form elected by the director as either a lump sum or in installment over a two- to ten-year period.

For this period, six directors elected to receive their annual retainers in cash, and all other outside directors elected to receive their annual retainers in shares of common stock. Eleven directors elected to defer all or a portion of their compensation under the plan.

Exhibit 10.13

Memorandum of Agreement of Employment of Edward J. Resch

September 11, 2002

Mr. Edward J. Resch

1 Evergreen Lane

Colts Neck, NJ 07722

Dear Ed:

On behalf of State Street, I am pleased to provide you with our revised offer of employment to you, subject to a satisfactory completion of references and legally required background investigation, as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. In this position, you will be reporting directly to David A. Spina, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Your compensation package will consist of the following:

 

   

An annualized base salary of $500,000 paid on the 15th and the 30th of each month, less all applicable taxes.

 

   

A sign-on bonus of $1,000,000. Of this amount, $500,000 will be payable to you 30 days from your date of hire, and $500,000 will be payable to you in February 2003.

 

   

You will be eligible to participate in the Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan starting in the 2003 plan year. Your ongoing annual incentive target will be 75% of base salary; actual payout will be based on corporate business results and your individual performance.

 

 

 

An initial grant of 28,500 stock options to be awarded in September 2002, pending approval of the Executive Compensation Committee. Once these options are issued they will vest one-third (  1 / 3 ) each year for a three-year period. The first third will vest in September 2003. These options will expire ten years from grant date.

 

   

A grant of 14,000 restricted stock awards. These awards will vest a third each year over a three-year period beginning in December 2003.

 

   

In December 2002 you will be eligible to receive a long-term incentive opportunity in the form of performance units (or an equivalent plan), valued at approximately $500,000 annually based on company performance and payable after December, 2004.

 

   

Execution of a Change in Control (CIC) agreement within 30 days upon your joining the company. The agreement will have a single trigger and will cover base and bonus for three years.

 

   

Severance benefits of up to two years of base salary and benefits. In addition, should a Change-in-Control occur within 36 months of your date of hire, you will be eligible for an additional payment of one year’s base salary and target bonus. This additional severance provision will lapse at the completion of 36 months of service.

 

   

Full relocation under our executive relocation program with temporary living arrangements for up to six months, as required. Please refer to the letter outlining relocation benefits, which was provided to you last week.

 

   

Documents detailing our benefits have also been provided to you under separate cover.

Please note that this material does not constitute a contract of employment for a fixed term. Either you or the company may terminate your employment relationship at any time. This offer is contingent upon completion of normal background verification and your providing proof of eligibility for employment, which complies with the Immigration Reform and Control Act.


Page 2

September 11, 2002

 

Upon your arrival, Pam Keel, Manager of Staffing Support, will work with you to complete the necessary paperwork prior to your start date. She will also talk with you about our Officer Orientation Program. In addition, Boon Ooi, our Manager of Worldwide Compensation and U.S. Benefits, will meet with you to review the details of our health, welfare and pension plans, options for deferred compensation, and any questions you may have related to your overall compensation and benefits. Boon is available for clarification of any questions you may have. He can be reached at 617-985-6348.

Your signature below will indicate that you do not have a competitive agreement with your current or past employers which conflicts with your employment at State Street and that you will not disclose to State Street any proprietary information belonging to your current or past employer.

A copy of this letter is enclosed for your records. Please sign and return this letter to me in the enclosed envelope as soon as possible.

It is sincerely a pleasure to welcome you to State Street. I am confident that you will make a valuable contribution to the company. Please do not hesitate to call me at 617-664-1666, if I may be of any assistance to you. Welcome!

 

      Sincerely,
     

/s/ Luis J. de Ocejo

      Luis J. de Ocejo
     

Executive Vice President

Human Resources &

Organizational Performance

TBD

/s/ Edward J. Resch

   

 

Edward J. Resch   9/16/02     Start Date
cc: David A. Spina      

Exhibit 10.15

FORM OF WAIVER

In consideration for the benefits I will receive as a result of my employer’s participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, I hereby voluntarily waive any claim against the United States or my employer for any changes to my compensation or benefits that are required to comply with the regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury as published in the Federal Register on October 20, 2008.

I acknowledge that this regulation may require modification of the compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements, policies and agreements (including so-called “golden parachute” agreements) that I have with my employer or in which I participate as they relate to the period the United States holds any equity or debt securities of my employer acquired through the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

This waiver includes all claims I may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by the aforementioned regulation, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments I would otherwise receive, any challenge to the process by which this regulation was adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of these regulations on my employment relationship.

* * * * *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand to this Waiver as of the              day October, 2008.

 

   
Name:

Exhibit 10.16

OMNIBUS AMENDMENT

AMENDMENT, dated as of October 28, 2008 (the “ Amendment ”), by and between                      (the “ Executive ”) and State Street Corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, in connection with the purchase by the United States Department of the Treasury (the “ Treasury ”) of certain preferred shares and warrants of the Company, pursuant to a Letter Agreement and a Securities Purchase Agreement—Standard Terms, dated as of October 26, 2008 between the Treasury and the Company (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), the Company is required to meet certain executive compensation and corporate governance standards under Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “ EESA ”) as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that has been issued and is in effect as of the Closing Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (such guidance or regulation being hereinafter referred to as the “ CPP Guidance ”);

WHEREAS, as a condition to the purchase of the debt or equity securities of the Company acquired by the Treasury pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or the Warrant (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (such debt or equity securities being hereinafter referred to as the “ Purchased Securities ”), amendments are required to be made to the compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements, policies and agreements (including “golden parachute”, severance and employment agreements) that the Company’s “ Senior Executive Officers ” as defined in subsection 111(b)(3) of the EESA and regulations issued thereunder, including the rules set forth in 31 C.F.R. Part 30, have with the Company or its affiliates or in which its Senior Executive Officers participate in connection with a Senior Executive Officer’s employment with the Company or its affiliates (collectively, the “ Compensation and Benefit Arrangements ”);

WHEREAS, the Executive is now or may in the future be a Senior Executive Officer; and

WHEREAS, in consideration for the benefits the Executive will receive as a result of the participation of the Company in the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, the Executive desires to modify the Executive’s Compensation and Benefit Arrangements to the extent necessary to comply with Section 111(b) of the EESA, the CPP Guidance and the Purchase Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the covenants set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. Amendments to the Compensation and Benefit Arrangements . Effective as of the date hereof (to the extent the Executive is a Senior Executive Officer for the 2008 calendar year) or effective as of any calendar year commencing after January 1, 2008, if any, as to which the Executive shall in the future be a Senior Executive Officer and any Purchased Securities are owned by the Treasury, the Executive’s Compensation and Benefit Arrangements are hereby amended during such and any subsequent periods as necessary to comply with the executive compensation and corporate governance requirements of


       Section 111(b) of the EESA and the CPP Guidance, and the provisions of Sections 1.2(d)(iv), 1.2(d)(v) or 4.10 of the Purchase Agreement, including as follows:

 

  a. In the event that any payment or benefit to which the Executive is or may become entitled thereunder is a “golden parachute payment” for purposes of Section 111(b) of the EESA and the CPP Guidance, including the rules set forth in § 30.9 Q-9 of 31 C.F.R. Part 30, (i) the Company shall not make or provide (nor shall the Company be obligated to make or provide), during the period that the Treasury owns any Purchased Securities, such payment or benefit to the Executive, and (ii) the Executive shall not be entitled to receive, during the period that the Treasury owns the Purchased Securities, such payment or benefit.

 

  b. Any bonus or incentive compensation paid to the Executive during the period that the Treasury owns the Purchased Securities will be subject to recovery or “clawback” by the Company or its affiliates if the payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate statement of performance metric criteria, all within the meaning of Section 111(b) of the EESA and the CPP Guidance.

 

  2. Miscellaneous .

 

  a. The Executive’s execution of this Amendment shall not be determinative of the Executive’s status as a Senior Executive Officer.

 

  b. This Amendment shall be void and without effect ab initio if the Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement does not occur.

 

  c. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

  d. This Amendment shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be signed by its duly authorized representative and the Executive has hereunto set his or her hand as of the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE       STATE STREET CORPORATION

 

    By:  

 

Name:       Name:
      Title:

EXHIBIT 12

STATE STREET CORPORATION

Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

      

Years Ended December 31,

(Dollars in millions)

          2008    2007    2006    2005    2004

EXCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS:

                   

Pre-tax income from continuing operations, as reported

        $ 2,842    $ 1,903    $ 1,771    $ 1,432    $ 1,192

Share of pre-tax income of unconsolidated entities

          34      65      43      16      39

Fixed charges

          983      1,248      1,384      948      481

Preferred stock dividends and related adjustments

          22      —        —        —        —  
                                       

Adjusted earnings

     (A)    $ 3,881    $ 3,216    $ 3,198    $ 2,396    $ 1,712
                                       

Interest on short-term borrowings

        $ 674    $ 959    $ 1,145    $ 753    $ 315

Interest on long-term debt, including amortization of debt issuance costs

          187      189      140      100      68

Portion of long-term leases representative of the interest factor(1)

          122      100      99      95      98

Preferred stock dividends and related adjustments

          22      —        —        —        —  
                                       

Fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

     (B)    $ 1,005    $ 1,248    $ 1,384    $ 948    $ 481
                                       

Consolidated ratio of adjusted earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, excluding interest on deposits

     (A)/(B)      3.86 x      2.58 x      2.31 x      2.53 x      3.56 x
                                       

INCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS:

                   

Pre-tax income from continuing operations, as reported

        $ 2,842    $ 1,903    $ 1,771    $ 1,432    $ 1,192

Share of pre-tax income of unconsolidated entities

          34      65      43      16      39

Fixed charges

          2,309      3,546      3,275      2,080      993

Preferred stock dividends and related adjustments

          22      —        —        —        —  
                                       

Adjusted earnings

     (C)    $ 5,207    $ 5,514    $ 5,089    $ 3,528    $ 2,224
                                       

Interest on short-term borrowings and deposits

        $ 2,000    $ 3,257    $ 3,036    $ 1,885    $ 827

Interest on long-term debt, including amortization of debt issuance costs

          187      189      140      100      68

Portion of long-term leases representative of the interest factor(1)

          122      100      99      95      98

Preferred stock dividends and related adjustments

          22      —        —        —        —  
                                       

Fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

     (D)    $ 2,331    $ 3,546    $ 3,275    $ 2,080    $ 993
                                       

Consolidated ratio of adjusted earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, including interest on deposits

     (C)/(D)      2.23 x      1.55 x      1.55 x      1.70 x      2.24 x
                                       

 

(1)

The interest factor on long-term operating leases represented a reasonable approximation of the appropriate portion of operating lease expense considered to be representative of interest. The interest factor on long-term capital leases represented the amount recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statement of income.

STATE STREET CORPORATION

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

      

Years Ended December 31,

(Dollars in millions)

          2008    2007    2006    2005    2004

EXCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS:

                   

Pre-tax income from continuing operations, as reported

        $ 2,842    $ 1,903    $ 1,771    $ 1,432    $ 1,192

Share of pre-tax income of unconsolidated entities

          34      65      43      16      39

Fixed charges

          983      1,248      1,384      948      481
                                       

Adjusted earnings

     (A)    $ 3,859    $ 3,216    $ 3,198    $ 2,396    $ 1,712
                                       

Interest on short-term borrowings

        $ 674    $ 959    $ 1,145    $ 753    $ 315

Interest on long-term debt, including amortization of debt issuance costs

          187      189      140      100      68

Portion of long-term leases representative of the interest factor(1)

          122      100      99      95      98
                                       

Fixed charges

     (B)    $ 983    $ 1,248    $ 1,384    $ 948    $ 481
                                       

Consolidated ratio of adjusted earnings to fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits

     (A)/(B)      3.93 x      2.58 x      2.31 x      2.53 x      3.56 x
                                       

INCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS:

                   

Pre-tax income from continuing operations, as reported

        $ 2,842    $ 1,903    $ 1,771    $ 1,432    $ 1,192

Share of pre-tax income of unconsolidated entities

          34      65      43      16      39

Fixed charges

          2,309      3,546      3,275      2,080      993
                                       

Adjusted earnings

     (C)    $ 5,185    $ 5,514    $ 5,089    $ 3,528    $ 2,224
                                       

Interest on short-term borrowings and deposits

        $ 2,000    $ 3,257    $ 3,036    $ 1,885    $ 827

Interest on long-term debt, including amortization of debt issuance costs

          187      189      140      100      68

Portion of long-term leases representative of the interest factor(1)

          122      100      99      95      98
                                       

Fixed charges

     (D)    $ 2,309    $ 3,546    $ 3,275    $ 2,080    $ 993
                                       

Consolidated ratio of adjusted earnings to fixed charges, including interest on deposits

     (C)/(D)      2.25 x      1.55 x      1.55 x      1.70 x      2.24 x
                                       

 

(1)

The interest factor on long-term operating leases represented a reasonable approximation of the appropriate portion of operating lease expense considered to be representative of interest. The interest factor on long-term capital leases represented the amount recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statement of income.

EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF STATE STREET CORPORATION

The following table presents the name of each subsidiary and the state or jurisdiction of its organization. Certain subsidiaries of State Street have been omitted in accordance with SEC regulations because, when considered in the aggregate, they did not constitute a “significant subsidiary” of State Street.

 

SSB REALTY, LLC    Massachusetts
STATE STREET GLOBAL ADVISORS, INC.    Delaware
STATE STREET GLOBAL ADVISORS, CAYMAN    Cayman Islands
STATE STREET GLOBAL MARKETS, LLC    Massachusetts
STATE STREET INVESTMENT MANAGER SOLUTIONS, LLC    Massachusetts
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY    Massachusetts
PRINCETON FINANCIAL SYSTEMS, INC.    New Jersey
STATE STREET CALIFORNIA, INC.    California
STATE STREET MASSACHUSETTS SECURITIES CORPORATION    Massachusetts
INVESTORS BOSTON SECURITIES CORPORATION    Massachusetts
INVESTORS COPLEY SECURITIES CORP    Massachusetts
STATE STREET INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS    Massachusetts
INTERNATIONAL FUND SERVICES (IRELAND) LIMITED    Ireland
STATE STREET BANK GMBH    Germany
STATE STREET BANK LUXEMBOURG, S.A.    Luxembourg
STATE STREET BANQUE, S.A.    France
STATE STREET CAYMAN TRUST COMPANY, LTD.    Cayman Islands
STATE STREET HOLDINGS IRELAND    Ireland
STATE STREET INTERNATIONAL (IRELAND) LIMITED    Ireland
STATE STREET FUND SERVICES (IRELAND) LTD    Ireland
STATE STREET BANK EUROPE, LIMITED    United Kingdom
LINCOLN SECURITIES CORPORATION    Massachusetts
CURRENEX, INC    Massachusetts
INVESTORS CALIFORNIA, LLC    Massachusetts
INVESTORS TRUST & CUSTODIAL SERVICES (IRELAND) LIMITED    Ireland
INVESTORS TRUST HOLDINGS (IRELAND)    Ireland
STATE STREET GLOBAL ADVISORS, UNITED KINGDOM, LTD    United Kingdom
SSGA FUNDS MANAGEMENT, INC    Massachusetts

EXHIBIT 23

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-3: No. 333-132606 and Form S-8: Nos. 333-100001, 333-99989, 333-46678, 333-36793, 333-36409 and 333-135696) of State Corporation, of our reports dated February 26, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of State Street Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of State Street Corporation, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2008.

LOGO

Boston, Massachusetts

February 26, 2009

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION

I, Ronald E. Logue, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of State Street Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 26, 2009   By:   

/s/  R ONALD E. L OGUE        

   

Ronald E. Logue,

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION

I, Edward J. Resch, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of State Street Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 26, 2009   By:  

/s/ E DWARD J. R ESCH        

   

Edward J. Resch,

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

EXHIBIT 32

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS

To my knowledge, this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of State Street Corporation.

 

  By:  

/s/ R ONALD E. L OGUE        

Date: February 26, 2009

   

Ronald E. Logue,

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

  By:  

/s/ E DWARD J. R ESCH        

Date: February 26, 2009

   

Edward J. Resch,

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer